Eclipse GlassFish
Reference Manual
Release 7
Contributed 2018 - 2024
This reference manual describes administration commands and utility commands that are available with Eclipse GlassFish 7. This reference manual also describes concepts that are related to Eclipse GlassFish administration.
The available options, arguments, and operands for each command are provided in accordance with standard rules of command syntax, along with availability attributes, diagnostic information, and cross-references to other manual pages and reference material with relevant information.
This reference manual is for all users of Eclipse GlassFish.
Eclipse GlassFish Reference Manual, Release 7
Copyright © 2013, 2019 Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
This program and the accompanying materials are made available under the terms of the Eclipse Public License v. 2.0, which is available at http://www.eclipse.org/legal/epl-2.0.
SPDX-License-Identifier: EPL-2.0
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Opteron, the AMD logo, and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
Preface
This documentation is part of the Java Enterprise Edition contribution to the Eclipse Foundation and is not intended for use in relation to Java Enterprise Edition or Orace GlassFish. The documentation is in the process of being revised to reflect the new Jakarta EE branding. Additional changes will be made as requirements and procedures evolve for Jakarta EE. Where applicable, references to Jakarta EE or Java Enterprise Edition should be considered references to Jakarta EE. Please see the Title page for additional license information. |
Both novice users and those familiar with Eclipse GlassFish can use online man pages to obtain information about the product and its features. A man page is intended to answer concisely the question "What does it do?" The man pages in general comprise a reference manual. They are not intended to be a tutorial.
Overview
The following contains a brief description of each man page section and the information it references:
-
Section 1 describes, in alphabetical order, the
asadmin
utility subcommands. -
Section 1M describes Eclipse GlassFish utility commands.
-
Section 5ASC describes concepts that are related to Eclipse GlassFish administration.
Below is a generic format for man pages. The man pages of each manual section generally follow this order, but include only needed headings. For example, if there are no bugs to report, there is no Bugs section.
- Name
-
This section gives the names of the commands or functions documented, followed by a brief description of what they do.
- Synopsis
-
This section shows the syntax of commands or functions. The following special characters are used in this section:
- [ ]
-
Brackets. The option or argument enclosed in these brackets is optional. If the brackets are omitted, the argument must be specified.
- |
-
Separator. Only one of the arguments separated by this character can be specified at a time.
- Description
-
This section defines the functionality and behavior of the service. Thus it describes concisely what the command does. It does not discuss options or cite examples.
- Options
-
This section lists the command options with a concise summary of what each option does. The options are listed literally and in the order they appear in the Synopsis section. Possible arguments to options are discussed under the option, and where appropriate, default values are supplied.
- Operands
-
This section lists the command operands and describes how they affect the actions of the command.
- Examples
-
This section provides examples of usage or of how to use a command or function. Wherever possible a complete example including command-line entry and machine response is shown. Examples are followed by explanations, variable substitution rules, or returned values. Most examples illustrate concepts from the Synopsis, Description, Options, and Usage sections.
- Exit Status
-
This section lists the values the command returns to the calling program or shell and the conditions that cause these values to be returned. Usually, zero is returned for successful completion, and values other than zero for various error conditions.
- See Also
-
This section lists references to other man pages, in-house documentation, and outside publications.
- Notes
-
This section lists additional information that does not belong anywhere else on the page. It takes the form of an aside to the user, covering points of special interest. Critical information is never covered here.
- Bugs
-
This section describes known bugs and, wherever possible, suggests workarounds.
1 Eclipse GlassFish 7 asadmin Utility Subcommands
This section describes, in alphabetical order, the subcommands of the
asadmin
(1M) utility.
add-library
Adds one or more library JAR files to Eclipse GlassFish
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] add-library [--help]
[--type={common|ext|app}] [--upload={false|true}]
library-file-path [library-file-path ... ]
Description
The add-library
subcommand adds one or more library archive files to
Eclipse GlassFish.
The --type
option specifies the library type and the Eclipse GlassFish
directory to which the library is added.
The library-file-path operand is the path to the JAR file that contains the library to be added. To specify multiple libraries, specify multiple paths separated by spaces.
The library archive file is added to the DAS. For common and extension libraries, you must restart the DAS so the libraries are picked up by the server runtime. To add the libraries to other server instances, synchronize the instances with the DAS by restarting them. |
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--type
-
Specifies the library type and the Eclipse GlassFish directory to which the library is added. Valid values are as follows:
common
-
Adds the library files to the Common class loader directory, domain-dir
/lib
. This is the default. ext
-
Adds the library files to the Java optional package directory, domain-dir
/lib/ext
. app
-
Adds the library files to the application-specific class loader directory, domain-dir
/lib/applibs
.
For more information about these directories, see "Class Loaders" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Development Guide.
--upload
-
Specifies whether the subcommand uploads the file to the DAS. In most situations, this option can be omitted. Valid values are as follows:
false
-
The subcommand does not upload the file and attempts to access the file through the specified file name. If the DAS cannot access the file, the subcommand fails.
For example, the DAS might be running as a different user than the administration user and does not have read access to the file. In this situation, the subcommand fails if the--upload
option isfalse
. true
-
The subcommand uploads the file to the DAS over the network connection.
The default value depends on whether the DAS is on the host where the subcommand is run or is on a remote host.
-
If the DAS is on the host where the subcommand is run, the default is
false
. -
If the DAS is on a remote host, the default is
true
.If a directory filepath is specified, this option is ignored.
Operands
- library-file-path
-
The paths to the archive files that contain the libraries that are to be added. You can specify an absolute path or a relative path.
If the--upload
option is set totrue
, this is the path to the file on the local client machine. If the--upload
option is set tofalse
, this is the path to the file on the server machine.
See Also
"Class Loaders" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Development Guide
add-resources
Creates the resources specified in an XML file
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] add-resources [--help]
[--target target]
[--upload={false|true}] xml-file-name
Description
The add-resources
subcommand creates the resources named in the
specified XML file. The resources that can be created with this
subcommand are listed in See Also in this help page.
The --target
option specifies the target for which you are creating
the resources. If this option specifies the domain, the resources are
added only to the configuration of the domain administration server
(DAS). If this option specifies any other target, the resources are
added to the configuration of the DAS and references are added to the
resources from the specified target.
The xml-file-name operand is the path to the XML file that contains the
resources to be created. The DOCTYPE
must be specified as
http://glassfish.org/dtds/glassfish-resources_1_5.dtd
in the
resources.xml
file.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which you are creating the resources.
Valid values are as follows:server
-
Creates the resources for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. domain
-
Creates the resources for the domain.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the resources for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance-name
-
Creates the resources for a particular Eclipse GlassFish instance.
--upload
-
Specifies whether the subcommand uploads the file to the DAS. In most situations, this option can be omitted. Valid values are as follows:
false
-
The subcommand does not upload the file and attempts to access the file through the specified file name. If the DAS cannot access the file, the subcommand fails.
For example, the DAS might be running as a different user than the administration user and does not have read access to the file. In this situation, the subcommand fails if the--upload
option isfalse
. true
-
The subcommand uploads the file to the DAS over the network connection.
The default value depends on whether the DAS is on the host where the subcommand is run or is on a remote host.
-
If the DAS is on the host where the subcommand is run, the default is
false
. -
If the DAS is on a remote host, the default is
true
.
Operands
- xml-file-name
-
The path to the XML file that contains the resources that are to be created. You can specify an absolute path, only the file name, or a relative path.
-
If you specify an absolute path, the XML file can be anywhere.
-
If you specify only the file name, the XML file must reside in the domain-dir
/config
directory on the DAS host. This requirement must be met even if you run the subcommand from another host. -
If you specify a relative path, the XML file must be in the relative directory.
An example XML file follows.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE resources PUBLIC "-//GlassFish.org//DTD GlassFish Application Server 3.1 Resource Definitions //EN" "http://glassfish.org/dtds/glassfish-resources_1_5.dtd"> <resources> <jdbc-connection-pool name="SPECjPool" steady-pool-size="100" max-pool-size="150" max-wait-time-in-millis="60000" pool-resize-quantity="2" idle-timeout-in-seconds="300" is-isolation-level-guaranteed="true" is-connection-validation-required="false" connection-validation-method="auto-commit" fail-all-connections="false" datasource-classname="oracle.jdbc.pool.OracleDataSource"> <property name="URL" value="jdbc:oracle:thin:@iasperfsol12:1521:specdb"/> <property name="User" value="spec"/> <property name="Password" value="spec"/> <property name="MaxStatements" value="200"/> <property name="ImplicitCachingEnabled" value="true"/> </jdbc-connection-pool> <jdbc-resource enabled="true" pool-name="SPECjPool" jndi-name="jdbc/SPECjDB"/> </resources>
-
Examples
Example 1 Adding Resources
This example creates resources using the contents of the XML file
resource.xml
.
asadmin> add-resources resource.xml
Command : Connector connection pool jms/testQFactoryPool created.
Command : Administered object jms/testQ created.
Command : Connector resource jms/testQFactory created.
Command : Resource adapter config myResAdapterConfig created successfully
Command : JDBC connection pool DerbyPoolA created successfully.
Command : JDBC resource jdbc/__defaultA created successfully.
Command add-resources executed successfully.
apply-http-lb-changes
Applies load balancer configuration changes to the load balancer
Description
Use the apply-http-lb-changes
subcommand to apply the changes in
the load balancer configuration to the physical load balancer. The load
balancer must already exist. To create a physical load balancer, use the
create-http-lb
subcommand.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish.
Context
The Load Balancer distributes the workload among multiple Eclipse GlassFish instances , increasing the overall throughput of the system. The Load Balancer also enables requests to failover from one server instance to another. For HTTP session information to persist, configure HTTP session persistence.
The Load Balancer Plugin is only available with Eclipse GlassFish,
and is not available with Eclipse GlassFish. For
Eclipse GlassFish, it is possible to use the |
For more information about configuring load balancing with Eclipse GlassFish, refer to the online help in the Eclipse GlassFish Administration Console.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- lb-name
-
The name of the load balancer to which changes are applied. The load balancer must already exist. You can create it with the
create-http-lb
subcommand.
attach
Attaches to subcommands that were started using asadmin --detach
or
that contain progress information
Description
The attach
subcommand attaches to subcommands that were started using
the asadmin
utility option --detach
or that contain progress
information. The --detach
option detaches long-running subcommands and
executes them in the background in detach mode.
Job IDs are assigned to the subcommands (jobs), and can be used to view
the status of a job and its output. Use the
list-jobs
(1) subcommand to view the
jobs and their job IDs, and the
configure-managed-jobs
(1)
subcommand to configure how long information about the jobs is kept.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Examples
Example 1 Attaching to a Subcommand and Checking Its Status
This example attaches to the deploy
subcommand with a job ID of 20
and shows that the job is finished. If a subcommand is still in
progress, the output displays the current status, for example,
64%: Uploading bits
.
asadmin> attach 20
Finished execution of deploy
Command attach executed successfully.
backup-domain
Performs a backup on the domain
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] backup-domain [--help]
[--long[={false|true}]]
[--description description-text]
[--domaindir domain-root-dir]
[--backupdir backup-directory]
[--backupconfig backup-config-name]
[domain_name]
Description
The backup-domain
subcommand backs up files under the named domain.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only in Eclipse GlassFish, and is supported in local mode and remote mode in Eclipse GlassFish.
In Eclipse GlassFish, the domain to be backed up must be stopped.
In Eclipse GlassFish, the domain to be backed up must be stopped
or be suspended using the suspend-domain
(1) subcommand.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-l
-
Displays detailed information about the backup operation.
The default value is `false`.
--description
-
Specifies a description to store in the backup file. The description is displayed as part of the information about a backup file.
The default value has this form:domain-name backup created on YYYY_MM_DD by user user-name
--domaindir
-
Specifies the domain root directory, the parent directory of the domain to back up.
The default value is as-install/domains
. --backupdir
-
Specifies the directory under which the backup file is to be stored.
The default value is as-install/domains/
domain-dir/backups
. If the domain is not in the default location, the location is domain-dir/backups
. --backupconfig
-
(Supported only in Eclipse GlassFish.) The name of the domain backup configuration in the backup directory under which the backup file is to be stored.
change-admin-password
Changes the administrator password
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] change-admin-password [--help]
[--domaindir domain-root-dir [--domain_name domain-name]]
Description
The change-admin-password
subcommand modifies the administrator
password. The change-admin-password
subcommand is interactive because
the subcommand prompts the user for the old administrator password, for
the new administrator password, and for confirmation of the new
administrator password. The new password must contain at least 8
characters.
If the only user is an anonymous user without a password, this subcommand fails.
If a blank password is provided, this subcommand fails if secure administration is enabled.
For security purposes, create a password-protected user account with
administrator privileges. To create this account, use the
create-file-user
(1) or
the Administration Console. After creating this user account, remove the
anonymous user to restrict access to Eclipse GlassFish settings.
If more than one administrator is configured for Eclipse GlassFish, you
must run the asadmin
command with the --user
option to change the
password for that user. For more information, see the examples in this
help page.
This subcommand is supported in local mode and remote mode. If the
--domaindir
or --domain_name
option is specified, the
change-admin-password
subcommand operates in local mode. If neither
option is specified, the change-admin-password
subcommand first
attempts to operate in remote mode. If neither option is specified and
the DAS is not running, the change-admin-password
subcommand operates
in local mode, using the default values for the --domaindir
and
--domain_name
options.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--domaindir
-
Specifies the parent directory of the domain specified in the
--domain_name
option. When this option is used, thechange-admin-password
subcommand operates in local mode. --domain_name
-
Specifies the domain of the admin user.
This option is not required if the directory specified by the--domaindir
option contains only one domain.
Examples
change-master-broker
Changes the master broker in a Message Queue cluster providing JMS services for a Eclipse GlassFish cluster.
Description
The change-master-broker
subcommand changes the master broker in a
Message Queue cluster that is the JMS provider for a Eclipse GlassFish
cluster. By default, the master broker is the one associated with the
first instance configured in the Eclipse GlassFish cluster.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- clustered-instance-name
-
The name of the server instance whose Message Queue broker is to become the master broker of the Message Queue cluster. This server instance must be an instance in a Eclipse GlassFish cluster.
change-master-password
Changes the master password
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] change-master-password [--help]
[--nodedir node-dir] [--domaindir domain-dir]
[--savemasterpassword={false|true}] [domain-name|node-name]
Description
The change-master-password
subcommand is used to modify the master
password. The change-master-password
subcommand is interactive in that
the user is prompted for the old master password, as well as the new
master password. This subcommand will not work unless the server is
stopped. In a distributed environment, this command must run on each
machine in the domain.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodedir
-
The name of the directory containing the node instance for which the password will be changed. If this option is omitted, the change is applied to the entire domain.
--domaindir
-
The name of the domain directory used for this operation. By default, the
--domaindir
option is$AS_DEF_DOMAINS_PATH
, which is an environment variable defined in the fileasenv.bat
orasenv.conf
. --savemasterpassword
-
This option indicates whether the master password should be written to the file system. This is necessary so that the
start-domain
(1) command can start the server without having to prompt the user.
The default isfalse
.Saving the master password on disk is extremely insecure and should be avoided.
If the
--savemasterpassword
option is not set, the master password file, if it exists, will be deleted.
Operands
- domain-name|node-name
-
This name of the domain or node for which the password will be changed. If there is only a single domain, this is optional.
collect-log-files
Creates a ZIP archive of all available log files
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] collect-log-files [--help]
[--target target]
[--retrieve={false|true}] [retrievefilepath]]
Description
The collect-log-files
subcommand collects all available log files for
the domain administration server (DAS), the specified cluster, or the
specified Eclipse GlassFish instance and creates a single ZIP archive of
the log files. If a cluster is specified, the ZIP archive also contains
the log file for the DAS.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--retrieve
-
Specifies whether the ZIP archive is created in a directory other than the default directory.
By default the ZIP archive is created in the domain-dir`/collected-logs` directory. The ZIP file names are constructed from the specified target and timestamp, as follows:log_yyyy-mm-dd_hh-min-sec.zip
Possible values are as follows:
false
-
The ZIP archive will be created in the default directory. If omitted, the
--retrieve
option defaults tofalse
. true
-
The ZIP archive will be created in the directory that the retrievefilepath operand specifies. If retrievefilepath is omitted, the ZIP archive will be created in the default directory.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which log files will be collected.
Possible values are as follows:server
-
The log files will be collected for the DAS (default).
- instance-name
-
The log files will be collected for the specified Eclipse GlassFish instance.
- cluster-name
-
The log files will be collected for the specified cluster and the DAS.
Operands
- retrievefilepath
-
The name of the directory in which the ZIP archive will be created. If this operand is omitted, the ZIP archive will be created in the default directory. If the
--retrieve
option isfalse
, this operand is ignored.
Examples
Example 1 Collecting Log Files for the Default Server
This example generates a ZIP archive from the log files for the default server.
asadmin> collect-log-files
Created Zip file under /space/gf/glassfish7/glassfish/domains/domain1/\
collected-logs/log_2021-12-15_15-46-23.zip.
Command collect-log-files executed successfully.
Example 2 Collecting Log Files for a Cluster
This example generates a ZIP archive from the log files for a cluster
named cluster1
and the two server instances running in the cluster.
asadmin> collect-log-files --target cluster1
Log files are downloaded for instance1.
Log files are downloaded for instance2.
Created Zip file under /space/gfv/glassfish7/glassfish/domains/domain1/\
collected-logs/log_2021-12-15_15-54-06.zip.
Command collect-log-files executed successfully.
Example 3 Collecting Log Files in a Directory Other Than the Default
for a Cluster
This example generates a ZIP archive from the log files for a cluster
named cluster1
and its two server instances, and saves the archive in
a directory named /space/output
.
asadmin> collect-log-files --target cluster1 --retrieve true /space/output
Log files are downloaded for instance1.
Log files are downloaded for instance2.
Created Zip file under /space/output/log_2010-12-15_15-55-54.zip.
Command collect-log-files executed successfully.
See Also
"Administering the Logging Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
configure-jms-cluster
Configures the Message Queue cluster providing JMS services to a Eclipse GlassFish cluster
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] configure-jms-cluster [--help]
[--clustertype={conventional|enhanced}]
[--configstoretype={masterbroker|shareddb}]
[--messagestoretype={file|jdbc}]
[--dbvendor database-vendor]
[--dbuser database-user]
[--dburl database-url]
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*]
cluster-name
Description
The configure-jms-cluster
configures the Message Queue cluster
providing JMS services to a Eclipse GlassFish cluster.
This subcommand should be used before the Eclipse GlassFish cluster is started for the first time. Otherwise, follow the instructions in "Administering the Java Message Service (JMS)" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--clustertype
-
The type of Message Queue cluster to configure. The value
conventional
specifies a conventional cluster, and the valueenhanced
specifies an enhanced, high-availability cluster. For information about these cluster types of Message Queue clusters, see "Broker Clusters" in Open Message Queue Technical Overview.
The default value isconventional
.
Ifenhanced
is specified, theconfigstoretype
andmessagestoretype
options are ignored. --configstoretype
-
The type of data store for configuration data in a conventional cluster. The value
masterbroker
specifies the use of a master broker to store and manage the configuration data. The valueshareddb
specifies the use of a shared database to store the configuration data.
The default value ismasterbroker
.
This option is ignored ifclustertype
is set toenhanced
. --messagestoretype
-
The type of data store for message data in brokers in a conventional cluster. The value
file
specifies a file store. The valuejdbc
specifies a JDBC store.
The default value isfile
.
This option is ignored ifclustertype
is set toenhanced
. --dbvendor
--dbuser
--dburl
-
The database vendor, user, and access url of the JDBC database to use in any of these situations:
-
When
clustertype
is set toenhanced
-
When
configstoretype
is set toshareddb
-
When
messagestoretype
is set tojdbc
For information about supported vendors and the formats of access urls for each vendor, see "JDBC-Based Persistence" in Open Message Queue Administration Guide.
To specify the password of the JDBC database user, use the
--passwordfile
utility option of theasadmin
(1M) command after adding the entryAS_ADMIN_JMSDBPASSWORD
to the password file. -
--property
-
A list of additional database-vendor-specific properties to configure the JDBC database for use by the Message Queue cluster. Specify properties as a colon (
:
) separated list of property names and values in the form:prop1name=prop1value:prop2name=prop2value
Operands
- cluster-name
-
The name of the Eclipse GlassFish cluster for which the Message Queue cluster is to provide JMS services.
Because Eclipse GlassFish uses the cluster name to uniquely identify database tables the Message Queue cluster might require, the length of the name is restricted in the following situations:-
If
clustertype
is set toenhanced
, the name can be no longer than n–21 characters, where n is the maximum table name length allowed by the database. -
If
configstoretype
is set toshareddb
, the name can be no longer than n–19 characters, where n is the maximum table name length allowed by the database.
-
configure-lb-weight
Sets load balancing weights for clustered instances
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] configure-lb-weight [--help]
--cluster cluster_name
instance-name=weight[:instance-name=weight]
Description
The configure-lb-weight
subcommand assigns weight to the server
instances in a cluster. Weights can be used for HTTP, RMI/IIOP and JMS
load balancing. For the HTTP load balancer, the weights are used only if
the load balancer’s policy is set to weighted-round-robin
. The load
balancer policy is set in the create-http-lb-ref
subcommand or set
subcommand.
Use the weight to vary the load going to different instances in the cluster. For example, if an instance is on a machine with more capacity, give it a higher weight so that more requests are sent to that instance by the load balancer. The default weight is 100. If all instances have the default weight, the load balancer performs simple round robin load balancing.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--cluster
-
The name of the cluster.
Operands
- instance-name=weight
-
The name of the instance and the weight you are assigning it. The weight must be an integer. The pairs of instances and weights are separated by colons. For example
instance1=1:instance2=4
means that for every five requests, one goes to instance1 and four go to instance2. A weight of 1 is the default.
configure-ldap-for-admin
Configures the authentication realm named admin-realm for the given LDAP
Description
The configure-ldap-for-admin
subcommand configures the authentication
realm named admin-realm
for the given LDAP. The
configure-ldap-for-admin
subcommand is interactive. The subcommand
prompts the user for the basedn
and ldap-group
options.
This command is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
configure-managed-jobs
Configures how long information about subcommands that were started
using asadmin --detach
or that contain progress information is kept
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] configure-managed-jobs [--help]
[--in-memory-retention-period in-memory-retention-period]
[--job-retention-period job-retention-period]
[--cleanup-initial-delay cleanup-initial-delay]
[--cleanup-poll-interval cleanup-poll-interval]
Description
The configure-managed-jobs
subcommand configures how long information
about subcommands (jobs) that were started using the asadmin
utility
option --detach
or that contain progress information is kept. The
--detach
option detaches long-running subcommands and executes them in
the background in detach mode. Job information includes subcommand
progress and status.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--in-memory-retention-period
-
Specifies how long a completed job is kept in memory after the job is finished. The default value is 1 hour.
--job-retention-period
-
Specifies how long a job is stored. The default value is 24 hours.
--cleanup-initial-delay
-
After server startup, specifies the initial delay after which the cleanup service starts purging jobs. The default value is 5 minutes.
--cleanup-poll-interval
-
Specifies the time interval after which the cleanup service polls for expired jobs. The default value is 20 minutes.
copy-config
Copies an existing named configuration to create another configuration
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] copy-config [--help]
[--systemproperties (name=value)[:name=value]*]
source-configuration-name destination-configuration-name
Description
The copy-config
subcommand creates a named configuration in the
configuration of the domain administration server (DAS) by copying an
existing configuration. The new configuration is identical to the copied
configuration, except for any properties that you specify in the
--systemproperties
option.
The default-config
configuration is copied when a standalone sever
instance or standalone cluster is created.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--systemproperties
-
Optional attribute name-value pairs for the configuration. These properties override port settings in the configuration.
The following properties are available:
ASADMIN_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the HTTP port or HTTPS port through which the DAS connects to the instance to manage the instance. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
HTTP_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used to listen for HTTP requests. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used to listen for HTTPS requests. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for IIOP connections. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for secure IIOP connections. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_SSL_MUTUALAUTH_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for secure IIOP connections with client authentication. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JAVA_DEBUGGER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for connections to the Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html) debugger. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JMS_PROVIDER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number for the Java Message Service provider. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JMX_SYSTEM_CONNECTOR_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number on which the JMX connector listens. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
OSGI_SHELL_TELNET_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for connections to the Apache Felix Remote Shell (
http://felix.apache.org/site/apache-felix-remote-shell.html
). This shell uses the Felix shell service to interact with the OSGi module management subsystem. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
Operands
- source-configuration-name
-
The name of the configuration that you are copying.
- destination-configuration-name
-
The name of the configuration that you are creating by copying the source configuration.
The name must meet the following requirements:
-
The name may contain only ASCII characters.
-
The name must start with a letter, a number, or an underscore.
-
The name may contain only the following characters:
-
Lowercase letters
-
Uppercase letters
-
Numbers
-
Hyphen
-
Period
-
Underscore
-
-
The name must be unique in the domain and must not be the name of a another named configuration, a cluster, a Eclipse GlassFish instance , or a node.
-
The name must not be
domain
,server
, or any other keyword that is reserved by Eclipse GlassFish.
-
Examples
Example 1 Copying a Configuration
This example copies the default-config
configuration to the
pmdsaconfig
configuration, overriding the settings for the following
ports:
-
HTTP listener port
-
HTTPS listener port
asadmin> copy-config
--systemproperties HTTP_LISTENER_PORT=2000:HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=3000
default-config pmdsaconfig
Command copy-config executed successfully.
create-admin-object
Adds the administered object with the specified JNDI name for a resource adapter
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-admin-object [--help]
[--target target]
--restype restype
[--classname classname]
--raname raname
[--enabled={true|false}]
[--description description]
[--property name=value[:name=value]*]
jndi_name
Description
The create-admin-object
subcommand creates the administered object
with the specified JNDI name and the interface definition for a resource adapter.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target on which you are creating the administered object. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the administered object for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Creates the administered object for the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the administered object for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the administered object for a particular server instance.
The resource is always created for the domain as a whole, but the
resource-ref
for the resource is only created for the specified--target
. This means that although the resource is defined at the domain level, it is only available at the specified target level. Use thecreate-resource-ref
subcommand to refer to the resource in multiple targets if needed. --restype
-
Specifies the interface definition for the administered object. The resource type must be an interface definition that is specified in the
ra.xml
file of the resource adapter. --classname
-
Specifies the class name of the administered object. Required if multiple administered objects use the same interface definition.
--raname
-
Specifies the name of the resource adapter associated with this administered object.
--enabled
-
Specifies if this object is enabled. Default is true.
--description
-
Text string describing the administered object.
--property
-
Description of the name/values pairs for configuring the resource. Dependent on the resource adapter. For JMS properties, see
create-jms-resource
(1) for JMS destination resources.
Examples
Example 1 Creating an Administered Object
In this example, jmsra
is a system resource adapter with the admin
object interfaces, jakarta.jms.Queue
and jakarta.jms.Topic
.
asadmin> create-admin-object --restype jakarta.jms.Queue
--raname jmsra --description "sample administered object"
--property Name=sample_jmsqueue jms/samplequeue
Command create-admin-object executed successfully
create-application-ref
Creates a reference to an application
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-application-ref [--help]
[--target target]
[--virtualservers virtual_servers] [--enabled=true]
[--lbenabled=true] reference_name
Description
The create-application-ref
subcommand creates a reference from a
cluster or an unclustered server instance to a previously deployed
application element (for example, a Jakarta EE application, a Web module,
or an enterprise bean module). This effectively results in the
application element being deployed and made available on the targeted
instance or cluster.
The target instance or instances making up the cluster need not be running or available for this subcommand to succeed. If one or more instances are not available, they will receive the new application element the next time they start.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which you are creating the application reference. Valid values are
-
server
- Specifies the default server instance as the target for creating the application reference.server
is the name of the default server instance and is the default value for this option. -
cluster_name- Specifies a particular cluster as the target for creating the application reference.
-
instance_name- Specifies a particular stand-alone server instance as the target for creating the application reference.
-
--virtualservers
-
Specifies a comma-separated list of virtual server IDs on which to deploy. This option applies only to Web modules (either standalone or in a Jakarta EE application). If this option is not specified, the application is deployed to all virtual servers except the administrative server,
__asadmin
. --enabled
-
Indicates whether the application should be enabled (that is, loaded). This value will take effect only if the application is enabled at the global level. The default is
true
. --lbenabled
-
Controls whether the deployed application is available for load balancing. The default is true.
Operands
- reference_name
-
The name of the application or module, which can be a Jakarta EE application, Web module, EJB module, connector module, application client module, or lifecycle module.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. If the--enabled
option is set to false, you can create references to multiple disabled versions by using an asterisk (*
) as a wildcard character. For more information about module and application versions, see " Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
create-audit-module
Adds an audit module
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-audit-module [--help]
--classname classname
[--property(name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--target target]
audit_module_name
Description
The create-audit-module
subcommand adds the named audit module for the
Java class that implements the audit capabilities. Audit modules collect
and store information on incoming requests (from, for example, servlets
and EJB components) and outgoing responses.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --classname
-
The name of the Java class that implements this audit module. If not specified, this option defaults to
com.sun.enterprise.security.Audit
. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--property
-
Optional keyword-value pairs that specify additional properties for the audit module.
Audit module properties that are defined by Eclipse GlassFish are as follows:auditOn
-
If
true
, specifies that the audit module is loaded and called by the Eclipse GlassFish audit library at audit points.
Other available properties are determined by the implementation of the audit module.
--target
-
Specifies the target on which you are creating the audit module. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the audit module for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Creates the audit module for the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the audit module for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the audit module for a particular server instance.
create-auth-realm
Adds the named authentication realm
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-auth-realm [--help]
--classname realm_class [--property(name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--target target_name] auth_realm_name
Description
The create-auth-realm
subcommand adds the named authentication realm.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target on which you are creating the realm. Valid values are
server
-
Creates the realm on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration_name
-
Creates the realm in the specified configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the realm on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the realm on a specified server instance.
--classname
-
Java class which implements this realm. These include
com.sun.enterprise.security.auth.realm.file.FileRealm
,com.sun.enterprise.security.auth.realm.certificate.CertificateRealm
,com.sun.enterprise.security.ee.authentication.glassfish.jdbc.JDBCRealm
,com.sun.enterprise.security.auth.realm.ldap.LDAPRealm
,com.sun.enterprise.security.auth.realm.ldap.PamRealm
, andcom.sun.enterprise.security.auth.realm.solaris.SolarisRealm
, or a custom realm. --property
-
Optional attribute name-value pairs for configuring the authentication realm. Authentication realms require provider-specific properties, which vary based on implementation.
The following properties are common to all of the supported realms, which includeFileRealm
,CertificateRealm
,JDBCRealm
,LDAPRealm
, PamRealm, andSolarisRealm
.jaas-context
-
Specifies the Java Authentication and Authorization Service (JAAS) context.
assign-groups
-
(Optional) If this property is set, its value is taken to be a comma-separated list of group names. All clients who present valid certificates are assigned membership to these groups for the purposes of authorization decisions in the web and EJB containers.
Specific to each realm, you can specify the following properties.
-
You can specify the following properties for
FileRealm
:file
-
Specifies the file that stores user names, passwords, and group names. The default is domain-dir
/config/keyfile
.
-
You can specify the following properties for
CertificateRealm
:LoginModule
-
Specifies the name of a JAAS
LoginModule
to use for performing authentication. To use a JAASLoginModule
, you must first create an implementation of the javax.security.auth.spi.LoginModule interface, and then plug the module into ajaas-context
. For more information, see "Custom Authentication of Client Certificate in SSL Mutual Authentication" in Eclipse GlassFish Security Guide.
-
You can specify the following properties for
JDBCRealm
:datasource-jndi
-
Specifies the
jndi-name
of thejdbc-resource
for the database. user-table
-
Specifies the name of the user table in the database.
user-name-column
-
Specifies the name of the user name column in the database’s user table.
password-column
-
Specifies the name of the password column in the database’s user table.
group-table
-
Specifies the name of the group table in the database.
group-table
-
Specify the group table for an authentication realm of class
JDBCRealm
. group-name-column
-
Specifies the name of the group name column in the database’s group table.
db-user
-
(Optional) Allows you to specify the database user name in the realm instead of the
jdbc-connection-pool
. This prevents other applications from looking up the database, getting a connection, and browsing the user table. By default, thejdbc-connection-pool
configuration is used. db-password
-
(Optional) Allows you to specify the database password in the realm instead of the
jdbc-connection-pool
. This prevents other applications from looking up the database, getting a connection, and browsing the user table. By default, thejdbc-connection-pool
configuration is used. group-table
-
Specifies the name of the group table in the database.
digest-algorithm
-
(Optional) Specifies the digest algorithm. The default is
SHA-256
. You can use any algorithm supported in the JDK, or none.In versions of Eclipse GlassFish prior to 5.0, the default algorithm was
MD5
. If you have applications that depend on theMD5
algorithm, you can override the defaultSHA-25
algorithm by using theasadmin set
subcommand:asadmin> set server.security-service.property.default-digest-algorithm=MD5
You can use the
asadmin get
subcommand to determine what algorithm is currently being used:asadmin> get server.security-service.property.default-digest-algorithm
Also note that, to maintain backward compatibility, if an upgrade is performed from Eclipse GlassFish v2.x or v3.0.x to Eclipse GlassFish 5.0, the default algorithm is automatically set to
MD5
in cases where the digest algorithm had not been explicitly set in the older Eclipse GlassFish version. digestrealm-password-enc-algorithm
-
(Optional) Specifies the algorithm for encrypting passwords stored in the database.
It is a security risk not to specify a password encryption algorithm.
encoding
-
(Optional) Specifies the encoding. Allowed values are
Hex
andBase64
. If digest-algorithm is specified, the default isHex
. Ifdigest-algorithm
is not specified, by default no encoding is specified. charset
-
(Optional) Specifies the
charset
for the digest algorithm.
-
You can specify the following properties for
LDAPRealm
:directory
-
Specifies the LDAP URL to your server.
base-dn
-
Specifies the LDAP base DN for the location of user data. This base DN can be at any level above the user data, since a tree scope search is performed. The smaller the search tree, the better the performance.
search-filter
-
(Optional) Specifies the search filter to use to find the user. The default is
uid=%s
(%s
expands to the subject name). group-base-dn
-
(Optional) Specifies the base DN for the location of groups data. By default, it is same as the
base-dn
, but it can be tuned, if necessary. group-search-filter
-
(Optional) Specifies the search filter to find group memberships for the user. The default is
uniquemember=%d
(%d
expands to the userelementDN
). group-target
-
(Optional) Specifies the LDAP attribute name that contains group name entries. The default is
CN
. search-bind-dn
-
(Optional) Specifies an optional DN used to authenticate to the directory for performing the search-filter lookup. Only required for directories that do not allow anonymous search.
search-bind-password
-
(Optional) Specifies the LDAP password for the DN given in
search-bind-dn
.
Operands
- auth_realm_name
-
A short name for the realm. This name is used to refer to the realm from, for example,
web.xml
.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a New Authentication Realm
This example creates a new file realm.
asadmin> create-auth-realm
--classname com.sun.enterprise.security.auth.realm.file.FileRealm
--property file=${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}/config/
admin-keyfile:jaas-context=fileRealm file
Command create-auth-realm executed successfully
Where file
is the authentication realm created.
create-cluster
Creates a Eclipse GlassFish cluster
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-cluster [--help]
[--config config-name]
[--systemproperties (name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--properties (name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--gmsenabled={true|false}]
[--multicastport multicast-port]
[--multicastaddress multicast-address]
[--bindaddress bind-address]
[--hosts hadb-host-list]
[--haagentport port-number]
[--haadminpassword password]
[--haadminpasswordfile file-name] [--devicesize devicesize ]
[--haproperty (name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--autohadb=false] [--portbase port-number]
cluster-name
Description
The create-cluster
subcommand creates a Eclipse GlassFish cluster.
Initially the cluster contains no Eclipse GlassFish instances,
applications, or resources.
A cluster requires a reference to the named configuration that defines the configuration of all instances that are added to the cluster. The configuration can be specified in the command to create the cluster, but is not required. If no configuration is specified, the subcommand creates a configuration that is named cluster-name`-config` for the cluster. The cluster that is created is a standalone cluster because the cluster’s configuration is not shared with any other clusters or standalone instances.
To add instances to the cluster, set the --cluster
option to the name
of the cluster when using either of the following subcommands:
To delete server instances from the cluster at any time, use one of the following subcommands:
To associate applications and resources with all instances in the
cluster, set the --target
option to the name of the cluster when
performing the following operations:
-
Deploying applications by using the
deploy
(1) subcommand -
Creating resources by using subcommands such as
create-jdbc-resource
(1) -
Creating references to applications that are already deployed in other targets by using the
create-application-ref
(1) subcommand -
Creating references to resources that are already created in other targets by using the
create-resource-ref
(1) subcommand
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--config
-
Specifies the named configuration that the cluster references. The configuration must exist and must not be named
default-config
orserver-config
. Specifying the--config
option creates a shared cluster. If this option is omitted, a standalone cluster is created. --systemproperties
-
Defines system properties for the configuration that is created for the cluster. These properties override the property values in the
default-config
configuration. The following properties are available:ASADMIN_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the HTTP port or HTTPS port through which the DAS connects to the instance to manage the instance. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
HTTP_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used to listen for HTTP requests. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used to listen for HTTPS requests. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for IIOP connections. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for secure IIOP connections. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_SSL_MUTUALAUTH_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for secure IIOP connections with client authentication. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JAVA_DEBUGGER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for connections to the Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html) debugger. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JMS_PROVIDER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number for the Java Message Service provider. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JMX_SYSTEM_CONNECTOR_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number on which the JMX connector listens. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
OSGI_SHELL_TELNET_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for connections to the Apache Felix Remote Shell (http://felix.apache.org/site/apache-felix-remote-shell.html). This shell uses the Felix shell service to interact with the OSGi module management subsystem. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
--properties
-
Defines properties for the cluster. The following properties are available:
GMS_DISCOVERY_URI_LIST
-
The locations of Eclipse GlassFish instances in the cluster to use for discovering the cluster. This property is required only if the Group Management Service (GMS) is not using multicast for broadcasting messages.
Valid values for this property are as follows:-
A comma-separated list of uniform resource identifiers (URIs). Each URI must locate a Eclipse GlassFish instance or the DAS. This format is required if multiple Eclipse GlassFish instances are running on the same host.
The format of each URI in the list is as follows:
scheme://
host-name-or -IP-address:
port-
scheme is the URI scheme, which is
tcp
. -
host-name-or -IP-address is the host name or IP address of the host on which the instance is running.
-
port is the port number of the port on which the instance listens for messages from GMS. The system property
GMS_LISTENER_PORT-
clustername must be set for the instance. For information about how to set this system property for an instance, see "Discovering a Cluster When Multicast Transport Is Unavailable" in Eclipse GlassFish High Availability Administration Guide.
-
-
A comma-separated list of IP addresses or host names on which the DAS or the instances are running. The list can contain a mixture of IP addresses and host names. This format can be used only if one clustered instance is running on each host. The value of the
GMS_LISTENER_PORT
property must be unique for each cluster in a domain. -
The keyword
generate
. This format can be used only if one instance in a cluster is running on each host and the DAS is running on a separate host. Multiple instances on the same host cannot be members of the same cluster. The value of theGMS_LISTENER_PORT
property must be unique for each cluster in a domain.
-
GMS_LISTENER_PORT
-
The port number of the port on which the cluster listens for messages from GMS.
The default value is a reference to theGMS_LISTENER_PORT-
cluster-name system property. By default, this system property is not set. In this situation, GMS selects a free port from the range that is defined by the propertiesGMS_TCPSTARTPORT
andGMS_TCPENDPORT
. By default, this range is 9090-9200. In most situations, the default behavior should suffice.
However, if GMS is not using multicast for broadcasting messages, theGMS_LISTENER_PORT
property must specify a port number that is valid for all Eclipse GlassFish instances in the cluster. To use the default value to meet this requirement, use a system property to set the port number individually for each instance.
For example, use thecreate-system-properties
subcommand to create the system propertyGMS_LISTENER_PORT-
cluster-name for the DAS. Then, for each instance in the cluster, set theGMS_LISTENER_PORT-
cluster-name system property to the port number on which the instance listens for messages from GMS. The default value of theGMS_LISTENER_PORT
property for the cluster references this system property. GMS_LOOPBACK
-
Specifies whether an instance may receive from itself application-level messages that the instance broadcasts to the cluster. Possible values are as follows:
-
false
The instance may not receive messages from itself (default). -
true
The instance may receive messages from itself. Use this setting for testing an instance when the instance is the only instance in a cluster.
-
GMS_MULTICAST_TIME_TO_LIVE
-
The maximum number of iterations or transmissions that a multicast message for the following types of events can experience before the message is discarded:
-
Group discovery
-
Member heartbeats
-
Membership changes
To match the configuration of the network on which the DAS and clustered instances are deployed, set this value as low as possible. To determine the lowest possible value for your system, use the
validate-multicast
(1) subcommand.-
A value of 0 ensures that multicast messages never leave the host from which they are broadcast.
-
A value of 1 might prevent the broadcast of messages between hosts on same subnet that are connected by a switch or a router.
-
The default is 4, which ensures that messages are successfully broadcast to all cluster members in networks where hosts are connected by switches or routers.
-
-
GMS_TCPENDPORT
-
The highest port number in the range from which GMS selects a free port if the
GMS_LISTENER_PORT-
cluster-name system property is not set. The default is 9200. GMS_TCPSTARTPORT
-
The lowest port number in the range from which GMS selects a free port if the
GMS_LISTENER_PORT-
cluster-name system property is not set. The default is 9090.
--gmsenabled
-
Specifies whether GMS is enabled for the cluster. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
GMS is enabled for the cluster (default). When GMS is enabled for a cluster, GMS is started in each server instance in the cluster and in the DAS. The DAS participates in each cluster for which this option is set to
true
. false
-
GMS is disabled for the cluster.
--multicastaddress
-
The address on which GMS listens for group events. This option must specify a multicast address in the range 224.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.255. The default is 228.9.XX.YY, where XX and YY are automatically generated independent values between 0 and 255.
--multicastport
-
The port number of communication port on which GMS listens for group events. This option must specify a valid port number in the range 2048-49151. The default is an automatically generated value in this range.
--bindaddress
-
The Internet Protocol (IP) address of the network interface to which GMS binds. This option must specify the IP address of a local network interface. The default is all public network interface addresses.
On a multihome machine, this option configures the network interface that is used for the GMS. A multihome machine possesses two or more network interfaces.
To specify an address that is valid for all Eclipse GlassFish instances in the cluster, use a system property to set the address individually for each instance.
For example, use thecreate-system-properties
subcommand to create the system propertyGMS-BIND-INTERFACE-ADDRESS-
cluster-name. Then set the--bindaddress
option of this subcommand to${GMS-BIND-INTERFACE-ADDRESS-
cluster-name`}` to specify the system property. Finally, for each instance in the cluster, set theGMS-BIND-INTERFACE-ADDRESS-
cluster-name system property to the required network interface address on the instance’s machine. --hosts
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--haagentport
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--haadminpassword
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--haadminpasswordfile
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--devicesize
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--haproperty
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--autohadb
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--portbase
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
Operands
- cluster-name
-
The name of the cluster.
The name must meet the following requirements:-
The name may contain only ASCII characters.
-
The name must start with a letter, a number, or an underscore.
-
The name may contain only the following characters:
-
Lowercase letters
-
Uppercase letters
-
Numbers
-
Hyphen
-
Period
-
Underscore
-
-
The name must be unique in the domain and must not be the name of another cluster, a named configuration, a Eclipse GlassFish instance, or a node.
-
The name must not be
domain
,server
, or any other keyword that is reserved by Eclipse GlassFish.
If theconfigure-jms-cluster
(1) subcommand is to be used to configure a Message Queue cluster to provide JMS services to the Eclipse GlassFish cluster, the length of the Eclipse GlassFish cluster name is might be restricted: -
If
clustertype
is set toenhanced
in theconfigure-jms-cluster
(1) subcommand, the name can be no longer than n–21 characters, where n is the maximum table name length allowed by the database. -
If
configstoretype
is set toshareddb
in theconfigure-jms-cluster
(1) subcommand, the name can be no longer than n–19 characters, where n is the maximum table name length allowed by the database.
-
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Cluster
This example creates a cluster that is named ltscluster
for which port
1169 is to be used for secure IIOP connections. Because the --config
option is not specified, the cluster references a copy of the named
configuration default-config
that is named ltscluster-config
.
asadmin> create-cluster
--systemproperties IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=1169
ltscluster
Command create-cluster executed successfully.
Example 2 Creating a Cluster With a List of URIs for Discovering the
Cluster
This example creates a cluster that is named tcpcluster
. In this
example, GMS is not using multicast for broadcasting messages and
multiple instances reside on the same host. Therefore, the
GMS_DISCOVERY_URI_LIST
property is set to the locations of the
Eclipse GlassFish instances to use for discovering the cluster. These
instances reside on the host whose IP address is 10.152.23.224
and
listen for GMS events on ports 9090, 9091, and 9092.
To distinguish colon (:
) characters in URIs from separators in a
property list, colons in URIs are escaped with single quote characters
('
) and backslash (\
) characters. For more information about escape
characters in options for the asadmin
utility, see the
asadmin
(1M) help page.
This example assumes that the port on which each instance listens for
GMS messages is set independently for the instance through the
GMS_LISTENER_PORT-tcpcluster
system property. For information about
how to set the port on which an instance listens for GMS messages, see
"Discovering a Cluster When Multicast Transport Is
Unavailable" in Eclipse GlassFish High Availability
Administration Guide.
asadmin> create-cluster --properties GMS_DISCOVERY_URI_LIST=
tcp'\\:'//10.152.23.224'\\:'9090,
tcp'\\:'//10.152.23.224'\\:'9091,
tcp'\\:'//10.152.23.224'\\:'9092 tcpcluster
Command create-cluster executed successfully.
Example 3 Creating a Cluster With a List of IP Addresses for
Discovering the Cluster
This example creates a cluster that is named ipcluster
. In this
example, GMS is not using multicast for broadcasting messages and only
one clustered instance resides on each host. Therefore, the
GMS_DISCOVERY_URI_LIST
property is set to the IP addresses of the
hosts where instances to use for discovering the cluster are running.
The cluster listens for messages from GMS on port 9090.
asadmin> create-cluster --properties 'GMS_DISCOVERY_URI_LIST=
10.152.23.225,10.152.23.226,10.152.23.227,10.152.23.228:
GMS_LISTENER_PORT=9090' ipcluster
Command create-cluster executed successfully.
Example 4 Creating a Cluster With a Generated List of Instances for
Discovering the Cluster
This example creates a cluster that is named gencluster
. In this
example, GMS is not using multicast for broadcasting messages, one
instance in the cluster is running on each host and the DAS is running
on a separate host. Therefore, the GMS_DISCOVERY_URI_LIST
property is
set to the keyword generate
to generate a list of instances to use for
discovering the cluster. The cluster listens for messages from GMS on
port 9090.
asadmin> create-cluster --properties 'GMS_DISCOVERY_URI_LIST=generate:
GMS_LISTENER_PORT=9090' gencluster
Command create-cluster executed successfully.
See Also
create-application-ref
(1),
create-instance
(1),
create-jdbc-resource
(1),
create-local-instance
(1),
create-resource-ref
(1),
delete-cluster
(1),
delete-instance
(1),
delete-local-instance
(1),
deploy
(1),
list-clusters
(1),
start-cluster
(1),
stop-cluster
(1),
validate-multicast
(1)
"Discovering a Cluster When Multicast Transport Is Unavailable" in Eclipse GlassFish High Availability Administration Guide
Apache Felix Remote Shell (http://felix.apache.org/site/apache-felix-remote-shell.html), Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html)
create-connector-connection-pool
Adds a connection pool with the specified connection pool name
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-connector-connection-pool [--help]
[--target=target]
--raname raname
--connectiondefinition connectiondefinitionname
[--steadypoolsize steadypoolsize]
[--maxpoolsize maxpoolsize]
[--maxwait maxwait]
[--poolresize poolresize]
[--idletimeout idletimeout]
[--isconnectvalidatereq={false|true}]
[--failconnection={false|true}]
[--leaktimeout=timeout]
[--leakreclaim={false|true}]
[--creationretryattempts=attempts]
[--creationretryinterval=interval]
[--lazyconnectionenlistment={false|true}]
[--lazyconnectionassociation={false|true}]
[--associatewiththread={false|true}]
[--matchconnections={true|false}]
[--maxconnectionusagecount=count]
[--validateatmostonceperiod=interval]
[--transactionsupport transactionsupport]
[--descrip[tion description]
[--ping {false|true}]
[--pooling {true|false}]
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*]
poolname
Description
The create-connector-connection-pool
subcommand defines a pool of
connections to an enterprise information system (EIS). The named pool
can be referred to by multiple connector resources. Each defined pool is
instantiated at server startup, and is populated when accessed for the
first time. If two or more connector resources point to the same
connector connection pool, they are using the same pool of connections
at run time. There can be more than one pool for a connection definition
in a single resource adapter.
A connector connection pool with authentication can be created either by
using a --property
option to specify user, password, or other
connection information, or by specifying the connection information in
the XML descriptor file.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--associatewiththread
-
Specifies whether a connection is associated with the thread to enable the thread to reuse the connection. If a connection is not associated with the thread, the thread must obtain a connection from the pool each time that the thread requires a connection. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
A connection is not associated with the thread (default).
true
-
A connection is associated with the thread.
--connectiondefinition
-
The name of the connection definition.
--creationretryattempts
-
Specifies the maximum number of times that the server retries to create a connection if the initial attempt fails.
Default value is 0, which specifies that the server does not retry to create the connection. --creationretryinterval
-
Specifies the interval, in seconds, between successive attempts to create a connection.
If--creationretryattempts
is 0, the--creationretryinterval
option is ignored. Default value is 10. --description
-
Text providing descriptive details about the connector connection pool.
--failconnection
-
If set to true, all connections in the pool are closed if a single validation check fails. This parameter is mandatory if the
--isconnectvalidatereq
option is set to true. Default value is false. --idletimeout
-
The maximum time that a connection can remain idle in the pool. After this amount of time, the pool can close this connection. Default value is 300.
--isconnectvalidatereq
-
If the value is set to true, the connections will be checked to see if they are usable, before they are given out to the application. Default value is false.
--lazyconnectionenlistment
-
Specifies whether a resource to a transaction is enlisted only when a method actually uses the resource. Default value is false.
--lazyconnectionassociation
-
Specifies whether a physical connection should be associated with the logical connection only when the physical connection is used, and disassociated when the transaction is completed. Such association and dissociation enable the reuse of physical connections. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
A physical connection is associated with the logical connection even before the physical connection is used, and is not disassociated when the transaction is completed (default).
true
-
A physical connection is associated with the logical connection only when the physical connection is used, and disassociated when the transaction is completed. The
--lazyconnectionenlistment
option must also be set totrue
.
--leakreclaim
-
Specifies whether leaked connections are restored to the connection pool after leak connection tracing is complete. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
Leaked connections are not restored to the connection pool (default).
true
-
Leaked connections are restored to the connection pool.
--leaktimeout
-
Specifies the amount of time, in seconds, for which connection leaks in a connection pool are to be traced.
If connection leak tracing is enabled, you can use the Administration Console to enable monitoring of the JDBC connection pool to get statistics on the number of connection leaks. Default value is 0, which disables connection leak tracing. --matchconnections
-
Specifies whether a connection that is selected from the pool should be matched with the resource adaptor. If all connections in the pool are identical, matching between connections and resource adapters is not required. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
A connection should be matched with the resource adaptor (default).
false
-
A connection should not be matched with the resource adaptor.
--maxconnectionusagecount
-
Specifies the maximum number of times that a connection can be reused.
When this limit is reached, the connection is closed. Default value is 0, which specifies no limit on the number of times that a connection can be reused. --maxpoolsize
-
The maximum number of connections that can be created to satisfy client requests. Default value is 32.
--maxwait
-
The amount of time, in milliseconds, that a caller must wait before a connection is created, if a connection is not available. If set to 0, the caller is blocked indefinitely until a resource is available or until an error occurs. Default value is 60000.
--ping
-
A pool with this attribute set to true is contacted during creation (or reconfiguration) to identify and warn of any erroneous values for its attributes. Default value is false.
--pooling
-
When set to false, this attribute disables connection pooling. Default value is true.
--poolresize
-
Quantity by which the pool will scale up or scale down the number of connections. Scale up: When the pool has no free connections, pool will scale up by this quantity. Scale down: All the invalid and idle connections are removed, sometimes resulting in removing connections of quantity greater than this value. The number of connections that is specified by
--steadypoolsize
will be ensured. Possible values are from 0 toMAX_INTEGER
. Default value is 2. --property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the pool.
LazyConnectionEnlistment
-
Deprecated. Use the equivalent option. Default value is false.
LazyConnectionAssociation
-
Deprecated. Use the equivalent option. Default value is false.
AssociateWithThread
-
Deprecated. Use the equivalent option. Default value is false.
MatchConnections
-
Deprecated. Use the equivalent option. Default value is false.
--raname
-
The name of the resource adapter.
--steadypoolsize
-
The minimum and initial number of connections maintained in the pool. Default value is 8.
--target
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--transactionsupport
-
Indicates the level of transaction support that this pool will have. Possible values are
XATransaction
,LocalTransaction
andNoTransaction
. This attribute can have a value lower than or equal to but not higher than the resource adapter’s transaction support attribute. The resource adapter’s transaction support attribute has an order of values, whereXATransaction
is the highest, andNoTransaction
the lowest. --validateatmostonceperiod
-
Specifies the time interval in seconds between successive requests to validate a connection at most once. Setting this attribute to an appropriate value minimizes the number of validation requests by a connection. Default value is 0, which means that the attribute is not enabled.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Connector Connection Pool
This example creates a new connector connection pool named
jms/qConnPool
.
asadmin> create-connector-connection-pool --raname jmsra
--connectiondefinition jakarta.jms.QueueConnectionFactory --steadypoolsize 20
--maxpoolsize 100 --poolresize 2 --maxwait 60000 jms/qConnPool
Command create-connector-connection-pool executed successfully
create-connector-resource
Registers the connector resource with the specified JNDI name
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-connector-resource [--help]
--poolname connectorConnectionPoolName
[--enabled={true|false}]
[--description description]
[--objecttype ovjecttype]
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--target target]
jndi_name
Description
The create-connector-resource
subcommand registers the connector
resource with the specified JNDI name.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--poolname
-
The name of the connection pool. When two or more resource elements point to the same connection pool element, they use the same pool connections at runtime.
--enabled
-
This option determines whether the resource is enabled at runtime. The default value is true.
--objecttype
-
Defines the type of the connector resource. Default is user. Allowed values are:
system-all
-
A system resource for all server instances and the domain administration server (DAS).
system-admin
-
A system resource only for the DAS.
system-instance
-
A system resource for all server instances only.
user
-
A user resource.
--description
-
Text providing details about the connector resource.
--property
-
Optional attribute name value pairs for configuring the resource.
--target
-
This option specifies the ending location of the connector resources. Valid targets are:
server
-
Creates the connector resource in the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Creates the connector resource in the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the connector resource in every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the connector resource in the specified server instance.
The resource is always created for the domain as a whole, but the
resource-ref
for the resource is only created for the specified--target
. This means that although the resource is defined at the domain level, it is only available at the specified target level. Use thecreate-resource-ref
subcommand to refer to the resource in multiple targets if needed.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Connector Resource
This example creates a connector resource named jms/qConnFactory
.
asadmin> create-connector-resource --poolname jms/qConnPool
--description "sample connector resource" jms/qConnFactory
Command create-connector-resource executed successfully
Example 2 Using the create-connector-resource subcommand
This example shows the usage of this subcommand.
asadmin> create-connector-resource --target server --poolname jms/qConnPool
--description "sample connector resource" jms/qConnFactory
Command create-connector-resource executed successfully
Where jms/qConnFactory
is the sample connector resource that is
created.
create-connector-security-map
Creates a security map for the specified connector connection pool
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-connector-security-map [--help]
--poolname connector_connection_pool_name
[--principals principal-name1[,principal-name2]*]
[--usergroups user-group1[,user-group2]*]
[--mappedusername user-name]
[--target target]
mapname
Description
The create-connector-security-map
subcommand creates a security map
for the specified connector connection pool. If the security map is not
present, a new one is created. This subcommand can also map the caller
identity of the application (principal or user group) to a suitable
enterprise information system (EIS) principal in container-managed
authentication scenarios. The EIS is any system that holds the data of
an organization. It can be a mainframe, a messaging system, a database
system, or an application. One or more named security maps can be
associated with a connector connection pool. The connector security map
configuration supports the use of the wild card asterisk (*
) to
indicate all users or all user groups.
To specify the EIS password, you can add the AS_ADMIN_MAPPEDPASSWORD
entry to the password file, then specify the file by using the
--passwordfile
asadmin
utility option.
For this subcommand to succeed, you must have first created a connector
connection pool using the create-connector-connection-pool
subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--poolname
-
Specifies the name of the connector connection pool to which the security map belongs.
--principals
-
Specifies a list of backend EIS principals. More than one principal can be specified using a comma-separated list. Use either the
--principals
or--usergroups
options, but not both in the same command. --usergroups
-
Specifies a list of backend EIS user group. More than one user groups can be specified using a comma separated list. Use either the
--principals
or--usergroups
options, but not both in the same command. --mappedusername
-
Specifies the EIS username.
--target
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Connector Security Map
This example creates securityMap1
for the existing connection pool
named connector-pool1
.
asadmin> create-connector-security-map --poolname connector-pool1
--principals principal1,principal2 --mappedusername backend-username securityMap1
Command create-connector-security-map executed successfully
create-connector-work-security-map
Creates a work security map for the specified resource adapter
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-connector-work-security-map [--help]
--raname raname
[--principalsmap eis-principal1=principal_name1[, eis-principal2=principal_name2]*
|--groupsmap eis-group1=server-group1[, eis-group2=server-group2]*}
[--description description]
mapname
Description
The create-connector-work-security-map
subcommand maps the caller
identity of the work submitted by the resource adapter EIS principal or
EIS user group to a suitable principal or user group in the
Eclipse GlassFish security domain. One or more work security maps may be
associated with a resource adapter. The connector work security map
configuration supports the use of the wild card asterisk (*
) to
indicate all users or all user groups.
The enterprise information system (EIS) is any system that holds the data of an organization. It can be a mainframe, a messaging system, a database system, or an application.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--description
-
Text providing descriptive details about the connector work security map.
--groupsmap
-
Specifies a map of the backend EIS user group to the Eclipse GlassFish user group. Use a comma-separated list to specify more than one mapping. Use either the
--principalsmap
option or the--groupsmap
option, but not both. --principalsmap
-
Specifies a map of the backend EIS principal to the Eclipse GlassFish principal. Use a comma-separated list to specify more than one mapping. Use either the
--principalsmap
option or the--groupsmap
option, but not both. --raname
-
Indicates the connector module name, which is the name of the resource adapter.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Connector Work Security Map (Principal)
This example creates connector work security map workSecurityMap1
that
maps the backend EIS principal to the Eclipse GlassFish principal.
asadmin create-connector-work-security-map --raname my-resource-adapter
--principalsmap eis-principal-1=server-principal-1,eis-principal-2
=server-principal-2,eis-principal-3=server-principal-1
workSecurityMap1
Command create-connector-work-security-map executed successfully.
Example 2 Creating a Connector Work Security Map (Group)
This example creates connector work security map workSecurityMap2
that
maps the backend EIS user group to the Eclipse GlassFish user group.
asadmin create-connector-work-security-map --raname my-resource-adapter
--groupsmap eis-group-1=server-group-1,eis-group-2=server-group-2,
eis-group-3=server-group-1 workSecurityMap2
Command create-connector-work-security-map executed successfully.
create-context-service
Creates a context service resource
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-context-service [--help]
[--enabled={false|true}]
[--contextinfoenabled={false|true}]
[--contextinfo={Classloader|JNDI|Security|WorkArea}]]
[--description description]
[--property property]
[--target target]
jndi_name
Description
The create-context-service
subcommand creates a context service
resource.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--enabled
-
Determines whether the resource is enabled at runtime. The default value is
true
. --contextinfoenabled
-
Determines whether container contexts are propagated to threads. If set to
true
, the contexts specified in the--contextinfo
option are propagated. If set tofalse
, no contexts are propagated and the--contextinfo
option is ignored. The default value istrue
. --contextinfo
-
Specifies individual container contexts to propagate to threads. Valid values are Classloader, JNDI, Security, and WorkArea. Values are specified in a comma-separated list and are case-insensitive. All contexts are propagated by default.
--description
-
Descriptive details about the resource.
--property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the resource.
Eclipse GlassFish does not define any additional properties for this resource. Moreover, this resource does not currently use any additional properties. --target
-
Specifies the target for which you are creating the resource. Valid targets are:
server
-
Creates the resource for the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Creates the resource for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the resource for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the resource for the specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Context Service Resource
This example creates a context service resource named
concurrent/myContextService
.
asadmin> create-context-service concurrent/myContextService
Context service concurrent/myContextService created successfully.
Command create-context-service executed successfully.
create-custom-resource
Creates a custom resource
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-custom-resource [--help]
--restype type --factoryclass classname
[--enabled={true|false}] [--description text]
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*] jndi-name
[--target target]
Description
The create-custom-resource
subcommand creates a custom resource. A
custom resource specifies a custom server-wide resource object factory
that implements the javax.naming.spi.ObjectFactory
interface.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
The target on which the custom resource you are creating will be available. Valid values are:
server
-
The resource will be available on the default server instance and all domains hosted on the instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
The resource will be available on the specified domain only.
- cluster_name
-
The resource will be available on every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
The resource will be available on the specified server instance only.
The resource is always created for the domain as a whole, but the
resource-ref
for the resource is only created for the specified--target
. This means that although the resource is defined at the domain level, it is only available at the specified target level. Use thecreate-resource-ref
subcommand to refer to the resource in multiple targets if needed. --restype
-
The type of custom resource to be created. Specify a fully qualified type definition, for example
javax.naming.spi.ObjectFactory
. The resource type definition follows the format, xxx`.`xxx. --factoryclass
-
Factory class name for the custom resource. This class implements the
javax.naming.spi.ObjectFactory
interface. --enabled
-
Determines whether the custom resource is enable at runtime. Default is true.
--description
-
Text providing details about the custom resource. This description is a string value and can include a maximum of 250 characters.
--property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the resource.
create-domain
Creates a domain
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-domain [--help]
[--adminport adminport]
[--instanceport instanceport]
[--portbase portbase]
[--profile profile-name]
[--template template-name]
[--domaindir domaindir]
[--savemasterpassword={false|true}]
[--usemasterpassword={false|true}]
[--domainproperties (name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--keytooloptions (name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--savelogin={false|true}]
[--checkports={true|false}]
[--nopassword={false|true}]
domain-name
Description
The create-domain
subcommand creates a Eclipse GlassFish domain. A
domain in Eclipse GlassFish is an administrative namespace that complies
with the Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Jakarta EE) standard. Every
domain has a configuration, which is stored in a set of files. Any
number of domains, each of which has a distinct administrative identity,
can be created in a given installation of Eclipse GlassFish. A domain
can exist independently of other domains.
Any user who has access to the asadmin
utility on a given system can
create a domain and store its configuration in a folder of the user’s
choosing. By default, the domain configuration is created in the default
directory for domains. You can override this location to store the
configuration elsewhere.
If domain customizers are found in JAR files in the as-install/modules
directory when the create-domain
subcommand is run, the customizers
are processed. A domain customizer is a class that implements the
DomainInitializer
interface.
The create-domain
subcommand creates a domain with a single
administrative user specified by the asadmin
utility option --user
.
If the --user
option is not specified, and the --nopassword
option
is set to true, the default administrative user, admin
, is used. If
the --nopassword
option is set to false (the default), a username is
required. In this case, if you have not specified the user name by using
the --user
option, you are prompted to do so.
You choose an appropriate profile for the domain, depending on the applications that you want to run on your new domain. You can choose the developer, cluster, or enterprise profile for the domain you create.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--adminport
-
The HTTP port or the HTTPS port for administration. This port is the port in the URL that you specify in your web browser to manage the domain, for example,
http://localhost:4949
. The--adminport
option cannot be used with the--portbase
option. The default value is 4848.
The--adminport
option overrides thedomain.adminPort
property of the--domainproperties
option. --instanceport
-
The domain provides services so that applications can run when deployed. This HTTP port specifies where the web application context roots are available for a web browser to connect to. This port is a positive integer and must be available at the time of domain creation. The
--instanceport
option cannot be used with the--portbase
option. The default value is 8080.
The--instanceport
option overrides thedomain.instancePort
property of the--domainproperties
option. --portbase
-
Determines the number with which port assignments should start. A domain uses a certain number of ports that are statically assigned. The portbase value determines where the assignment should start. The values for the ports are calculated as follows:
-
Administration port: portbase + 48
-
HTTP listener port: portbase + 80
-
HTTPS listener port: portbase + 81
-
JMS port: portbase + 76
-
IIOP listener port: portbase + 37
-
Secure IIOP listener port: portbase + 38
-
Secure IIOP with mutual authentication port: portbase + 39
-
JMX port: portbase + 86
-
JPDA debugger port: portbase + 9
-
Felix shell service port for OSGi module management: portbase + 66
When the
--portbase
option is specified, the output of this subcommand includes a complete list of used ports.
The--portbase
option cannot be used with the--adminport
,--instanceport
, or the--domainproperties
option. -
--profile
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--template
-
The file name, including a relative or absolute path, of a domain configuration template to use for creating the domain. If a relative path is specified, the subcommand appends the path to the as-install
/lib/templates
directory to locate the file. If it is an absolute pathname, the subcommand locates the file in the specified path.
This option enables domains of different types to be created and custom domain templates to be defined. --domaindir
-
The directory where the domain is to be created. If specified, the path must be accessible in the filesystem. If not specified, the domain is created in the default domain directory, as-install
/domains
. --savemasterpassword
-
Setting this option to
true
allows the master password to be written to the file system. If this option istrue
, the--usemasterpassword
option is also true, regardless of the value that is specified on the command line. The default value isfalse
.
A master password is really a password for the secure key store. A domain is designed to keep its own certificate (created at the time of domain creation) in a safe place in the configuration location. This certificate is called the domain’s SSL server certificate. When the domain is contacted by a web browser over a secure channel (HTTPS), this certificate is presented by the domain. The master password is supposed to protect the store (a file) that contains this certificate. This file is calledkeystore.jks
and is created in the configuration directory of the domain created. If however, this option is chosen, the master password is saved on the disk in the domain’s configuration location. The master password is stored in a file calledmaster-password
, which is a Java JCEKS type keystore. The reason for using the--savemasterpassword
option is for unattended system boots. In this case, the master password is not prompted for when the domain starts because the password will be extracted from this file.
It is best to create a master password when creating a domain, because the master password is used by thestart-domain
subcommand. For security purposes, the default setting should be false, because saving the master password on the disk is an insecure practice, unless file system permissions are properly set. If the master password is saved, thenstart-domain
does not prompt for it. The master password gives an extra level of security to the environment. --usemasterpassword
-
Specifies whether the key store is encrypted with a master password that is built into the system or a user-defined master password.
Iffalse
(default), the keystore is encrypted with a well-known password that is built into the system. Encrypting the keystore with a password that is built into the system provides no additional security.
Iftrue
, the subcommand obtains the master password from theAS_ADMIN_MASTERPASSWORD
entry in the password file or prompts for the master password. The password file is specified in the--passwordfile
option of theasadmin
(1M)utility.
If the--savemasterpassword
option istrue
, this option is also true, regardless of the value that is specified on the command line. --domainproperties
-
Setting the optional name/value pairs overrides the default values for the properties of the domain to be created. The list must be separated by the colon (:) character. The
--portbase
options cannot be used with the--domainproperties
option. The following properties are available:domain.adminPort
-
This property specifies the port number of the HTTP port or the HTTPS port for administration. This port is the port in the URL that you specify in your web browser to manage the instance, for example,
http://localhost:4949
. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
Thedomain.adminPort
property is overridden by the--adminport
option. domain.instancePort
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used to listen for HTTP requests. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
Thedomain.instancePort
property is overridden by--instanceport
option. domain.jmxPort
-
This property specifies the port number on which the JMX connector listens. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
http.ssl.port
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used to listen for HTTPS requests. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
java.debugger.port
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for connections to the Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html) debugger. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
jms.port
-
This property specifies the port number for the Java Message Service provider. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
orb.listener.port
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for IIOP connections. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
orb.mutualauth.port
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for secure IIOP connections with client authentication. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
orb.ssl.port
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for secure IIOP connections. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
osgi.shell.telnet.port
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for connections to the Apache Felix Remote Shell (http://felix.apache.org/site/apache-felix-remote-shell.html). This shell uses the Felix shell service to interact with the OSGi module management subsystem. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
--keytooloptions
-
Specifies an optional list of name-value pairs of keytool options for a self-signed server certificate. The certificate is generated during the creation of the domain. Each pair in the list must be separated by the colon (:) character.
Allowed options are as follows:CN
-
Specifies the common name of the host that is to be used for the self-signed certificate. This option name is case insensitive.
By default, the name is the fully-qualified name of the host where thecreate-domain
subcommand is run.
--savelogin
-
If set to true, this option saves the administration user name and password. Default value is false. The username and password are stored in the
.asadminpass
file in user’s home directory. A domain can only be created locally. Therefore, when using the--savelogin
option, the host name saved in.asadminpass
is alwayslocalhost
. If the user has specified default administration port while creating the domain, there is no need to specify--user
,--passwordfile
,--host
, or--port
on any of the subsequentasadmin
remote commands. These values will be obtained automatically.When the same user creates multiple domains that have the same administration port number on the same or different host (where the home directory is NFS mounted), the subcommand does not ask if the password should be overwritten. The password will always be overwritten.
--checkports
-
Specifies whether to check for the availability of the administration, HTTP, JMS, JMX, and IIOP ports. The default value is true.
--nopassword
-
Specifies whether the administrative user will have a password. If false (the default), the password is specified by the
AS_ADMIN_PASSWORD
entry in theasadmin
password file (set by using the--passwordfile
option). If false and theAS_ADMIN_PASSWORD
is not set, you are prompted for the password.
If true, the administrative user is created without a password. If a user name for the domain is not specified by using the--user
option, and the--nopassword
option is set to true, the default user name,admin
, is used.
Operands
- domain-name
-
The name of the domain to be created. The name may contain only ASCII characters and must be a valid directory name for the operating system on the host where the domain is created.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Domain
This example creates a domain named domain4
.
asadmin>create-domain --adminport 4848 domain4
Enter admin user name [Enter to accept default "admin" / no password]>
Using port 4848 for Admin.
Using default port 8080 for HTTP Instance.
Using default port 7676 for JMS.
Using default port 3700 for IIOP.
Using default port 8181 for HTTP_SSL.
Using default port 3820 for IIOP_SSL.
Using default port 3920 for IIOP_MUTUALAUTH.
Using default port 8686 for JMX_ADMIN.
Using default port 6666 for OSGI_SHELL.
Distinguished Name of the self-signed X.509 Server Certificate is:
[CN=sr1-usca-22,OU=GlassFish,O=Oracle Corp.,L=Redwood Shores,ST=California,C=US]
No domain initializers found, bypassing customization step
Domain domain4 created.
Domain domain4 admin port is 4848.
Domain domain4 allows admin login as user "admin" with no password.
Command create-domain executed successfully.
Example 2 Creating a Domain in an Alternate Directory
This example creates a domain named sampleDomain
in the
/home/someuser/domains
directory.
asadmin> create-domain --domaindir /home/someuser/domains --adminport 7070
--instanceport 7071 sampleDomain
Enter admin user name [Enter to accept default "admin" / no password]>
Using port 7070 for Admin.
Using port 7071 for HTTP Instance.
Using default port 7676 for JMS.
Using default port 3700 for IIOP.
Using default port 8181 for HTTP_SSL.
Using default port 3820 for IIOP_SSL.
Using default port 3920 for IIOP_MUTUALAUTH.
Using default port 8686 for JMX_ADMIN.
Using default port 6666 for OSGI_SHELL.
Enterprise ServiceDistinguished Name of the self-signed X.509 Server Certificate is:
[CN=sr1-usca-22,OU=GlassFish,O=Oracle Corp.,L=Redwood Shores,ST=California,C=US]
No domain initializers found, bypassing customization step
Domain sampleDomain created.
Domain sampleDomain admin port is 7070.
Domain sampleDomain allows admin login as user "admin" with no password.
Command create-domain executed successfully.
Example 3 Creating a Domain and Saving the Administration User Name and Password
This example creates a domain named myDomain
and saves the
administration username and password.
asadmin> create-domain --adminport 8282 --savelogin=true myDomain
Enter the admin password [Enter to accept default of no password]>
Enter the master password [Enter to accept default password "changeit"]>
Using port 8282 for Admin.
Using default port 8080 for HTTP Instance.
Using default port 7676 for JMS.
Using default port 3700 for IIOP.
Using default port 8181 for HTTP_SSL.
Using default port 3820 for IIOP_SSL.
Using default port 3920 for IIOP_MUTUALAUTH.
Using default port 8686 for JMX_ADMIN.
Using default port 6666 for OSGI_SHELL.
Enterprise ServiceDistinguished Name of the self-signed X.509 Server Certificate is:
[CN=sr1-usca-22,OU=GlassFish,O=Oracle Corp.,L=Redwood Shores,ST=California,C=US]
No domain initializers found, bypassing customization step
Domain myDomain created.
Domain myDomain admin port is 8282.
Domain myDomain allows admin login as user "admin" with no password.
Login information relevant to admin user name [admin]
for this domain [myDomain] stored at
[/home/someuser/.asadminpass] successfully.
Make sure that this file remains protected.
Information stored in this file will be used by
asadmin commands to manage this domain.
Command create-domain executed successfully.
Example 4 Creating a Domain and Designating the Certificate Host
This example creates a domain named domain5
. The common name of the
host that is to be used for the self-signed certificate is trio
.
asadmin> create-domain --adminport 9898 --keytooloptions CN=trio domain5
Enter the admin password [Enter to accept default of no password]>
Enter the master password [Enter to accept default password "changeit"]>
Using port 9898 for Admin.
Using default port 8080 for HTTP Instance.
Using default port 7676 for JMS.
Using default port 3700 for IIOP.
Using default port 8181 for HTTP_SSL.
Using default port 3820 for IIOP_SSL.
Using default port 3920 for IIOP_MUTUALAUTH.
Using default port 8686 for JMX_ADMIN.
Using default port 6666 for OSGI_SHELL.
Distinguished Name of the self-signed X.509 Server Certificate is:
[CN=trio,OU=GlassFish,O=Oracle Corp.,L=Redwood Shores,ST=California,C=US]
No domain initializers found, bypassing customization step
Domain domain5 created.
Domain domain5 admin port is 9898.
Domain domain5 allows admin login as user "admin" with no password.
Command create-domain executed successfully.
See Also
Apache Felix Remote Shell
(http://felix.apache.org/site/apache-felix-remote-shell.html
), Java
Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA)
(https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html
)
create-file-user
Creates a new file user
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-file-user [--help]
[--authrealmnameauth_realm_name]
[--target target
[--groups user_groups[:user_groups]*] user_name
Description
The create-file-user
subcommand creates an entry in the keyfile with
the specified username, password, and groups. Multiple groups can be
created by separating them with a colon (:
). If auth_realm_name is not
specified, an entry is created in the keyfile for the default realm. If
auth_realm_name is specified, an entry is created in the keyfile using
the auth_realm_name
.
You can use the --passwordfile
option of the
asadmin
(1M) command to specify the
password for the user. The password file entry must be of the form
`AS_ADMIN_USERPASSWORD=`user-password.
If a password is not provided, this subcommand fails if secure administration is enabled and the user being created is an administrative user.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This is the name of the target on which the command operates. The valid targets are config, instance, cluster, or server. By default, the target is the server.
--groups
-
This is the group associated with this file user.
--authrealmname
-
The name of the realm in which the new user is created. If you do not specify this option, the user is created in the "file" realm.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a User in the File Realm
This example creates a file realm user named sample_user
. It is
assumed that an authentication realm has already been created using the
create-auth-realm
subcommand.
asadmin> create-file-user
--groups staff:manager
--authrealmname auth-realm1 sample_user
Command create-file-user executed successfully
create-http
Sets HTTP parameters for a protocol
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-http [--help]
--default-virtual-server virtual-server
[--request-timeout-seconds timeout]
[--timeout-seconds timeout]
[--max-connection max-keepalive]
[--dns-lookup-enabled={false|true}]
[--servername server-name]
[--target target]
protocol-name
Description
The create-http
subcommand creates a set of HTTP parameters for a
protocol, which in turn configures one or more network listeners. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--default-virtual-server
-
The ID attribute of the default virtual server for the associated network listeners.
--request-timeout-seconds
-
The time in seconds at which the request times out. If you do not set this option, the request times out in 30 seconds.
--timeout-seconds
-
The maximum time in seconds for which a keep alive connection is kept open. A value of
0
or less means keep alive connections are kept open indefinitely. The default is30
. --max-connection
-
The maximum number of HTTP requests that can be pipelined until the connection is closed by the server. Set this property to
1
to disable HTTP/1.0 keep-alive, as well as HTTP/1.1 keep-alive and pipelining. The default is256
. --dns-lookup-enabled
-
If set to
true
, looks up the DNS entry for the client. The default isfalse
. --servername
-
Tells the server what to put in the host name section of any URLs it sends to the client. This affects URLs the server automatically generates; it doesn’t affect the URLs for directories and files stored in the server. This name should be the alias name if your server uses an alias. If a colon and port number are appended, that port will be used in URLs that the server sends to the client. If a scheme and :// are prepended, the scheme will be used in the URLs.
--target
-
Creates the set of HTTP parameters only on the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the set of HTTP parameters on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the set of HTTP parameters in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the set of HTTP parameters on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Creates the set of HTTP parameters on the specified standalone server instance.
create-http-health-checker
Creates a health-checker for a specified load balancer configuration
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-http-health-checker [--help]
[--url "/"]
[--interval 30] [--timeout 10]
[--config config_name] target
Description
The create-http-health-checker
subcommand creates a health checker for
a specified load balancer configuration. A health checker is unique for
the combination of target and load balancer configuration.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--url
-
The URL to ping to determine whether the instance is healthy.
--interval
-
The interval in seconds the health checker waits between checks of an unhealthy instance to see whether it has become healthy. The default value is 30 seconds. A value of 0 disables the health checker.
--timeout
-
The interval in seconds the health checker waits to receive a response from an instance. If the health checker has not received a response in this interval, the instance is considered unhealthy.
--config
-
The load balancer configuration for which you create the health-checker. If you do not specify a configuration, the subcommand creates a health checker for every load balancer configuration associated with the target. If no configuration references the target, the subcommand fails.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies the target to which the health checker applies.
Valid values are:-
cluster_name- The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name- The name of a target server instance.
-
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Health Checker for a Load Balancer Configuration
This example creates a health checker for a load balancer configuration
named mycluster-http-lb-config
on a cluster named mycluster
.
asadmin> create-http-health-checker --config mycluster-http-lb-config mycluster
Command create-http-health-checker executed successfully.
create-http-lb
Creates a load balancer
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-http-lb [--help]
--devicehost device_host_or_IP_address --deviceport device_port
[--sslproxyhost proxy_host]
[--sslproxyport proxy_port] [--target target] [--lbpolicy lbpolicy] [--lbpolicymodule lb_policy_module] [--healthcheckerurl url]
[--healthcheckerinterval 10] [--healthcheckertimeout 10]
[--lbenableallinstances=true] [--lbenableallapplications=true] [--lbweight instance=weight[:instance=weight]*] [--responsetimeout 60] [--httpsrouting=false] [--reloadinterval60][--monitor=false][--routecookie=true]
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*
] load_balancer_name
Description
Use the create-http-lb
subcommand to create a load balancer, including
the load balancer configuration, target reference, and health checker. A
load balancer is a representation of the actual load balancer device,
defined by its device host and port information. Once you’ve created the
load balancer, you can automatically apply changes made to the load
balancer configuration without running export-http-lb-config
and
manually copying the generated load balancer configuration file to the
web server instance.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--devicehost
-
The device host or the IP address of the load balancing device. This host or IP is where the physical load balancer will reside.
--deviceport
-
The port used to communicate with the load balancing device. It must be SSL enabled.
--sslproxyhost
-
The proxy host used for outbound HTTP.
--sslproxyport
-
The proxy port used for outbound HTTP.
--target
-
Specifies the target to which the load balancer applies.
Valid values are:-
cluster_name - Specifies that requests for this cluster will be handled by the load balancer.
-
stand-alone_instance_name - Specifies that requests for this stand-alone instance will be handled by the load balancer.
-
--lbpolicy
-
The policy the load balancer follows to distribute load to the server instances in a cluster. Valid values are
round-robin
,weighted-round-robin
, anduser-defined
. If you chooseuser-defined
, specify a load balancer policy module with thelbpolicymodule
option. If you chooseweighted-round-robin
, assign weights to the server instances using theconfigure-lb-weight
subcommand. The default isround-robin
. --lbpolicymodule
-
If your target is a cluster and the load balancer policy is
user-defined
, use this option to specify the full path and name of the shared library of your load balancing policy module. The shared library needs to be in a location accessible by the web server. --healthcheckerurl
-
The URL to ping to determine whether the instance is healthy.
--healthcheckerinterval
-
The interval in seconds the health checker waits between checks of an unhealthy instance to see whether it has become healthy. The default value is 10 seconds. A value of 0 disables the health checker.
--healthcheckertimeout
-
The interval in seconds the health checker waits to receive a response from an instance. If the health checker has not received a response in this interval, the instance is considered unhealthy. The default value is 10 seconds.
--lbenableallinstances
-
Enables all instances in the target cluster for load balancing. If the target is a server instance, enables that instance for load balancing.
--lbenableallapplications
-
Enables all applications deployed to the target cluster or instance for load balancing.
--lbweight
-
The name of the instance and the weight you are assigning it. The weight must be an integer. The pairs of instances and weights are separated by colons. For example
instance1=1:instance2=4
means that for every five requests, one goes to instance1 and four go to instance2. A weight of 1 is the default. --responsetimeout
-
The time in seconds within which a server instance must return a response. If no response is received within the time period, the server is considered unhealthy. If set to a positive number, and the request is idempotent, the request is retried. If the request is not idempotent, an error page is returned. If set to 0 no timeout is used. The default is 60.
--httpsrouting
-
If set to
true
, HTTPS requests to the load balancer result in HTTPS requests to the server instance. If set tofalse
, HTTPS requests to the load balancer result in HTTP requests to the server instance. The default isfalse
. --reloadinterval
-
The time, in seconds, that the load balancer takes to check for an updated configuration. When detected, the configuration file is reloaded. The default value is 60 seconds. A value of 0 disables reloading.
--monitor
-
If set to
true
, monitoring of the load balancer is switched on. The default value isfalse
. --routecookie
-
This option is deprecated. The value is always true.
--property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the load balancer.
Operands
- lb_name
-
The name of the new load balancer. This name must not conflict with any other load balancers in the domain.
create-http-lb-config
Creates a configuration for the load balancer
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-http-lb-config [--help]
[--responsetimeout 60]
[httpsrouting=false] [--reloadinterval 60]
[--monitor=false] [--property (name=value)[:name=value]*]
--target target | config_name
Description
Use the create-http-lb-config
subcommand to create a load balancer
configuration. This configuration applies to load balancing in the HTTP
path. After using this subcommand to create the load balancer
configuration file, create the load balancer by running create-http-lb
.
You must specify either a target or a configuration name, or both. If
you do not specify a target, the configuration is created without a
target and you add one later using create-http-lb-ref
. If you don’t
specify a configuration name, a name is created based on the target
name. If you specify both, the configuration is created with the
specified name, referencing the specified target.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--responsetimeout
-
The time in seconds within which a server instance must return a response. If no response is received within the time period, the server is considered unhealthy. If set to a positive number, and the request is idempotent, the request is retried. If the request is not idempotent, an error page is returned. If set to 0 no timeout is used. The default is 60.
--httpsrouting
-
If set to
true
, HTTPS requests to the load balancer result in HTTPS requests to the server instance. If set tofalse
, HTTPS requests to the load balancer result in HTTP requests to the server instance. The default isfalse
. --reloadinterval
-
The interval between checks for changes to the load balancer configuration file
loadbalancer.xml
. When the check detects changes, the configuration file is reloaded. A value of0
disables reloading. --monitor
-
Specifies whether monitoring is enabled. The default is
false
. --routecookie
-
This option is deprecated. The value is always
true
. --property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the load balancer.
--target
-
Specifies the target to which the load balancer configuration applies. If you don’t specify a target, the load balancer configuration is created without a target. You can specify targets later using the subcommand
create-http-lb-ref
.
Valid values are:-
cluster_name- Specifies that requests for this cluster will be handled by the load balancer.
-
stand-alone_instance_name- Specifies that requests for this standalone instance will be handled by the load balancer.
-
Operands
- config_name
-
The name of the new load balancer configuration. This name must not conflict with any other load balancer groups, agents, configurations, clusters, or sever instances in the domain. If you don’t specify a name, the load balancer configuration name is based on the target name, target_name`-http-lb-config`.
create-http-lb-ref
Adds an existing cluster or server instance to an existing load balancer configuration or load balancer
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-http-lb-ref [--help]
--config config_name | --lbname load_balancer_name
[--lbpolicy round-robin] [--lbpolicymodule lb_policy_module]
[--healthcheckerurl url] [--healthcheckerinterval 10]
[--healthcheckertimeout 10] [--lbenableallinstances=true]
[--lbenableallapplications=true] [--lbweight instance=weight[:instance=weight]*]
target
Description
Use the create-http-lb-ref
subcommand to:
-
Add an existing cluster or server instance to an existing load balancer configuration or load balancer. The load balancer forwards the requests to the clustered and standalone instances it references.
-
Set the load balancing policy to round-robin, weighted round-robin, or to a user-defined policy.
-
Configure a health checker for the load balancer. Any health checker settings defined here apply only to the target. If you do not create a health checker with this subcommand, use
create-http-health-checker
. -
Enable all instances in the target cluster for load balancing, or use
enable-http-lb-server
to enable them individually. -
Enable all applications deployed to the target for load balancing, or use
enable-http-lb-application
to enable them individually.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--config
-
Specifies which load balancer configuration to which to add clusters and server instances. Specify either a load balancer configuration or a load balancer. Specifying both results in an error.
--lbname
-
Specifies the load balancer to which to add clusters and server instances. Specify either a load balancer configuration or a load balancer. Specifying both results in an error.
--lbpolicy
-
The policy the load balancer follows. Valid values are
round-robin
,weighted-round-robin
, anduser-defined
. If you choose user-defined, specify a load balancer policy module with thelbpolicymodule
option. If you chooseweighted-round-robin
assign weights to the server instances using theconfigure-lb-weight
subcommand. The default isround-robin
. --lbpolicymodule
-
If your load balancer policy is
user-defined
, use this option to specify the full path and name of the shared library of your load balancing policy module. The shared library needs to be in a location accessible by the web server. --healthcheckerurl
-
The URL to ping to determine whether the instance is healthy.
--healthcheckerinterval
-
The interval in seconds the health checker waits between checks of an unhealthy instance to see whether it has become healthy. The default value is 30 seconds. A value of 0 disables the health checker.
--healthcheckertimeout
-
The interval in seconds the health checker waits to receive a response from an instance. If the health checker has not received a response in this interval, the instance is considered unhealthy. The default is 10.
--lbenableallinstances
-
Enables all instances in the target cluster for load balancing. If the target is a server instance, enables that instance for load balancing. The default value is true.
--lbenableallapplications
-
Enables all applications deployed to the target cluster or instance for load balancing. The default value is true.
--lbweight
-
The name of the instance and the weight you are assigning it. The weight must be an integer. The pairs of instances and weights are separated by colons. For example
instance1=1:instance2=4
means that for every five requests, one goes to instance1 and four go to instance2. A weight of 1 is the default.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies which cluster or instance to add to the load balancer. Valid values are:
-
cluster_name- Specifies that requests for this cluster will be handled by the load balancer.
-
stand-alone_instance_name- Specifies that requests for this standalone instance will be handled by the load balancer.
-
Examples
Example 1 Adding a Cluster Reference to a Load Balancer Configuration
This example adds a reference to a cluster named cluster2
to a load
balancer configuration named mylbconfig
.
asadmin> create-http-lb-ref --config mylbconfig cluster2
Command create-http-lb-ref executed successfully.
Example 2 Adding a Cluster Reference to a Load Balancer
This example adds a reference to a cluster named cluster2
to a load
balancer named mylb
.
asadmin> create-http-lb-ref --lbname mylb cluster2
Command create-http-lb-ref executed successfully.
Example 3 Configuring a Health Checker and Load Balancer Policy
This example configures a health checker and load balancing policy, and enables the load balancer for instances and applications.
asadmin> create-http-lb-ref --config mylbconfig --lbpolicy weighted-round-robin
--healthcheckerinterval 40 --healthcheckertimeout 20
--lbenableallinstances=true --lbenableallapplications=true cluster2
Command create-http-lb-ref executed successfully.
create-http-listener
Adds a new HTTP network listener socket
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-http-listener [--help]
--listeneraddress address
--listenerport listener-port
{--default-virtual-server | --defaultvs} virtual-server
[--servername server-name]
[--acceptorthreads acceptor-threads]
[--xpowered={true|false}]
[--redirectport redirect-port]
[--securityenabled={false|true}]
[--enabled={true|false}]
[--target target]
listener-id
Description
The create-http-listener
subcommand creates an HTTP network listener.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
If you edit the special HTTP network listener named |
This subcommand is provided for backward compatibility and as a shortcut for creating network listeners that use the HTTP protocol. Behind the scenes, this subcommand creates a network listener and its associated protocol, transport, and HTTP configuration. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--listeneraddress
-
The IP address or the hostname (resolvable by DNS).
--listenerport
-
The port number to create the listen socket on. Legal values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges. Configuring an SSL listen socket to listen on port 443 is recommended.
--default-virtual-server
--defaultvs
-
The ID attribute of the default virtual server for this listener. The
--defaultvs
option is deprecated. --servername
-
Tells the server what to put in the host name section of any URLs it sends to the client. This affects URLs the server automatically generates; it doesn’t affect the URLs for directories and files stored in the server. This name should be the alias name if your server uses an alias. If a colon and port number are appended, that port will be used in URLs that the server sends to the client. If a scheme and :// are prepended, the scheme will be used in the URLs.
--acceptorthreads
-
The number of acceptor threads for the listener socket. The recommended value is the number of processors in the machine. The default value is 1.
--xpowered
-
If set to
true
, adds theX-Powered-By: Servlet/3.0
andX-Powered-By: JSP/2.0
headers to the appropriate responses. The Servlet 3.0 specification defines theX-Powered-By: Servlet/3.0
header, which containers may add to servlet-generated responses. Similarly, the JSP 2.0 specification defines theX-Powered-By: JSP/2.0
header, which containers may add to responses that use JSP technology. The goal of these headers is to aid in gathering statistical data about the use of Servlet and JSP technology. The default value istrue
. --redirectport
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--securityenabled
-
If set to true, the HTTP listener runs SSL. You can turn SSL2 or SSL3 ON or OFF and set ciphers using an SSL element. The security setting globally enables or disables SSL by making certificates available to the server instance. The default value is
false
. --enabled
-
If set to true, the listener is enabled at runtime. The default value is
true
. --target
-
Creates the HTTP listener only on the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the HTTP listener on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the HTTP listener in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the HTTP listener on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Creates the HTTP listener on the specified standalone server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Creating an HTTP Network Listener
The following command creates an HTTP network listener named
sampleListener
that uses a nondefault number of acceptor threads and
is not enabled at runtime:
asadmin> create-http-listener --listeneraddress 0.0.0.0 --listenerport 7272
--defaultvs server --servername host1.sun.com --acceptorthreads 100
--securityenabled=false --enabled=false sampleListener
Command create-http-listener executed successfully.
create-http-redirect
Adds a new HTTP redirect
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-http-redirect [--help]
[--redirect-port redirect-port]
[--secure-redirect={false|true}]
[--target target]
protocol-name
Description
The create-http-redirect
subcommand creates an HTTP redirect. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--redirect-port
-
Port number for redirects. If the HTTP listener is supporting non-SSL requests, and a request is received for which a matching security-constraint requires SSL transport, Eclipse GlassFish automatically redirects the request to this port number.
--secure-redirect
-
If set to true, the HTTP redirect runs SSL. The default value is
false
. --target
-
Creates the HTTP redirect only on the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the HTTP redirect on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the HTTP redirect in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the HTTP redirect on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Creates the HTTP redirect on the specified standalone server instance.
create-iiop-listener
Adds an IIOP listener
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-iiop-listener [--help]
--listeneraddress address
[--iiopport iiop-port-number] [--securityenabled={false|true}] [--enabled={true|false}]
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--target target] listener_id
Description
The create-iiop-listener
subcommand creates an IIOP listener. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--listeneraddress
-
Either the IP address or the hostname (resolvable by DNS).
--iiopport
-
The IIOP port number. The default value is 1072.
--securityenabled
-
If set to true, the IIOP listener runs SSL. You can turn SSL2 or SSL3 ON or OFF and set ciphers using an SSL element. The security setting globally enables or disables SSL by making certificates available to the server instance. The default value is
false
. --enabled
-
If set to true, the IIOP listener is enabled at runtime. The default value is
true
. --property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the IIOP listener.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which you are creating the IIOP listener. Valid values are
server
-
Creates the listener for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Creates the listener for the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the listener for every server instance in the cluster.
- stand-alone_instance_name
-
Creates the listener for a particular standalone server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Creating an IIOP Listener
The following command creates an IIOP listener named
sample_iiop_listener
:
asadmin> create-iiop-listener --listeneraddress 192.168.1.100
--iiopport 1400 sample_iiop_listener
Command create-iiop-listener executed successfully.
Example 2 Creating an IIOP Listener with a Target Cluster
The following command creates an IIOP listener named iiop_listener_2
for the cluster mycluster
. It uses the target option.
asadmin> create-iiop-listener --listeneraddress 0.0.0.0 --iiopport 1401
--target mycluster iiop_listener_2
Command create-iiop-listener executed successfully.
create-instance
Creates a Eclipse GlassFish instance
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-instance [--help]
--node node-name
[--config config-name | --cluster cluster-name]
[--lbenabled={true|false}]
[--portbase=port-number] [--checkports={true|false}]
[--systemproperties (name=value)[:name=value]* ]
instance-name
Description
The create-instance
subcommand creates a Eclipse GlassFish instance.
This subcommand requires the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM)
remote protocol or secure shell (SSH) to be configured on the host where
the domain administration server (DAS) is running and on the host that
is represented by the node where the instance is to reside.
DCOM or SSH is not required if the instance is to reside on a node of
type |
You may run this command from any host that can contact the DAS.
A Eclipse GlassFish instance is a single Virtual Machine for the Java platform (Java Virtual Machine or JVM machine) on a single node in which Eclipse GlassFish is running. A node defines the host where the Eclipse GlassFish instance resides. The JVM machine must be compatible with the Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Jakarta EE).
A Eclipse GlassFish instance requires a reference to the following items:
-
The node that defines the host where the instance resides. The node must be specified in the command to create the instance.
-
The named configuration that defines the configuration of the instance. The configuration can be specified in the command to create the instance, but is not required. If no configuration is specified for an instance that is not joining a cluster, the subcommand creates a configuration for the instance. An instance that is joining a cluster receives its configuration from its parent cluster.
Each Eclipse GlassFish instance is one of the following types of instance:
- Standalone instance
-
A standalone instance does not share its configuration with any other instances or clusters. A standalone instance is created if either of the following conditions is met:
-
No configuration or cluster is specified in the command to create the instance.
-
A configuration that is not referenced by any other instances or clusters is specified in the command to create the instance.
When no configuration or cluster is specified, a copy of the
default-config
configuration is created for the instance. The name of this configuration is instance-name-config
, where instance-name represents the name of an unclustered server instance. -
- Shared instance
-
A shared instance shares its configuration with other instances or clusters. A shared instance is created if a configuration that is referenced by other instances or clusters is specified in the command to create the instance.
- Clustered instance
-
A clustered instance inherits its configuration from the cluster to which the instance belongs and shares its configuration with other instances in the cluster. A clustered instance is created if a cluster is specified in the command to create the instance.
Any instance that is not part of a cluster is considered an unclustered server instance. Therefore, standalone instances and shared instances are unclustered server instances.
By default, this subcommand attempts to resolve possible port conflicts
for the instance that is being created. The subcommand also assigns
ports that are currently not in use and not already assigned to other
instances on the same node. The subcommand assigns these ports on the
basis of an algorithm that is internal to the subcommand. Use the
--systemproperties
option to resolve port conflicts for additional
instances on the same node. System properties of an instance can be
manipulated by using the
create-system-properties
(1)
subcommand and the
delete-system-property
(1)
subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--node
-
The name of the node that defines the host where the instance is to be created. The node must already exist. If the instance is to be created on the host where the domain administration server (DAS) is running, use the predefined node
localhost-
domain. --config
-
Specifies the named configuration that the instance references. The configuration must exist and must not be named
default-config
orserver-config
. Specifying the--config
option creates a shared instance.
The--config
option and the--cluster
option are mutually exclusive. If both options are omitted, a standalone instance is created. --cluster
-
Specifies the cluster from which the instance inherits its configuration. Specifying the
--cluster
option creates a clustered instance.
The--config
option and the--cluster
option are mutually exclusive. If both options are omitted, a standalone instance is created. --lbenabled
-
Specifies whether the instance is enabled for load balancing. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The instance is enabled for load balancing (default).
When an instance is enabled for load balancing, a load balancer sends requests to the instance. false
-
The instance is disabled for load balancing.
When an instance is disabled for load balancing, a load balancer does not send requests to the instance.
--portbase
-
Determines the number with which the port assignment should start. An instance uses a certain number of ports that are statically assigned. The portbase value determines where the assignment should start. The values for the ports are calculated as follows:
-
Administration port: portbase + 48
-
HTTP listener port: portbase + 80
-
HTTPS listener port: portbase + 81
-
JMS port: portbase + 76
-
IIOP listener port: portbase + 37
-
Secure IIOP listener port: portbase + 38
-
Secure IIOP with mutual authentication port: portbase + 39
-
JMX port: portbase + 86
-
JPA debugger port: portbase + 9
-
Felix shell service port for OSGi module management: portbase + 66
When the
--portbase
option is specified, the output of this subcommand includes a complete list of used ports. -
--checkports
-
Specifies whether to check for the availability of the administration, HTTP, JMS, JMX, and IIOP ports. The default value is
true
. --systemproperties
-
Defines system properties for the instance. These properties override property definitions for port settings in the instance’s configuration. Predefined port settings must be overridden if, for example, two clustered instances reside on the same host. In this situation, port settings for one instance must be overridden because both instances share the same configuration.
The following properties are available:ASADMIN_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the HTTP port or HTTPS port through which the DAS connects to the instance to manage the instance. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
HTTP_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used to listen for HTTP requests. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used to listen for HTTPS requests. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for IIOP connections. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for secure IIOP connections. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_SSL_MUTUALAUTH_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for secure IIOP connections with client authentication. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JAVA_DEBUGGER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for connections to the Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html) debugger. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JMS_PROVIDER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number for the Java Message Service provider. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JMX_SYSTEM_CONNECTOR_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number on which the JMX connector listens. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
OSGI_SHELL_TELNET_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for connections to the Apache Felix Remote Shell (
http://felix.apache.org/site/apache-felix-remote-shell.html
). This shell uses the Felix shell service to interact with the OSGi module management subsystem. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
Operands
- instance-name
-
The name of the instance that is being created.
The name must meet the following requirements:-
The name may contain only ASCII characters.
-
The name must start with a letter, a number, or an underscore.
-
The name may contain only the following characters:
-
Lowercase letters
-
Uppercase letters
-
Numbers
-
Hyphen
-
Period
-
Underscore
-
-
The name must be unique in the domain and must not be the name of another Eclipse GlassFish instance, a cluster, a named configuration, or a node.
-
The name must not be
domain
,server
, or any other keyword that is reserved by Eclipse GlassFish.
-
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Standalone Eclipse GlassFish Instance
This example creates the standalone Eclipse GlassFish instance
pmdsainst
in the domain domain1
on the local host.
asadmin> create-instance --node localhost-domain1 pmdsainst
Port Assignments for server instance pmdsainst:
JMX_SYSTEM_CONNECTOR_PORT=28688
JMS_PROVIDER_PORT=27678
ASADMIN_LISTENER_PORT=24850
HTTP_LISTENER_PORT=28082
IIOP_LISTENER_PORT=23702
IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=23822
HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=28183
IIOP_SSL_MUTUALAUTH_PORT=23922
Command create-instance executed successfully.
Example 2 Creating a Standalone Eclipse GlassFish Instance With Custom
Port Assignments
This example creates the standalone Eclipse GlassFish instance
pmdcpinst
in the domain domain1
on the local host. Custom port
numbers are assigned to the following ports:
-
HTTP listener port
-
HTTPS listener port
-
IIOP connections port
-
Secure IIOP connections port
-
Secure IIOP connections port with mutual authentication
-
JMX connector port
asadmin> create-instance --node localhost-domain1
--systemproperties HTTP_LISTENER_PORT=58294:
HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=58297:
IIOP_LISTENER_PORT=58300:
IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=58303:
IIOP_SSL_MUTUALAUTH_PORT=58306:
JMX_SYSTEM_CONNECTOR_PORT=58309 pmdcpinst
Port Assignments for server instance pmdcpinst:
JMS_PROVIDER_PORT=27679
ASADMIN_LISTENER_PORT=24851
Command create-instance executed successfully.
Example 3 Creating a Shared Eclipse GlassFish Instance
This example creates the shared Eclipse GlassFish instance
pmdsharedinst1
in the domain domain1
on the local host. The shared
configuration of this instance is pmdsharedconfig
.
asadmin create-instance --node localhost-domain1 --config pmdsharedconfig
pmdsharedinst1
Port Assignments for server instance pmdsharedinst1:
JMX_SYSTEM_CONNECTOR_PORT=28687
JMS_PROVIDER_PORT=27677
ASADMIN_LISTENER_PORT=24849
HTTP_LISTENER_PORT=28081
IIOP_LISTENER_PORT=23701
IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=23821
HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=28182
IIOP_SSL_MUTUALAUTH_PORT=23921
Command create-instance executed successfully.
Example 4 Creating a Clustered Eclipse GlassFish Instance
This example creates the clustered Eclipse GlassFish instance pmdinst1
in the domain domain1
on the local host. The instance is a member of
the cluster pmdclust1
.
asadmin> create-instance --node localhost-domain1 --cluster pmdclust pmdinst1
Port Assignments for server instance pmdinst1:
JMX_SYSTEM_CONNECTOR_PORT=28686
JMS_PROVIDER_PORT=27676
HTTP_LISTENER_PORT=28080
ASADMIN_LISTENER_PORT=24848
IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=23820
IIOP_LISTENER_PORT=23700
HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=28181
IIOP_SSL_MUTUALAUTH_PORT=23920
Command create-instance executed successfully.
create-jacc-provider
Enables administrators to create a JACC provider that can be used by third-party authorization modules for applications running in Eclipse GlassFish
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-jacc-provider [--help]
[--policyproviderclass pol-provider-class]
[--policyconfigfactoryclass pc-factory-class]
[--property name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--target target] jacc-provider-name
Description
The create-jacc-provider
subcommand creates a JSR-115—compliant Java
Authorization Contract for Containers (JACC) provider that can be used
for authorization of applications running in Eclipse GlassFish. The JACC
provider is created as a jacc-provider
element within the
security-service
element in the domain’s domain.xml
file.
The default Eclipse GlassFish installation includes two JACC providers,
named default
and simple
. Any JACC providers created with the
create-jacc-provider
subcommand are in addition to these two default
providers. The default Eclipse GlassFish JACC providers implement a
simple, file-based authorization engine that complies with the JACC
specification. The create-jacc-provider
subcommand makes it possible
to specify additional third-party JACC providers.
You can create any number of JACC providers within the
security-service
element, but the Eclipse GlassFish runtime uses only
one of them at any given time. The jacc-provider
element in the
security-service
element points to the name of the provider that is
currently in use by Eclipse GlassFish. If you change this element to
point to a different JACC provider, restart Eclipse GlassFish.
This command is supported in remote mode only.
Options
If an option has a short option name, then the short option precedes the long option name. Short options have one dash whereas long options have two dashes.
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--policyproviderclass
-
Specifies the fully qualified class name for the
javax.security.jacc.policy.provider
that implements thejava.security.Policy
. --policyconfigfactoryclass
-
Specifies the fully qualified class name for the
javax.security.jacc.PolicyConfigurationFactory.provider
that implements the provider-specificjavax.security.jacc.PolicyConfigurationFactory
. --property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the JACC provider. The following properties are available:
repository
-
The directory containing the JACC policy file. For the
default
Eclipse GlassFish JACC provider, the default directory is${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}/generated/policy
. This property is not defined by default for thesimple
Eclipse GlassFish JACC provider.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which you are creating the JACC provider. The following values are valid:
server
-
Creates the JACC provider on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration_name
-
Creates the JACC provider in the specified configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the JACC provider on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the JACC provider on a specified server instance.
Operands
- jacc-provider-name
-
The name of the provider used to reference the
jacc-provider
element indomain.xml
.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a JACC Provider
The following example shows how to create a JACC provider named
testJACC
on the default server
target.
asadmin> create-jacc-provider
--policyproviderclass org.glassfish.exousia.modules.locked.SimplePolicyProvider
--policyconfigfactoryclass org.glassfish.exousia.modules.locked.SimplePolicyConfigurationFactory
testJACC
Command create-jacc-provider executed successfully.
create-jdbc-connection-pool
Registers a JDBC connection pool
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-jdbc-connection-pool [--help]
[--datasourceclassname=datasourceclassname]
[--restype=resourcetype]
[--steadypoolsize=poolsize]
[--maxpoolsize=maxpoolsize]
[--maxwait=maxwaittime]
[--poolresize=poolresizelimit]
[--idletimeout=idletimeout]
[--initsql=initsqlstring]
[--isolationlevel=isolationlevel]
[--isisolationguaranteed={true|false}]
[--isconnectvalidatereq={false|true}]
[--validationmethod=validationmethod]
[--validationtable=validationtable]
[--failconnection={false|true}]
[--allownoncomponentcallers={false|true}]
[--nontransactionalconnections={false|true}]
[--validateatmostonceperiod=validationinterval]
[--leaktimeout=leaktimeout]
[--leakreclaim={false|true}]
[--statementleaktimeout=satementleaktimeout]
[--statmentleakreclaim={false|true}]
[--creationretryattempts=creationretryattempts]
[--creationretryinterval=creationretryinterval]
[--sqltracelisteners=sqltracelisteners[,sqltracelisteners]]
[--statementtimeout=statementtimeout]
[--lazyconnectionenlistment={false|true}]
[--lazyconnectionassociation={false|true}]
[--associatewiththread={false|true}]
[--driverclassname=jdbcdriverclassname]
[--matchconnections={false|true}]
[--maxconnectionusagecount=maxconnectionusagecount]
[--ping={false|true}]
[--pooling={false|true}]
[--statementcachesize=statementcachesize]
[--validationclassname=validationclassname]
[--wrapjdbcobjects={false|true}]
[--description description]
[--property name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--target=target]
connectionpoolid
Description
The create-jdbc-connection-pool
subcommand registers a new Java
Database Connectivity ("JDBC") software connection pool with the
specified JDBC connection pool name.
A JDBC connection pool with authentication can be created either by
using a --property
option to specify user, password, or other
connection information, or by specifying the connection information in
the XML descriptor file.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--datasourceclassname
-
The name of the vendor-supplied JDBC datasource resource manager. An XA or global transactions capable datasource class will implement the
javax.sql.XADatasource
interface. Non-XA or exclusively local transaction datasources will implement thejavax.sql.Datasource
interface.--restype
Required when a datasource class implements two or more interfaces (
javax.sql.DataSource
,javax.sql.XADataSource
, orjavax.sql.ConnectionPoolDataSource
), or when a driver classname must - be provided.
-
-
If
--restype
=java.sql.Driver
, then the--driverclassname
option is required. -
If
--restype
=javax.sql.DataSource
,javax.sql.XADataSource
, orjavax.sql.ConnectionPoolDataSource
, then the--datasourceclassname
option is required. -
If
--restype
is not specified, then either the--driverclassname
or--datasourceclassname
option must be specified, but not both.
-
--steadypoolsize
-
The minimum and initial number of connections maintained in the pool. The default value is 8.
--maxpoolsize
-
The maximum number of connections that can be created. The default value is 32.
--maxwait
-
The amount of time, in milliseconds, that a caller will wait before a connection timeout is sent. The default is 60000 (60 seconds). A value of 0 forces the caller to wait indefinitely.
--poolresize
-
Number of connections to be removed when
idle-timeout-in-seconds
timer expires. This is the quantity by which the pool will scale up or scale down the number of connections. Scale up: When the pool has no free connections, pool will scale up by this quantity. Scale down: All the invalid and idle connections are removed, sometimes resulting in removing connections of quantity greater than this value. Connections that have been idle for longer than the timeout are candidates for removal. Steadypoolsize will be ensured. Possible values are from 0 toMAX_INTEGER
. The default value is 2. --idletimeout
-
The maximum time, in seconds, that a connection can remain idle in the pool. After this time, the implementation can close this connection. This timeout value must be kept shorter than the database server side timeout value to prevent the accumulation of unusable connections in the application. The default value is 300.
--initsql
-
An SQL string that is executed whenever a connection is created from the pool. If an existing connection is reused, this string is not executed. Connections that have idled for longer than the timeout are candidates for removal. This option has no default value.
--isolationlevel
-
The transaction-isolation-level on the pooled database connections. This option does not have a default value. If not specified, the pool operates with the default isolation level that the JDBC driver provides. You can set a desired isolation level using one of the standard transaction isolation levels:
read-uncommitted
,read-committed
,repeatable-read
,serializable
. Applications that change the isolation level on a pooled connection programmatically risk polluting the pool. This could lead to program errors. --isisolationguaranteed
-
This is applicable only when a particular isolation level is specified for transaction-isolation-level. The default value is true.
This option assures that every time a connection is obtained from the pool, isolation level is set to the desired value. This could have some performance impact on some JDBC drivers. Administrators can set this to false when the application does not change--isolationlevel
before returning the connection. --isconnectvalidatereq
-
If set to true, connections are validated or checked to see if they are usable before giving out to the application. The default value is false.
--validationmethod
-
Type of validation to be performed when
is-connection-validation-required
is true. Valid settings are:auto-commit
,meta-data
,table
, orcustom-validation
. The default value istable
. --validationtable
-
The name of the validation table used to perform a query to validate a connection. If
is-connection-validation-required
is set to true and connection-validation-type set to table, this option is mandatory. --failconnection
-
If set to true, all connections in the pool must be closed when a single validation check fails. The default value is false. One attempt is made to reestablish failed connections.
--allownoncomponentcallers
-
A pool with this property set to true can be used by non-Jakarta EE components, that is, components other than EJBs or Servlets. The returned connection is enlisted automatically with the transaction context obtained from the transaction manager. Connections obtained by non-component callers are not automatically cleaned by the container at the end of a transaction. These connections need to be explicitly closed by the caller.
--nontransactionalconnections
-
A pool with this property set to true returns non-transactional connections. This connection does not get automatically enlisted with the transaction manager.
--validateatmostonceperiod
-
Specifies the time interval in seconds between successive requests to validate a connection at most once. Setting this attribute to an appropriate value minimizes the number of validation requests by a connection. Default value is 0, which means that the attribute is not enabled.
--leaktimeout
-
Specifies the amount of time, in seconds, for which connection leaks in a connection pool are to be traced. When a connection is not returned to the pool by the application within the specified period, it is assumed to be a potential leak, and stack trace of the caller will be logged. This option only detects if there is a connection leak. The connection can be reclaimed only if
connection-leak-reclaim
is set to true.
If connection leak tracing is enabled, you can use the Administration Console to enable monitoring of the JDBC connection pool to get statistics on the number of connection leaks. The default value is 0, which disables connection leak tracing. --leakreclaim
-
Specifies whether leaked connections are restored to the connection pool after leak connection tracing is complete. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
Leaked connections are not restored to the connection pool (default).
true
-
Leaked connections are restored to the connection pool.
--statementleaktimeout
-
Specifies the amount of time, in seconds, after which any statements that have not been closed by an application are to be detected. Applications can run out of cursors if statement objects are not properly closed. This option only detects if there is a statement leak. The statement can be reclaimed only if
statement-leak-reclaim
is set to true. The leaked statement is closed when it is reclaimed.
The stack trace of the caller that creates the statement will be logged when a statement leak is detected. If statement leak tracing is enabled, you can use the Administration Console to enable monitoring of the JDBC connection pool to get statistics on the number of statement leaks. The default value is 0, which disables statement leak tracing.
The following limitations apply to the statement leak timeout value:-
The value must be less than the value set for the connection
leak-timeout
. -
The value must be greater than the value set for
statement-timeout
.
-
--statementleakreclaim
-
Specifies whether leaked statements are reclaimed after the statements leak. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
Leaked statements are not reclaimed (default).
true
-
Leaked statements are reclaimed.
--creationretryattempts
-
Specifies the maximum number of times that Eclipse GlassFish retries to create a connection if the initial attempt fails. The default value is 0, which specifies that Eclipse GlassFish does not retry to create the connection.
--creationretryinterval
-
Specifies the interval, in seconds, between successive attempts to create a connection.
If--creationretryattempts
is 0, the--creationretryinterval
option is ignored. The default value is 10. --sqltracelisteners
-
A list of one or more custom modules that provide custom logging of database activities. Each module must implement the
org.glassfish.api.jdbc.SQLTraceListener
public interface. When set to an appropriate value, SQL statements executed by applications are traced. This option has no default value. --statementtimeout
-
Specifies the length of time in seconds after which a query that is not completed is terminated.
A query that remains incomplete for a long period of time might cause the application that submitted the query to hang. To prevent this occurrence, use this option set a timeout for all statements that will be created from the connection pool that you are creating. When creating a statement, Eclipse GlassFish sets theQueryTimeout
property on the statement to the length of time that is specified. The default value is -1, which specifies that incomplete queries are never terminated. --lazyconnectionenlistment
-
Specifies whether a resource to a transaction is enlisted only when a method actually uses the resource. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
Resources to a transaction are always enlisted and not only when a method actually uses the resource (default).
true
-
Resources to a transaction are enlisted only when a method actually uses the resource.
--lazyconnectionassociation
-
Specifies whether a physical connection should be associated with the logical connection only when the physical connection is used, and disassociated when the transaction is completed. Such association and dissociation enable the reuse of physical connections. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
A physical connection is associated with the logical connection even before the physical connection is used, and is not disassociated when the transaction is completed (default).
true
-
A physical connection is associated with the logical connection only when the physical connection is used, and disassociated when the transaction is completed. The
--lazyconnectionenlistment
option must also be set totrue
.
--associatewiththread
-
Specifies whether a connection is associated with the thread to enable the thread to reuse the connection. If a connection is not associated with the thread, the thread must obtain a connection from the pool each time that the thread requires a connection. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
A connection is not associated with the thread (default).
true
-
A connection is associated with the thread.
--driverclassname
-
The name of the vendor-supplied JDBC driver class. This driver should implement the
java.sql.Driver
interface. --matchconnections
-
Specifies whether a connection that is selected from the pool should be matched by the resource adaptor. If all the connections in the pool are homogenous, a connection picked from the pool need not be matched by the resource adapter, which means that this option can be set to false. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
A connection should not be matched by the resource adaptor (default).
true
-
A connection should be matched by the resource adaptor.
--maxconnectionusagecount
-
Specifies the maximum number of times that a connection can be reused. When this limit is reached, the connection is closed. By limiting the maximum number of times that a connection can be reused, you can avoid statement leaks.
The default value is 0, which specifies no limit on the number of times that a connection can be reused. --ping
-
Specifies if the pool is pinged during pool creation or reconfiguration to identify and warn of any erroneous values for its attributes. Default value is false.
--pooling
-
Specifies if connection pooling is enabled for the pool. The default value is true.
--statementcachesize
-
The number of SQL statements to be cached using the default caching mechanism (Least Recently Used). The default value is 0, which indicates that statement caching is not enabled.
--validationclassname
-
The name of the class that provides custom validation when the value of
validationmethod
iscustom-validation
. This class must implement theorg.glassfish.api.jdbc.ConnectionValidation
interface, and it must be accessible to Eclipse GlassFish. This option is mandatory if the connection validation type is set to custom validation. --wrapjdbcobjects
-
Specifies whether the pooling infrastructure provides wrapped JDBC objects to applications. By providing wrapped JDBC objects, the pooling infrastructure prevents connection leaks by ensuring that applications use logical connections from the connection pool, not physical connections. The use of logical connections ensures that the connections are returned to the connection pool when they are closed. However, the provision of wrapped JDBC objects can impair the performance of applications. The default value is true.
The pooling infrastructure provides wrapped objects for implementations of the following interfaces in the JDBC API:-
java.sql.CallableStatement
-
java.sql.DatabaseMetaData
-
java.sql.PreparedStatement
-
java.sql.ResultSet
-
java.sql.Statement
Possible values of
--wrapjdbcobjects
are as follows:false
-
The pooling infrastructure does not provide wrapped JDBC objects to applications. (default).
true
-
The pooling infrastructure provides wrapped JDBC objects to applications.
-
--description
-
Text providing details about the specified JDBC connection pool.
--property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the pool. The following properties are available:
user
-
Specifies the user name for connecting to the database.
password
-
Specifies the password for connecting to the database.
databaseName
-
Specifies the database for this connection pool.
serverName
-
Specifies the database server for this connection pool.
port
-
Specifies the port on which the database server listens for requests.
networkProtocol
-
Specifies the communication protocol.
roleName
-
Specifies the initial SQL role name.
datasourceName
-
Specifies an underlying
XADataSource
, or aConnectionPoolDataSource
if connection pooling is done. description
-
Specifies a text description.
url
-
Specifies the URL for this connection pool. Although this is not a standard property, it is commonly used.
dynamic-reconfiguration-wait-timeout-in-seconds
-
Used to enable dynamic reconfiguration of the connection pool transparently to the applications that are using the pool, so that applications need not be re-enabled for the attribute or property changes to the pool to take effect. Any in-flight transaction’s connection requests will be allowed to complete with the old pool configuration as long as the connection requests are within the timeout period, so as to complete the transaction. New connection requests will wait for the pool reconfiguration to complete and connections will be acquired using the modified pool configuration.
LazyConnectionEnlistment
-
Deprecated. Use the equivalent attribute. The default value is false.
LazyConnectionAssociation
-
Deprecated. Use the equivalent attribute. The default value is false.
AssociateWithThread
-
Deprecated. Use the equivalent attribute. The default value is false.
MatchConnections
-
Deprecated. Use the equivalent attribute. The default value is true.
Prefer-Validate-Over-Recreate
-
Specifies whether pool resizer should validate idle connections before destroying and recreating them. The default value is true.
time-to-keep-queries-in-minutes
-
Specifies the number of minutes that will be cached for use in calculating frequently used queries. Takes effect when SQL tracing and monitoring are enabled for the JDBC connection pool. The default value is 5 minutes.
number-of-top-queries-to-report
-
Specifies the number of queries to list when reporting the top and most frequently used queries. Takes effect when SQL tracing and monitoring are enabled for the JDBC connection pool. The default value is 10 queries.
If an attribute name or attribute value contains a colon, the backslash (
\
) must be used to escape the colon in the name or value. Other characters might also require an escape character. For more information about escape characters in command options, see theasadmin
(1M) man page. --target
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a JDBC Connection Pool
This example creates a JDBC connection pool named sample_derby_pool
.
asadmin> create-jdbc-connection-pool
--datasourceclassname org.apache.derby.jdbc.ClientDataSource
--restype javax.sql.XADataSource
--property portNumber=1527:password=APP:user=APP:serverName=
localhost:databaseName=sun-appserv-samples:connectionAttributes=\;
create\\=true sample_derby_pool
Command create-jdbc-connection-pool executed successfully
The escape character backslash (\
) is used in the --property
option
to distinguish the semicolon (;
). Two backslashes (\\
) are used to
distinguish the equal sign (=
).
create-jdbc-resource
Creates a JDBC resource with the specified JNDI name
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-jdbc-resource [--help]
--connectionpoolid connectionpoolid
[--enabled={false|true}]
[--description description]
[--property (property=value)[:name=value]*]
[--target target]
jndi_name
Description
The create-jdbc-resource
subcommand creates a new JDBC resource.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--connectionpoolid
-
The name of the JDBC connection pool. If two or more JDBC resource elements point to the same connection pool element, they use the same pool connection at runtime.
--enabled
-
Determines whether the JDBC resource is enabled at runtime. The default value is true.
--description
-
Text providing descriptive details about the JDBC resource.
--property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the resource.
--target
-
This option helps specify the target to which you are deploying. Valid values are:
server
-
Deploys the component to the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Deploys the component to the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Deploys the component to every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deploys the component to a particular server instance.
The resource is always created for the domain as a whole, but the
|
create-jmsdest
Creates a JMS physical destination
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-jmsdest [--help]
--desttype dest_type
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--target target]
[--force={false|true}]
dest_name
Description
The create-jmsdest
subcommand creates a Java Message Service (JMS)
physical destination. Typically, you use the create-jms-resource
subcommand to create a JMS destination resource that has a Name
property that specifies the physical destination. The physical
destination is created automatically when you run an application that
uses the destination resource. Use the create-jmsdest
subcommand if
you want to create a physical destination with non-default property
settings.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--desttype
-
The type of the JMS destination. Valid values are
topic
andqueue
. --property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the physical destination. You can specify the following properties for a physical destination.
MaxNumMsgs
-
The maximum number of unconsumed messages permitted for the destination. A value of -1 denotes an unlimited number of messages. The default value is -1. For the dead message queue, the default value is 1000.
If thelimitBehavior
property is set toFLOW_CONTROL
, it is possible for the specified message limit to be exceeded because the broker cannot react quickly enough to stop the flow of incoming messages. In such cases, the value specified formaxNumMsgs
serves as merely a hint for the broker rather than a strictly enforced limit. MaxBytesPerMsg
-
The maximum size, in bytes, of any single message. Rejection of a persistent message is reported to the producing client with an exception; no notification is sent for non-persistent messages.
The value may be expressed in bytes, kilobytes, or megabytes, using the following suffixes:b
-
Bytes
k
-
Kilobytes (1024 bytes)
m
-
Megabytes (1024 x 1024 = 1,048,576 bytes)
A value with no suffix is expressed in bytes; a value of -1 denotes an unlimited message size. The default value is -1.
MaxTotalMsgBytes
-
The maximum total memory, in bytes, for unconsumed messages. The default value is -1. The syntax is the same as for
maxBytesPerMsg
. For the dead message queue, the default value is10m
. LimitBehavior
-
The behavior of the message queue broker when the memory-limit threshold is reached. Valid values are as follows:
REJECT_NEWEST
-
Reject newest messages and notify the producing client with an exception only if the message is persistent. This is the default value.
FLOW_CONTROL
-
Slow the rate at which message producers send messages.
REMOVE_OLDEST
-
Throw out the oldest messages.
REMOVE_LOW_PRIORITY
-
Throw out the lowest-priority messages according to age, with no notification to the producing client.
If the value is
REMOVE_OLDEST
orREMOVE_LOW_PRIORITY
and theuseDMQ
property is set totrue
, excess messages are moved to the dead message queue. For the dead message queue itself, the default limit behavior isREMOVE_OLDEST
, and the value cannot be set toFLOW_CONTROL
.
MaxNumProducers
-
The maximum number of message producers for the destination. When this limit is reached, no new producers can be created. A value of -1 denotes an unlimited number of producers. The default value is 100. This property does not apply to the dead message queue.
ConsumerFlowLimit
-
The maximum number of messages that can be delivered to a consumer in a single batch. A value of -1 denotes an unlimited number of messages. The default value is 1000. The client runtime can override this limit by specifying a lower value on the connection factory object.
In load-balanced queue delivery, this is the initial number of queued messages routed to active consumers before load balancing begins. UseDMQ
-
If set to
true
, dead messages go to the dead message queue. If set tofalse
, dead messages are discarded. The default value istrue
. ValidateXMLSchemaEnabled
-
If set to
true
, XML schema validation is enabled for the destination. The default value isfalse
.
When XML validation is enabled, the Message Queue client runtime will attempt to validate an XML message against the specified XSDs (or against the DTD, if no XSD is specified) before sending it to the broker. If the specified schema cannot be located or the message cannot be validated, the message is not sent, and an exception is thrown.
This property should be set when a destination is inactive: that is, when it has no consumers or producers and when there are no messages in the destination. Otherwise the producer must reconnect. XMLSchemaURIList
-
A space-separated list of XML schema document (XSD) URI strings. The URIs point to the location of one or more XSDs to use for XML schema validation, if
validateXMLSchemaEnabled
is set totrue
. The default value isnull
.
Use double quotes around this value if multiple URIs are specified, as in the following example:"http://foo/flap.xsd http://test.com/test.xsd"
If this property is not set or
null
and XML validation is enabled, XML validation is performed using a DTD specified in the XML document. If an XSD is changed as a result of changing application requirements, all client applications that produce XML messages based on the changed XSD must reconnect to the broker.
To modify the value of these properties, you can use the as-install
/mq/bin/imqcmd
command. See "Physical Destination Property Reference" in Open Message Queue Administration Guide for more information. --target
-
Creates the physical destination only for the specified target. Although the
create-jmsdest
subcommand is related to resources, a physical destination is created using the JMS Service (JMS Broker), which is part of the configuration. A JMS Broker is configured in the config section ofdomain.xml
. Valid values are as follows:server
-
Creates the physical destination for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the physical destination in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the physical destination for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Creates the physical destination for the specified server instance.
--force
-
Specifies whether the subcommand overwrites the existing JMS physical destination of the same name. The default value is
false
.
create-jms-host
Creates a JMS host
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-jms-host [--help]
--mqhost mq-host --mqport mq-port
--mquser mq-user --mqpassword mq-password
[--target target]
[--force={false|true}]
jms_host_name
Description
Creates a Java Message Service (JMS) host within the JMS service.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--mqhost
-
The host name for the JMS service.
--mqport
-
The port number used by the JMS service.
--mquser
-
The user name for the JMS service.
--mqpassword
-
The password for the JMS service.
--target
-
Creates the JMS host only for the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the JMS host for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the JMS host in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the JMS host for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Creates the JMS host for the specified server instance.
--force
-
Specifies whether the subcommand overwrites the existing JMS host of the same name. The default value is
false
.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a JMS host using a non-default port
The following command creates a JMS host named MyNewHost
on the system
pigeon
.
asadmin> create-jms-host --mqhost pigeon.example.com --mqport 7677
--mquser admin --mqpassword admin MyNewHost
Jms Host MyNewHost created.
Command create-jms-host executed successfully.
create-jms-resource
Creates a JMS resource
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-jms-resource [--help]
--restype type
[--target target]
[--enabled={true|false}]
[--description text]
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--force={false|true}]
jndi_name
Description
The create-jms-resource
subcommand creates a Java Message Service
(JMS) connection factory resource or a JMS destination resource.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--restype
-
The JMS resource type, which can be
jakarta.jms.Topic
,jakarta.jms.Queue
,jakarta.jms.ConnectionFactory
,jakarta.jms.TopicConnectionFactory
, orjakarta.jms.QueueConnectionFactory
. --target
-
Creates the JMS resource only for the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
The resource is always created for the domain as a whole, but the
<resource-ref>
element for the resource is only created for the specified--target
. This means that although the resource is defined at the domain level, it is only active at the specified--target
.server
-
Creates the JMS resource for the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Creates the JMS resource for the domain.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the JMS resource for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Creates the JMS resource for the specified server instance.
--enabled
-
If set to true (the default), the resource is enabled at runtime.
--description
-
Text providing details about the JMS resource.
--property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the JMS resource.
You can specify the following properties for a connection factory resource:ClientId
-
A client ID for a connection factory that will be used by a durable subscriber.
AddressList
-
A comma-separated list of message queue addresses that specify the host names (and, optionally, port numbers) of a message broker instance or instances with which your application will communicate. For example, the value could be
earth
orearth:7677
. Specify the port number if the message broker is running on a port other than the default (7676). The default value is an address list composed from the JMS hosts defined in the server’s JMS service configuration. The default value islocalhost
and the default port number is 7676. The client will attempt a connection to a broker on port 7676 of the local host. UserName
-
The user name for the connection factory. The default value is
guest
. Password
-
The password for the connection factory. The default value is
guest
. ReconnectEnabled
-
A value of
true
indicates that the client runtime attempts to reconnect to a message server (or the list of addresses in theAddressList
) when a connection is lost. The default value isfalse
. ReconnectAttempts
-
The number of attempts to connect (or reconnect) for each address in the
AddressList
before the client runtime tries the next address in the list. A value of -1 indicates that the number of reconnect attempts is unlimited (the client runtime attempts to connect to the first address until it succeeds). The default value is 6. ReconnectInterval
-
The interval in milliseconds between reconnect attempts. This applies to attempts on each address in the
AddressList
and for successive addresses in the list. If the interval is too short, the broker does not have time to recover. If it is too long, the reconnect might represent an unacceptable delay. The default value is 30,000 milliseconds. AddressListBehavior
-
Specifies whether connection attempts are in the order of addresses in the
AddressList
(PRIORITY
) or in a random order (RANDOM
).PRIORITY
means that the reconnect will always try to connect to the first server address in theAddressList
and will use another one only if the first broker is not available. If you have many clients attempting a connection using the same connection factory, specifyRANDOM
to prevent them from all being connected to the same address. The default value is theAddressListBehavior
value of the server’s JMS service configuration. AddressListIterations
-
The number of times the client runtime iterates through the
AddressList
in an effort to establish (or re-establish) a connection). A value of -1 indicates that the number of attempts is unlimited. The default value is -1.
Additionally, you can specify
connector-connection-pool
attributes as connector resource properties. For a list of these attributes, see "connector-connection-pool" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
You can specify the following properties for a destination resource:Name
-
The name of the physical destination to which the resource will refer. The physical destination is created automatically when you run an application that uses the destination resource. You can also create a physical destination with the
create-jmsdest
subcommand. If you do not specify this property, the JMS service creates a physical destination with the same name as the destination resource (replacing any forward slash in the JNDI name with an underscore). Description
-
A description of the physical destination.
--force
-
Specifies whether the subcommand overwrites the existing JMS resource of the same name. The default value is
false
.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a JMS connection factory resource for durable
subscriptions
The following subcommand creates a connection factory resource of type
jakarta.jms.ConnectionFactory
whose JNDI name is
jms/DurableConnectionFactory
. The ClientId
property sets a client ID
on the connection factory so that it can be used for durable
subscriptions. The JNDI name for a JMS resource customarily includes the
jms/
naming subcontext.
asadmin> create-jms-resource --restype jakarta.jms.ConnectionFactory
--description "connection factory for durable subscriptions"
--property ClientId=MyID jms/DurableConnectionFactory
Connector resource jms/DurableConnectionFactory created.
Command create-jms-resource executed successfully.
Example 2 Creating a JMS destination resource
The following subcommand creates a destination resource whose JNDI name
is jms/MyQueue
. The Name
property specifies the physical destination
to which the resource refers.
asadmin> create-jms-resource --restype jakarta.jms.Queue
--property Name=PhysicalQueue jms/MyQueue
Administered object jms/MyQueue created.
Command create-jms-resource executed successfully.
create-jndi-resource
Registers a JNDI resource
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-jndi-resource [--help]
[--target target]
--restype restype --factoryclass factoryclass
--jndilookupname jndilookupname [--enabled={true|false}]
[--description description]
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*]
jndi-name
Description
The create-jndi-resource
subcommand registers a JNDI resource.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target for which you are registering a JNDI resource. Valid values for target are described below.
The resource is always created for the domain as a whole, but the
resource-ref
for the resource is only created for the specified--target
. This means that although the resource is defined at the domain level, it is only available at the specified target level. Use thecreate-resource-ref
subcommand to refer to the resource in multiple targets if needed.server
-
Creates the resource for the default server instance. This value is the default.
domain
-
Creates the resource for the domain
- cluster-name
-
Creates the resource for every server instance in the cluster
- instance-name
-
Creates the resource for a particular server instance
--restype
-
The JNDI resource type. Valid values are
topic
orqueue
. --factoryclass
-
The class that creates the JNDI resource.
--jndilookupname
-
The lookup name that the external container uses.
--enabled
-
Determines whether the resource is enabled at runtime. Default is true.
--description
-
The text that provides details about the JNDI resource.
--property
-
Optional properties for configuring the resource. Each property is specified as a name-value pair.
The available properties are specific to the implementation that is specified by the--factoryclass
option and are used by that implementation. Eclipse GlassFish itself does not define any properties for configuring a JNDI resource.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a JNDI Resource
This example creates the JNDI resource my-jndi-resource
for the
default server instance.
asadmin> create-jndi-resource
--restype com.example.jndi.MyResourceType
--factoryclass com.example.jndi.MyInitialContextFactoryClass
--jndilookupname remote-jndi-name
--description "sample JNDI resource" my-jndi-resource
JNDI resource my-jndi-resource created.
Command create-jndi-resource executed successfully.
create-jvm-options
Creates options for the Java application launcher
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-jvm-options [--help]
[--target target] [--profiler={true|false}]
(jvm-option-name=jvm-option-value) [:jvm-option-name=jvm-option-value*]
Description
The create-jvm-options
subcommand creates command-line options that
are passed to the Java application launcher when Eclipse GlassFish is
started. The options that this subcommand creates are in addition to the
options that are preset with Eclipse GlassFish. Java application
launcher options are stored in the Java configuration java—config
element or the profiler profiler
element of the domain.xml
file. The
options are sent to the command line in the order they appear in the
java—config
element or the profiler profiler
element in the
domain.xml
file.
Profiler options are used to record the settings that are required to
start a particular profiler. The profiler must already exist. If
necessary, use the
create-profiler
(1)
subcommand to create the profiler.
This subcommand can be used to create the following types of options:
-
Java system properties. These options are set through the
-D
option of the Java application launcher. For example:-Djava.security.manager
-Denvironment=Production
-
Startup parameters for the Java application launcher. These options are preceded by the dash character (
-
). For example:--XX:PermSize=
size-Xmx1024m
-d64
If the subcommand specifies an option that already exists, the command does not re-create the option.
Ensure that any option that you create is valid. The subcommand might allow you to create an invalid option, but such an invalid option can cause startup to fail. |
An option can be verified by examining the server log after
Eclipse GlassFish starts. Options for the Java application launcher are
written to the server.log
file before any other information when
Eclipse GlassFish starts.
The addition of some options requires a server restart for changes to become effective. Other options are set immediately in the environment of the domain administration server (DAS) and do not require a restart. Whether a restart is required depends on the type of option.
-
Restart is not required for Java system properties whose names do not start with
-Djava.
or-Djavax.
(including the trailing period). For example, restart is not required for the following Java system property:-Denvironment=Production
-
Restart is required for the following options:
-
Java system properties whose names start with
-Djava.
or-Djavax.
(including the trailing period). For example:-Djava.security.manager
-
Startup parameters for the Java application launcher. For example:
-client
-Xmx1024m
-d64
-
To restart the DAS, use the
restart-domain
(1) command.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target on which you are creating Java application launcher options.
Valid values are as follows:server
-
Specifies the DAS (default).
- instance-name
-
Specifies a Eclipse GlassFish instance.
- cluster-name
-
Specifies a cluster.
- configuration-name
-
Specifies a named configuration.
--profiler
-
Indicates whether the Java application launcher options are for the profiler. The profiler must exist for this option to be true. Default is false.
Operands
- jvm-option-name
-
One or more options delimited by a colon (:). The format of an option depends on the following:
-
If the option has a name and a value, the format is option-name=value.
-
If the option has only a name, the format is option-name. For example,
-Xmx2048m
. -
If the first option name could be misinterpreted as one or more
asadmin
short options, the format is--
option-name. For example,-server
in the following command could be misinterpreted as-se
, theasadmin
short forms for--secure
and--echo
:create-jvm-options -server
To create the JVM option
-server
, instead use the command:create-jvm-options -- -server
If an option name or option value contains a colon, the backslash (
\
) must be used to escape the colon in the name or value. Other characters might also require an escape character. For more information about escape characters in subcommand options, see theasadmin
(1M) man page.
-
Examples
Example 1 Setting Java System Properties
This example sets multiple Java system properties.
asadmin> create-jvm-options -Dunixlocation=/root/example:
-Dvariable=\$HOME:-Dwindowslocation=d\:\\sun\\appserver:-Doption1=-value1
created 4 option(s)
Command create-jvm-options executed successfully.
Example 2 Setting a Startup Parameter for the Java Application
Launcher
This example sets the maximum available heap size to 1024.
asadmin> create-jvm-options -Xmx1024m
created 1 option(s)
Command create-jvm-options executed successfully.
Example 3 Setting Multiple Startup Parameters for the Java Application
Launcher
This example sets the maximum available heap size to 1024 and requests details about garbage collection.
asadmin> create-jvm-options "-Xmx1024m:-XX\:+PrintGCDetails"
created 1 option(s)
Command create-jvm-options executed successfully.
In this case, one of the two parameters already exists, so the subcommand reports that only one option was set.
See Also
For more information about the Java application launcher, see the reference page for the operating system that you are using:
-
Oracle Solaris and Linux: java - the Java application launcher (
http://docs.oracle.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/tools/solaris/java.html
) -
Windows: java - the Java application launcher (
http://docs.oracle.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/tools/windows/java.html
)
create-lifecycle-module
Creates a lifecycle module
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-lifecycle-module [--help]
--classname classname
[--enabled={true|false}] [--target target]
[--classpath classpath] [--loadorder loadorder]
[--failurefatal={false|true} ] [--description description]
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*]
module_name
Description
The create-lifecycle-module
subcommand creates a lifecycle module. A
lifecycle module provides a means of running a short or long duration
Java-based task at a specific stage in the server life cycle. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--classname
-
This is the fully qualified name of the startup class.
--target
-
Indicates the location where the lifecycle module is to be created. Valid values are
-
server
- Specifies the default server instance as the target for creating the lifecycle module.server
is the name of the default server instance and is the default value for this option. -
cluster_name- Specifies a particular cluster as the target for creating the lifecycle module.
-
instance_name- Specifies a particular stand-alone server instance as the target for creating the lifecycle module.
-
--classpath
-
This option indicates where the lifecycle module is located. It is a classpath with the standard format: either colon-separated (Unix) or semicolon-separated (Windows) JAR files and directories. The referenced JAR files and directories are not uploaded to the server instance.
--loadorder
-
This option represents an integer value that can be used to force the order in which deployed lifecycle modules are loaded at server startup. Smaller numbered modules are loaded sooner. Order is unspecified if two or more lifecycle modules have the same load-order value. The default is
Integer.MAX_VALUE
, which means the lifecycle module is loaded last. --failurefatal
-
This option tells the system what to do if the lifecycle module does not load correctly. When this option is set to true, the system aborts the server startup if this module does not load properly. The default value is false.
--enabled
-
This option determines whether the lifecycle module is enabled at runtime. The default value is true.
--description
-
This is the text description of the lifecycle module.
--property
-
This is an optional attribute containing name/value pairs used to configure the lifecycle module.
Operands
- module_name
-
This operand is a unique identifier for the deployed server lifecycle event listener module.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Lifecycle Module
The following example creates a lifecycle module named customSetup
.
asadmin> create-lifecycle-module --classname "com.acme.CustomSetup"
--classpath "/export/customSetup" --loadorder 1 --failurefatal=true
--description "this is a sample customSetup"
--property rmi="Server\=acme1\:7070":timeout=30 customSetup
Command create-lifecycle-module executed successfully
The escape character \
is used in the property option to specify that
the equal sign (=) and colon (:) are part of the rmi
property value.
See Also
"Developing Lifecycle Listeners" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Development Guide
create-local-instance
Creates a Eclipse GlassFish instance on the host where the subcommand is run
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-local-instance [--help]
[--node node-name] [--nodedir node-dir]
[--config config-name | --cluster cluster-name]
[--lbenabled={true|false}]
[--portbase port-number] [--checkports={true|false}]
[--savemasterpassword={false|true}]
[--usemasterpassword={false|true}]
[--systemproperties (name=value)[:name=value]* ]
instance-name
Description
The create-local-instance
subcommand creates a Eclipse GlassFish
instance on the node that represents the host where the subcommand is
run. This subcommand does not require the Distributed Component Object
Model (DCOM) remote protocol or secure shell (SSH) to be configured.
You must run this subcommand from the host that is represented by the
node where the instance is to reside. To contact the domain
administration server (DAS), this subcommand requires the name of the
host where the DAS is running. If a nondefault port is used for
administration, this subcommand also requires the port number. If you
are adding the first instance to a node, you must provide this
information through the --host
option and the --port
option of the
asadmin
(1M) utility. For the second and
later instances, this information is obtained from the DAS properties of
the node.
A Eclipse GlassFish instance is a single Virtual Machine for the Java platform (Java Virtual Machine or JVM machine) on a single node in which Eclipse GlassFish is running. A node defines the host where the Eclipse GlassFish instance resides. The JVM machine must be compatible with the Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Jakarta EE).
A Eclipse GlassFish instance requires a reference to the following items:
-
The node that defines the host where the instance resides. The node can be specified in the command to create the instance, but is required only if more than one node exists in the directory where files for nodes are stored. If no node is specified, the behavior of the subcommand depends on the number of existing nodes in the directory where nodes are stored:
-
If no nodes exist, the subcommand creates a node for the instance. The name of the node is the name of the host on which the subcommand is run.
-
If only one node exists, the subcommand creates a reference to the existing node for the instance.
-
If two or more nodes exist, an error occurs.
-
-
The named configuration that defines the configuration of the instance. The configuration can be specified in the command to create the instance, but is not required. If no configuration is specified for an instance that is not joining a cluster, the subcommand creates a configuration for the instance. An instance that is joining a cluster receives its configuration from its parent cluster.
Each Eclipse GlassFish instance is one of the following types of instance:
- Standalone instance
-
A standalone instance does not share its configuration with any other instances or clusters. A standalone instance is created if either of the following conditions is met:
-
No configuration or cluster is specified in the command to create the instance.
-
A configuration that is not referenced by any other instances or clusters is specified in the command to create the instance.
When no configuration or cluster is specified, a copy of the
default-config
configuration is created for the instance. The name of this configuration is instance-name`-config`, where instance-name represents the name of an unclustered server instance. -
- Shared instance
-
A shared instance shares its configuration with other instances or clusters. A shared instance is created if a configuration that is referenced by other instances or clusters is specified in the command to create the instance.
- Clustered instance
-
A clustered instance inherits its configuration from the cluster to which the instance belongs and shares its configuration with other instances in the cluster. A clustered instance is created if a cluster is specified in the command to create the instance.
Any instance that is not part of a cluster is considered an unclustered server instance. Therefore, standalone instances and shared instances are unclustered server instances.
By default, this subcommand attempts to resolve possible port conflicts
for the instance that is being created. The subcommand also assigns
ports that are currently not in use and not already assigned to other
instances on the same node. The subcommand assigns these ports on the
basis of an algorithm that is internal to the subcommand. Use the
--systemproperties
option to resolve port conflicts for additional
instances on the same node. System properties of an instance can be
manipulated by using the
create-system-properties
(1)
subcommand and the
delete-system-property
(1)
subcommand.
When creating an instance, the subcommand retrieves the files that are required for secure synchronization with the domain administration server (DAS). The instance is synchronized with the DAS when the instance is started
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--node
-
The name of the node that defines the host where the instance is to be created. The node must be specified only if more than one node exists in the directory where nodes are stored. Otherwise, the node may be omitted. If a node is specified, the node must exist.
If no node is specified, the behavior of the subcommand depends on the number of existing nodes in the directory where nodes are stored:-
If no nodes exist, the subcommand creates a node for the instance. The name of the node is the name of the host on which the subcommand is run.
-
If only one node exists, the subcommand creates a reference to the existing node for the instance.
-
If two or more nodes exist, an error occurs.
-
--nodedir
-
The path to the directory in which the files for instance’s node is to be stored. The default is as-install
/nodes
. --config
-
Specifies the named configuration that the instance references. The configuration must exist and must not be named
default-config
orserver-config
. Specifying the--config
option creates a shared instance.
The--config
option and the--cluster
option are mutually exclusive. If both options are omitted, a standalone instance is created. --cluster
-
Specifies the cluster from which the instance inherits its configuration. Specifying the
--cluster
option creates a clustered instance.
The--config
option and the--cluster
option are mutually exclusive. If both options are omitted, a standalone instance is created. --lbenabled
-
Specifies whether the instance is enabled for load balancing. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The instance is enabled for load balancing (default).
When an instance is enabled for load balancing, a load balancer sends requests to the instance. false
-
The instance is disabled for load balancing.
When an instance is disabled for load balancing, a load balancer does not send requests to the instance.
--portbase
-
Determines the number with which the port assignment should start. An instance uses a certain number of ports that are statically assigned. The portbase value determines where the assignment should start. The values for the ports are calculated as follows:
-
Administration port: portbase + 48
-
HTTP listener port: portbase + 80
-
HTTPS listener port: portbase + 81
-
JMS port: portbase + 76
-
IIOP listener port: portbase + 37
-
Secure IIOP listener port: portbase + 38
-
Secure IIOP with mutual authentication port: portbase + 39
-
JMX port: portbase + 86
-
JPA debugger port: portbase + 9
-
Felix shell service port for OSGi module management: portbase + 66
When the
--portbase
option is specified, the output of this subcommand includes a complete list of used ports. -
--checkports
-
Specifies whether to check for the availability of the administration, HTTP, JMS, JMX, and IIOP ports. The default value is
true
. --savemasterpassword
-
Setting this option to
true
allows the master password to be written to the file system. If the master password is written to the file system, the instance can be started without the need to prompt for the password. If this option istrue
, the--usemasterpassword
option is also true, regardless of the value that is specified on the command line. Because writing the master password to the file system is an insecure practice, the default isfalse
.
The master-password file for an instance is saved in the node directory, not the domain directory. Therefore, this option is required only for the first instance that is created for each node in a domain. --usemasterpassword
-
Specifies whether the key store is encrypted with a master password that is built into the system or a user-defined master password.
Iffalse
(default), the keystore is encrypted with a well-known password that is built into the system. Encrypting the keystore with a password that is built into the system provides no additional security.
Iftrue
, the subcommand obtains the master password from theAS_ADMIN_MASTERPASSWORD
entry in the password file or prompts for the master password. The password file is specified in the--passwordfile
option of theasadmin
(1M)utility.
If the--savemasterpassword
option istrue
, this option is also true, regardless of the value that is specified on the command line.
The master password must be the same for all instances in a domain. --systemproperties
-
Defines system properties for the instance. These properties override property definitions for port settings in the instance’s configuration. Predefined port settings must be overridden if, for example, two clustered instances reside on the same host. In this situation, port settings for one instance must be overridden because both instances share the same configuration.
The following properties are available:ASADMIN_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the HTTP port or HTTPS port through which the DAS connects to the instance to manage the instance. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
HTTP_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used to listen for HTTP requests. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used to listen for HTTPS requests. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for IIOP connections. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for secure IIOP connections. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
IIOP_SSL_MUTUALAUTH_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for secure IIOP connections with client authentication. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JAVA_DEBUGGER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for connections to the Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html) debugger. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JMS_PROVIDER_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number for the Java Message Service provider. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
JMX_SYSTEM_CONNECTOR_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number on which the JMX connector listens. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
OSGI_SHELL_TELNET_PORT
-
This property specifies the port number of the port that is used for connections to the Apache Felix Remote Shell (
http://felix.apache.org/site/apache-felix-remote-shell.html
). This shell uses the Felix shell service to interact with the OSGi module management subsystem. Valid values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges.
Operands
- instance-name
-
The name of the instance that is being created.
The name must meet the following requirements:-
The name may contain only ASCII characters.
-
The name must start with a letter, a number, or an underscore.
-
The name may contain only the following characters:
-
Lowercase letters
-
Uppercase letters
-
Numbers
-
Hyphen
-
Period
-
Underscore
-
-
The name must be unique in the domain and must not be the name of another Eclipse GlassFish instance, a cluster, a named configuration, or a node.
-
The name must not be
domain
,server
, or any other keyword that is reserved by Eclipse GlassFish.
-
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Standalone Eclipse GlassFish Instance
This example creates the standalone instance il3
on the host where the
command is run. The DAS is running on the same host. The instance
references the only existing node.
asadmin> create-local-instance il3
Rendezvoused with DAS on localhost:4848.
Port Assignments for server instance il3:
JMX_SYSTEM_CONNECTOR_PORT=28686
JMS_PROVIDER_PORT=27676
HTTP_LISTENER_PORT=28080
ASADMIN_LISTENER_PORT=24848
JAVA_DEBUGGER_PORT=29009
IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=23820
IIOP_LISTENER_PORT=23700
OSGI_SHELL_TELNET_PORT=26666
HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=28181
IIOP_SSL_MUTUALAUTH_PORT=23920
Command create-local-instance executed successfully.
Example 2 Creating a Clustered Eclipse GlassFish Instance on a Specific Node
This example creates the clustered instance ymli2
on node sj02
. The
instance is a member of the cluster ymlclust
.
The command is run on the host sj02
, which is the host that the node
sj02
represents. The DAS is running on the host sr04
and uses the
default HTTP port for administration. Because no instances exist on the
node, the host on which the DAS is running is provided through the
--host
option of the asadmin
utility.
sj02# asadmin --host sr04 create-local-instance --cluster ymlclust --node sj02 ymli2
Rendezvoused with DAS on sr04:4848.
Port Assignments for server instance ymli2:
JMX_SYSTEM_CONNECTOR_PORT=28686
JMS_PROVIDER_PORT=27676
HTTP_LISTENER_PORT=28080
ASADMIN_LISTENER_PORT=24848
JAVA_DEBUGGER_PORT=29009
IIOP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=23820
IIOP_LISTENER_PORT=23700
OSGI_SHELL_TELNET_PORT=26666
HTTP_SSL_LISTENER_PORT=28181
IIOP_SSL_MUTUALAUTH_PORT=23920
Command create-local-instance executed successfully.
create-mail-resource
Creates a Jakarta Mail session resource
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-mail-resource [--help]
[--target target] --mailhost hostname
--mailuser username --fromaddress address [--storeprotocol storeprotocol]
[--storeprotocolclass storeprotocolclass] [--transprotocol transprotocol]
[--transprotocolclass transprotocolclass] [--debug={false|true}] [--enabled={true|false}]
[--description resource-description] [--property (name=value)[:name=value]*] jndi-name
Description
The create-mail-resource
subcommand creates a Jakarta Mail session
resource.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target for which you are creating the Jakarta Mail session resource. Valid values are:
server
-
Creates the resource for the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Creates the resource for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the resource for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the resource for a particular server instance.
--mailhost
-
The DNS name of the default mail server. The connect methods of the Store and Transport objects use this value if a protocol-specific host property is not supplied. The name must be resolvable to an actual host name.
--mailuser
-
The name of the mail account user provided when connecting to a mail server. The connect methods of the Store and Transport objects use this value if a protocol-specific username property is not supplied.
--fromaddress
-
The email address of the default user, in the form username`@
host
.`domain. --storeprotocol
-
The mail server store protocol. The default is
imap
. Change this value only if you have reconfigured the Eclipse GlassFish’s mail provider to use a non-default store protocol. --storeprotocolclass
-
The mail server store protocol class name. The default is
com.sun.mail.imap.IMAPStore
. Change this value only if you have reconfigured the Eclipse GlassFish’s mail provider to use a nondefault store protocol. --transprotocol
-
The mail server transport protocol. The default is
smtp
. Change this value only if you have reconfigured the Eclipse GlassFish’s mail provider to use a nondefault transport protocol. --transprotocolclass
-
The mail server transport protocol class name. The default is
com.sun.mail.smtp.SMTPTransport
. Change this value only if you have reconfigured the Eclipse GlassFish’s mail provider to use a nondefault transport protocol. --debug
-
If set to true, the server starts up in debug mode for this resource. If the Jakarta Mail log level is set to
FINE
orFINER
, the debugging output will be generated and will be included in the server log file. The default value is false. --enabled
-
If set to true, the resource is enabled at runtime. The default value is true.
--description
-
Text providing some details of the Jakarta Mail resource.
--property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the Jakarta Mail resource. The Eclipse GlassFish-specific
mail-
prefix is converted to the standard mail prefix. The Jakarta Mail API documentation lists the properties you might want to set.
Operands
- jndi-name
-
The JNDI name of the Jakarta Mail resource to be created. It is a recommended practice to use the naming subcontext prefix
mail/
for Jakarta Mail resources.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Jakarta Mail Resource
This example creates a Jakarta Mail resource named mail/MyMailSession
. The
JNDI name for a Jakarta Mail session resource customarily includes the
mail/
naming subcontext.
asadmin> create-mail-resource --mailhost localhost
--mailuser sample --fromaddress sample@sun.com mail/MyMailSession
Command create-mail-resource executed successfully.
create-managed-executor-service
Creates a managed executor service resource
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-managed-executor-service [--help]
[--enabled={false|true}]
[--contextinfoenabled={false|true}]
[--contextinfo={Classloader|JNDI|Security|WorkArea}]
[--threadpriority threadpriority]
[--longrunningtasks={false|true}]
[--hungafterseconds hungafterseconds]
[--hungloggerprintonce={false|true}]
[--hungloggerinitialdelayseconds hungloggerinitialdelayseconds]
[--hungloggerintervalseconds hungloggerintervalseconds]
[--corepoolsize corepoolsize]
[--maximumpoolsize maximumpoolsize]
[--keepaliveseconds keepaliveseconds]
[--threadlifetimeseconds threadlifetimeseconds]
[--taskqueuecapacity taskqueuecapacity]
[--description description]
[--property property]
[--target target]
jndi_name
Description
The create-managed-executor-service
subcommand creates a managed
executor service resource.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--enabled
-
Determines whether the resource is enabled at runtime. The default value is
true
. --contextinfoenabled
-
Determines whether container contexts are propagated to threads. If set to
true
, the contexts specified in the--contextinfo
option are propagated. If set tofalse
, no contexts are propagated and the--contextinfo
option is ignored. The default value istrue
. --contextinfo
-
Specifies individual container contexts to propagate to threads. Valid values are Classloader, JNDI, Security, and WorkArea. Values are specified in a comma-separated list and are case-insensitive. All contexts are propagated by default.
--threadpriority
-
Specifies the priority to assign to created threads. The default value is 5.
--longrunningtasks
-
Specifies whether the resource should be used for long-running tasks. The default value is
false
. If set totrue
, long-running tasks are not reported as stuck. --hungafterseconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds that a task can execute before it is considered unresponsive. The default value is 0, which means that tasks are never considered unresponsive.
--hungloggerprintonce
-
Specifies whether to print the warning message once or repeatedly. The default value is false. If set to true, the warning message is printed only once when detect a hung task exceeds "hungafterseconds".
--hungloggerinitialdelayseconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds to delay logging the detection of hung tasks. The default value is 60.
--hungloggerintervalseconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds between logging the detection of hung tasks. The default value is 60.
--corepoolsize
-
Specifies the number of threads to keep in a thread pool, even if they are idle. The default value is 0.
When a new task is submitted and the number of running threads is less thancorepoolsize
, a new thread is created to handle the request. When the value forcorepoolsize
is 0 (the default), new threads are never created unless the task queue is full or the resource is using direct queuing. Direct queuing occurs whentaskqueuecapacity
is 0, or whentaskqueuecapacity
is 2147483647 andcorepoolsize
is 0. --maximumpoolsize
-
Specifies the maximum number of threads that a thread pool can contain. The default value is 2147483647, which means that the thread pool is essentially unbounded and can contain any number of threads.
--keepaliveseconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds that threads can remain idle when the number of threads is greater than
corepoolsize
. The default value is 60. --threadlifetimeseconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds that threads can remain in a thread pool before being purged, regardless of whether the number of threads is greater than
corepoolsize
or whether the threads are idle. The default value is 0, which means that threads are never purged. --taskqueuecapacity
-
Specifies the number of submitted tasks that can be stored in the task queue awaiting execution. The default value is 2147483647, which means that the task queue is essentially unbounded and can store any number of submitted tasks.
--description
-
Descriptive details about the resource.
--property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the resource.
Eclipse GlassFish does not define any additional properties for this resource. Moreover, this resource does not currently use any additional properties. --target
-
Specifies the target for which you are creating the resource. Valid targets are:
server
-
Creates the resource for the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Creates the resource for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the resource for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the resource for the specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Managed Executor Service Resource
This example creates a managed executor service resource named
concurrent/myExecutor
.
asadmin> create-managed-executor-service concurrent/myExecutor
Managed executor service concurrent/myExecutor created successfully.
Command create-managed-executor-service executed successfully.
create-managed-scheduled-executor-service
Creates a managed scheduled executor service resource
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-managed-scheduled-executor-service [--help]
[--enabled={false|true}]
[--contextinfoenabled={false|true}]
[--contextinfo={Classloader|JNDI|Security|WorkArea}]
[--threadpriority threadpriority]
[--longrunningtasks={false|true}]
[--hungafterseconds hungafterseconds]
[--hungloggerprintonce={false|true}]
[--hungloggerinitialdelayseconds hungloggerinitialdelayseconds]
[--hungloggerintervalseconds hungloggerintervalseconds]
[--corepoolsize corepoolsize]
[--keepaliveseconds keepaliveseconds]
[--threadlifetimeseconds threadlifetimeseconds]
[--description description]
[--property property]
[--target target]
jndi_name
Description
The create-managed-scheduled-executor-service
subcommand creates a
managed scheduled executor service resource.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--enabled
-
Determines whether the resource is enabled at runtime. The default value is
true
. --contextinfoenabled
-
Determines whether container contexts are propagated to threads. If set to
true
, the contexts specified in the--contextinfo
option are propagated. If set tofalse
, no contexts are propagated and the--contextinfo
option is ignored. The default value istrue
. --contextinfo
-
Specifies individual container contexts to propagate to threads. Valid values are Classloader, JNDI, Security, and WorkArea. Values are specified in a comma-separated list and are case-insensitive. All contexts are propagated by default.
--threadpriority
-
Specifies the priority to assign to created threads. The default value is 5.
--longrunningtasks
-
Specifies whether the resource should be used for long-running tasks. The default value is
false
. If set totrue
, long-running tasks are not reported as stuck. --hungafterseconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds that a task can execute before it is considered unresponsive. The default value is 0, which means that tasks are never considered unresponsive.
--hungloggerprintonce
-
Specifies whether to print the warning message once or repeatedly. The default value is false. If set to true, the warning message is printed only once when detect a hung task exceeds "hungafterseconds".
--hungloggerinitialdelayseconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds to delay logging the detection of hung tasks. The default value is 60.
--hungloggerintervalseconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds between logging the detection of hung tasks. The default value is 60.
--corepoolsize
-
Specifies the number of threads to keep in a thread pool, even if they are idle. The default value is 0, which means that a thread is created when the first task is scheduled.
--keepaliveseconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds that threads can remain idle when the number of threads is greater than
corepoolsize
. The default value is 60. --threadlifetimeseconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds that threads can remain in a thread pool before being purged, regardless of whether the number of threads is greater than
corepoolsize
or whether the threads are idle. The default value is 0, which means that threads are never purged. --description
-
Descriptive details about the resource.
--property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the resource.
Eclipse GlassFish does not define any additional properties for this resource. Moreover, this resource does not currently use any additional properties. --target
-
Specifies the target for which you are creating the resource. Valid targets are:
server
-
Creates the resource for the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Creates the resource for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the resource for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the resource for the specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Managed Scheduled Executor Service Resource
This example creates a managed scheduled executor service resource named
concurrent/myScheduledExecutor
.
asadmin> create-managed-scheduled-executor-service concurrent/myScheduledExecutor
Managed scheduled executor service concurrent/myScheduledExecutor created successfully.
Command create-managed-scheduled-executor-service executed successfully.
create-managed-thread-factory
Creates a managed thread factory resource
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-managed-thread-factory [--help]
[--enabled={false|true}]
[--contextinfoenabled={false|true}]
[--contextinfo={Classloader|JNDI|Security|WorkArea}]
[--threadpriority threadpriority]
[--description description]
[--property property]
[--target target]
jndi_name
Description
The create-managed-thread-factory
subcommand creates a managed thread
factory resource.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--enabled
-
Determines whether the managed thread factory is enabled at runtime. The default value is
true
. --contextinfoenabled
-
Determines whether container contexts are propagated to threads. If set to
true
, the contexts specified in the--contextinfo
option are propagated. If set tofalse
, no contexts are propagated and the--contextinfo
option is ignored. The default value istrue
. --contextinfo
-
Specifies individual container contexts to propagate to threads. Valid values are Classloader, JNDI, Security, and WorkArea. Values are specified in a comma-separated list and are case-insensitive. All contexts are propagated by default.
--threadpriority
-
Specifies the priority to assign to created threads. The default value is 5.
--description
-
Descriptive details about the resource.
--property
-
Optional attribute name/value pairs for configuring the resource.
Eclipse GlassFish does not define any additional properties for this resource. Moreover, this resource does not currently use any additional properties. --target
-
Specifies the target for which you are creating the resource. Valid targets are:
server
-
Creates the resource for the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Creates the resource for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the resource for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the resource for the specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Managed Thread Factory Resource
This example creates a managed thread factory resource named
concurrent/myThreadFactory
.
asadmin> create-managed-thread-factory concurrent/myThreadFactory
Managed thread factory concurrent/myThreadFactory created successfully.
Command create-managed-thread-factory executed successfully.
create-message-security-provider
Enables administrators to create a message security provider, which specifies how SOAP messages will be secured.
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-message-security-provider [--help]
[--target target]
--classname provider_class
[--layer message_layer] [--providertype provider_type]
[--requestauthsource request_auth_source ]
[--requestauthrecipient request_auth_recipient ]
[--responseauthsource response_auth_source ]
[--responseauthrecipient response_auth_recipient ]
[--isdefaultprovider] [--property name=value[:name=value]*]
provider_name
Description
The create-message-security-provider
subcommand enables the
administrator to create a message security provider for the security
service which specifies how SOAP messages will be secured.
This command is supported in remote mode only.
Options
If an option has a short option name, then the short option precedes the long option name. Short options have one dash whereas long options have two dashes.
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which you are creating the message security provider. The following values are valid:
server
-
Creates the provider for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. domain
-
Creates the provider for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the provider for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the provider for a particular sever instance.
--classname
-
Defines the Java implementation class of the provider. Client authentication providers must implement the
com.sun.enterprise. security.jauth.ClientAuthModule
interface. Server-side providers must implement thecom.sun.enterprise.security jauth.ServerAuthModule
interface. A provider may implement both interfaces, but it must implement the interface corresponding to its provider type. --layer
-
The message-layer entity used to define the value of the
auth-layer
attribute ofmessage-security-config
elements. The default isHttpServlet
. Another option isSOAP
. --providertype
-
Establishes whether the provider is to be used as client authentication provider, server authentication provider, or both. Valid options for this property include
client
,server
, orclient-server
. --requestauthsource
-
The
auth-source
attribute defines a requirement for message-layer sender authentication (e.g. username password) or content authentication (e.g. digital signature) to be applied to request messages. Possible values aresender
orcontent
. When this argument is not specified, source authentication of the request is not required. --requestauthrecipient
-
The
auth-recipient
attribute defines a requirement for message-layer authentication of the receiver of a message to its sender (e.g. by XML encryption). Possible values arebefore-content
orafter-content
. The default value isafter-content
. --responseauthsource
-
The
auth-source
attribute defines a requirement for message-layer sender authentication (e.g. username password) or content authentication (e.g. digital signature) to be applied to response messages. Possible values aresender
orcontent
. When this option is not specified, source authentication of the response is not required. --responseauthrecipient
-
The
auth-recipient
attribute defines a requirement for message-layer authentication of the receiver of the response message to its sender (e.g. by XML encryption). Possible values arebefore-content
orafter-content
. The default value isafter-content
. --isdefaultprovider
-
The
default-provider
attribute is used to designate the provider as the default provider (at the layer) of the type or types identified by theprovidertype
argument. There is no default associated with this option. --property
-
Use this property to pass provider-specific property values to the provider when it is initialized. Properties passed in this way might include key aliases to be used by the provider to get keys from keystores, signing, canonicalization, encryption algorithms, etc.
The following properties may be set:security.config
-
Specifies the location of the message security configuration file. To point to a configuration file in the domain-dir
/config
directory, use the system property${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}/config/
, for example:${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}/config/wss-server-config-1.0.xml
. The default is domain-dir`/config/ wss-serverconfig-1.0.xml`. debug
-
If
true
, enables dumping of server provider debug messages to the server log. The default isfalse
. dynamic.username. password
-
If
true
, signals the provider runtime to collect the user name and password from theCallbackHandler
for each request. Iffalse
, the user name and password forwsse:UsernameToken
(s) is collected once, during module initialization. This property is only applicable for aClientAuthModule
. The default isfalse
. encryption.key.alias
-
Specifies the encryption key used by the provider. The key is identified by its keystore alias. The default value is
s1as
. signature.key.alias
-
Specifies the signature key used by the provider. The key is identified by its keystore alias. The default value is
s1as
.
create-module-config
Adds the default configuration of a module to domain.xml
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-module-config [--help]
[--dryrun={false|true}]
[--all={false|true}]
[--target target]
[service_name]
Description
The create-module-config
subcommand adds the default configuration of
a module to domain.xml
.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--dryrun
-
Displays the default configuration of a module but does not add it to
domain.xml
. The default value isfalse
. --all
-
Adds all default configurations of modules to
domain.xml
if they are not already in it. The default value isfalse
. --target
-
Specifies the target to which the default configuration is being added. Possible values are as follows:
server
-
Adds the default configuration to the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Adds the default configuration to the default domain.
- cluster-name
-
Adds the default configuration to every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Adds the default configuration to the specified instance.
Examples
Example 1 Adding a Default Configuration to domain.xml
This example adds the default configuration of the web container module
to domain1
in server-config
(the default configuration). Use the
--dryrun
option to preview the configuration before it is added.
asadmin> create-module-config web-container
Command create-module-config executed successfully.
create-network-listener
Adds a new network listener socket
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-network-listener [--help]
[--address address]
--listenerport listener-port
[--threadpool thread-pool]
--protocol protocol
[--transport transport]
[--enabled={true|false}]
[--jkenabled={false|true}]
[--target target]
listener-name
Description
The create-network-listener
subcommand creates a network listener.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
If you edit the special network listener named |
You can use the |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--address
-
The IP address or the hostname (resolvable by DNS).
--listenerport
-
The port number to create the listen socket on. Legal values are 1-65535. On UNIX, creating sockets that listen on ports 1-1024 requires superuser privileges. Configuring an SSL listen socket to listen on port 443 is standard.
--threadpool
-
The name of the thread pool for this listener. Specifying a thread pool is optional. The default is
http-thread-pool
. --protocol
-
The name of the protocol for this listener.
--transport
-
The name of the transport for this listener. Specifying a transport is optional. The default is
tcp
. --enabled
-
If set to
true
, the default, the listener is enabled at runtime. --jkenabled
-
If set to
true
,mod_jk
is enabled for this listener. The default is false. --target
-
Creates the network listener only on the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the network listener on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the network listener in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the network listener on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Creates the network listener on the specified standalone server instance.
create-node-config
Creates a node that is not enabled for remote communication
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-node-config [--help]
[--nodehost node-host]
[--installdir as-install-parent] [--nodedir node-dir] node-name
Description
The create-node-config
subcommand creates a node that is not enabled
for remote communication. The create-node-config
subcommand does not
require the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote protocol or
secure shell (SSH) to be configured to create the node.
A node represents a host on which the Eclipse GlassFish software is installed. A node must exist for every host on which Eclipse GlassFish instances reside.
To represent the host where the DAS is running, Eclipse GlassFish
provides the predefined node |
All administration of instances on a node that is not enabled for remote communication must be performed on the host that the node represents. The domain administration server (DAS) on a remote host cannot contact the node. To administer instances on a node that represents a host that is remote from the DAS, you must use the following subcommands:
However, you may use
stop-local-instance
(1)
or stop-instance
(1) to stop
the instances.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodehost
-
The name of the host that the node represents. If this option is omitted, no host is specified for the node.
--installdir
-
The full path to the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host, for example,
/export/glassfish7/
. If this option is omitted, no parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software is specified for the node. --nodedir
-
The path to the directory that is to contain Eclipse GlassFish instances that are created on the node. If a relative path is specified, the path is relative to the as-install directory. If this option is omitted, no directory for instances is specified for the node.
Operands
- node-name
-
The name of the node.
The name must meet the following requirements:-
The name may contain only ASCII characters.
-
The name must start with a letter, a number, or an underscore.
-
The name may contain only the following characters:
-
Lowercase letters
-
Uppercase letters
-
Numbers
-
Hyphen
-
Period
-
Underscore
-
-
The name must be unique in the domain and must not be the name of another node, a cluster, a named configuration, or a Eclipse GlassFish instance.
-
The name must not be
domain
,server
, or any other keyword that is reserved by Eclipse GlassFish.
-
See Also
create-local-instance
(1),
create-node-dcom
(1),
create-node-ssh
(1),
delete-local-instance
(1),
delete-node-config
(1),
install-node
(1),
install-node-dcom
(1),
install-node-ssh
(1),
list-nodes
(1),
start-local-instance
(1),
stop-instance
(1),
stop-local-instance
(1),
uninstall-node
(1),
uninstall-node-dcom
(1),
uninstall-node-ssh
(1),
update-node-config
(1),
update-node-dcom
(1),
update-node-ssh
(1)
create-node-dcom
Creates a node that is enabled for communication over DCOM
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-node-dcom [--help]
--nodehost node-host
[--installdir as-install-parent] [--nodedir node-dir]
[--windowsuser windows-user] [--windowsdomain windows-domain]
[--force={false|true}]
[--install={false|true}] [--archive archive]
node-name
Description
The create-node-dcom
subcommand creates a node that is enabled for
communication over the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote
protocol. The DCOM protocol is available only on Windows systems.
A node represents a host on which the Eclipse GlassFish software is installed. A node must exist for every host on which Eclipse GlassFish instances reside.
In a DCOM-enabled network, the domain administration server (DAS) contacts a node’s host through the DCOM connector to manage Eclipse GlassFish instances that reside on the node. DCOM is used only for communications between hosts. DCOM is never used for communications within a single host.
By default, the subcommand fails and the node is not created if the DAS
cannot contact the node’s host through DCOM. To force the node to be
created in the DAS configuration even if the host cannot be contacted
through DCOM, set the --force
option to true
.
The create-node-dcom
subcommand cannot create a node that represents
the local host, that is, the host on which the subcommand is run. The
subcommand fails regardless of how the local host is specified, for
example, by using the keyword localhost
, the Internet Protocol (IP)
address of the host, or the host name.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodehost
-
The name of the host that the node represents. The name of the host must be specified. Otherwise, an error occurs.
--installdir
-
The full path to the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host, for example,
C:\glassfish7
. The default is the parent of the default base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software for the DAS. This default is useful only if Eclipse GlassFish is installed in the same location on all hosts. --nodedir
-
The path to the directory that is to contain Eclipse GlassFish instances that are created on the node. The default is as-install`\nodes`, where as-install is the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host. If a relative path is specified, the path is relative to the as-install directory.
--windowsuser
-w
-
The user on this node’s host that is to run the process for connecting to the host through DCOM. The default is the user that is running the DAS process. If the
--nodehost
option is set tolocalhost-
domain, the--windowsuser
option is ignored --windowsdomain
-d
-
The name of the Windows domain that contains the user that the
--windowsuser
option specifies. The default is the name of the host on which the subcommand is run. --force
-
Specifies whether the node is created in the DAS configuration even if validation of the node’s parameters fails. To validate a node’s parameters, the DAS must be able to contact the node’s host through DCOM. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
The node is not created if validation of the node’s parameters fails (default).
true
-
The node is created even if validation of the node’s parameters fails.
--install
-
Specifies whether the subcommand shall install the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host that the node represents.
Possible values are as follows:false
-
The subcommand shall not install the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host (default).
true
-
The subcommand shall install the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host.
--archive
-
The absolute path to the archive file of the Eclipse GlassFish software that is to be installed. If this option is omitted and the
--install
istrue
, the subcommand creates a ZIP archive of the Eclipse GlassFish software from the installation where this subcommand is run. The archive does not contain thedomains
directory or thenodes
directory.
Operands
- node-name
-
The name of the node.
The name must meet the following requirements:-
The name may contain only ASCII characters.
-
The name must start with a letter, a number, or an underscore.
-
The name may contain only the following characters:
-
Lowercase letters
-
Uppercase letters
-
Numbers
-
Hyphen
-
Period
-
Underscore
-
-
The name must be unique in the domain and must not be the name of another node, a cluster, a named configuration, or a Eclipse GlassFish instance.
-
The name must not be
domain
,server
, or any other keyword that is reserved by Eclipse GlassFish.
-
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Node
This example creates the node wpmdl1
for the host
wpmdl1.example.com
. By default, the parent of the base installation
directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software is C:\glassfish7
.
asadmin> create-node-dcom
--nodehost wpmdl1.example.com wpmdl1
Command create-node-dcom executed successfully.
Example 2 Creating a Node With a Specific Installation Directory
This example creates the node wyml1
for the host wyml1.example.com
.
The parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish
software on this host is C:\middleware\glassfish7
.
asadmin> create-node-dcom --installdir C:\middleware\glassfish7
--nodehost wyml1.example.com wyml1
Command create-node-dcom executed successfully.
Example 3 Forcing the Creation of a Node
This example forces the creation of node xkyd
for the host
xkyd.example.com
. The node is created despite the failure of the DAS
to contact the host xkyd.example.com
to validate the node’s
parameters.
asadmin> create-node-dcom --force --nodehost xkyd.example.com xkyd
Warning: some parameters appear to be invalid.
com.sun.enterprise.universal.process.WindowsException: Connection in error
Continuing with node creation due to use of --force.
Command create-node-dcom executed successfully.
create-node-ssh
Creates a node that is enabled for communication over SSH
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-node-ssh [--help]
--nodehost node-host
[--installdir as-install-parent] [--nodedir node-dir]
[--sshport ssh-port] [--sshuser ssh-user]
[--sshkeyfile ssh-keyfile]
[--force={false|true}]
[--install={false|true}] [--archive archive]
node-name
Description
The create-node-ssh
subcommand creates a node that is enabled for
communication over secure shell (SSH).
A node represents a host on which the Eclipse GlassFish software is installed. A node must exist for every host on which Eclipse GlassFish instances reside.
The domain administration server (DAS) contacts an SSH node’s host
through the SSH connector to manage Eclipse GlassFish instances that
reside on the node. However, the DAS does not use the SSH connector to
contact the host where the DAS is running because the DAS can run all
asadmin
subcommands locally.
By default, the subcommand fails and the node is not created if the DAS
cannot contact the node’s host through SSH. To force the node to be
created in the DAS configuration even if the host cannot be contacted
through SSH, set the --force
option to true
.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodehost
-
The name of the host that the node represents. The name of the host must be specified. Otherwise, an error occurs.
--installdir
-
The full path to the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host, for example,
/export/glassfish7/
. The default is the parent of the default base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software for the DAS. This default is useful only if Eclipse GlassFish is installed in the same location on all hosts. --nodedir
-
The path to the directory that is to contain Eclipse GlassFish instances that are created on the node. The default is as-install
/nodes
, where as-install is the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host. If a relative path is specified, the path is relative to the as-install directory. --sshport
-
The port to use for SSH connections to this node’s host. The default is 22. If the
--nodehost
option is set tolocalhost-
domain, the--sshport
option is ignored. --sshuser
-
The user on this node’s host that is to run the process for connecting to the host through SSH. The default is the user that is running the DAS process. To ensure that the DAS can read this user’s SSH private key file, specify the user that is running the DAS process. If the
--nodehost
option is set tolocalhost-
domain, the--sshuser
option is ignored. --sshkeyfile
-
The absolute path to the SSH private key file for user that the
--sshuser
option specifies. This file is used for authentication to thesshd
daemon on the node’s host.Eclipse GlassFish also supports password authentication through the
AS_ADMIN_SSHPASSWORD
entry in the password file. The password file is specified in the--paswordfile
option of theasadmin
(1M) utility.If the SSH private key file is protected by a passphrase, the password file must contain the
AS_ADMIN_SSHKEYPASSPHRASE
entry.
The path to the key file must be reachable by the DAS and the key file must be readable by the DAS.
The default is the a key file in the user’s.ssh
directory. If multiple key files are found, the subcommand uses the following order of preference:-
id_rsa
-
id_dsa
-
identity
-
--force
-
Specifies whether the node is created in the DAS configuration even if validation of the node’s parameters fails. To validate a node’s parameters, the DAS must be able to contact the node’s host through SSH. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
The node is not created if validation of the node’s parameters fails (default).
true
-
The node is created even if validation of the node’s parameters fails.
--install
-
Specifies whether the subcommand shall install the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host that the node represents.
Possible values are as follows:false
-
The subcommand shall not install the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host (default).
true
-
The subcommand shall install the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host.
--archive
-
The absolute path to the archive file of the Eclipse GlassFish software that is to be installed. If this option is omitted and the
--install
istrue
, the subcommand creates a ZIP archive of the Eclipse GlassFish software from the installation where this subcommand is run. The archive does not contain thedomains
directory or thenodes
directory.
Operands
- node-name
-
The name of the node.
The name must meet the following requirements:-
The name may contain only ASCII characters.
-
The name must start with a letter, a number, or an underscore.
-
The name may contain only the following characters:
-
Lowercase letters
-
Uppercase letters
-
Numbers
-
Hyphen
-
Period
-
Underscore
-
-
The name must be unique in the domain and must not be the name of another node, a cluster, a named configuration, or a Eclipse GlassFish instance.
-
The name must not be
domain
,server
, or any other keyword that is reserved by Eclipse GlassFish.
-
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Node
This example creates the node adc
for the host adc.example.com
. By
default, the parent of the base installation directory of the
Eclipse GlassFish software is /export/glassfish7
.
asadmin> create-node-ssh
--nodehost adc.example.com
--installdir /export/glassfish7 adc
Command create-node-ssh executed successfully.
Example 2 Forcing the Creation of a Node
This example forces the creation of node eg1
for the host
eghost.example.com
. The node is created despite the failure of the DAS
to contact the host eghost.example.com
to validate the node’s
parameters.
asadmin> create-node-ssh --force --nodehost eghost.example.com eg1
Warning: some parameters appear to be invalid.
Could not connect to host eghost.example.com using SSH.
There was a problem while connecting to eghost.example.com:22
eghost.example.com
Continuing with node creation due to use of --force.
Command create-node-ssh executed successfully.
create-password-alias
Creates a password alias
Description
The create-password-alias
subcommand creates an alias for a password.
An alias is a token of the form ${ALIAS=aliasname}
. The password that
corresponds to the alias name is stored in an encrypted form.
The create-password-alias
subcommand can be run interactively or
noninteractively.
-
When run interactively, the subcommand prompts the user for the alias password and to confirm the alias password.
-
When run noninteractively, the subcommand reads the alias password from a file that is passed through the
--passwordfile
option of theasadmin
(1M) utility. The file must contain an entry of the form `{cprefix}ALIASPASSWORD=`alias-password, where alias-password is the alias password. The noninteractive form of this command is suitable for use in scripts.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Password Alias Interactively
This example creates the password alias jmspassword-alias
interactively.
asadmin> create-password-alias jmspassword-alias
Enter the alias password>
Enter the alias password again>
Command create-password-alias executed successfully.
Example 2 Creating a Password Alias Noninteractively
This example uses the --passwordfile
option of the asadmin
utility
to create the password alias winuser
noninteractively.
$ asadmin --passwordfile aspwfile.txt create-password-alias winuser
Command create-password-alias executed successfully.
The file aspwfile.txt
contains the following entry to specify the
alias password:
AS_ADMIN_ALIASPASSWORD=sp@rky
create-profiler
Creates the profiler element
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-profiler [--help]
[--target target_name]
[--classpath classpath] [--nativelibpath native_library_path] [--enabled=true]
[--property(name=value)[:name=value]*] profiler_name
Description
The create-profiler
subcommand creates the profiler element. A server
instance is tied to the profiler by the profiler element in the Java
configuration. Only one profiler exists at a time. If you attempt to
create a profiler while one already exists, an error message is
displayed.
For changes to take effect, the server must restarted.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target on which you are creating a profiler. Valid values are
server
-
Creates the profiler for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration_name
-
Creates the profiler for the named configuration
- cluster_name
-
Creates the profiler for every server instance in the cluster
- instance_name
-
Creates the profiler for a particular server instance
--classpath
-
Java classpath string that specifies the classes needed by the profiler.
--nativelibpath
-
This path is automatically constructed to be a concatenation of the Eclipse GlassFish installation relative path for its native shared libraries, standard JRE native library path, the shell environment setting (
LD_LIBRARY_PATH
on UNIX) and any path that may be specified in the profile element. --enabled
-
Profiler is enabled by default.
--property
-
Name/value pairs of provider-specific attributes.
create-protocol
Adds a new protocol
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-protocol [--help]
[--securityenabled={false|true}]
[--target target]
protocol-name
Description
The create-protocol
subcommand creates a protocol. This subcommand is
supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--securityenabled
-
If set to
true
, the protocol runs SSL. You can turn SSL2 or SSL3 ON or OFF and set ciphers using anssl
element. The security setting globally enables or disables SSL by making certificates available to the server instance. The default value isfalse
. --target
-
Creates the protocol only on the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the protocol on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the protocol in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the protocol on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Creates the protocol on the specified standalone server instance.
create-protocol-filter
Adds a new protocol filter
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-protocol-filter [--help]
--protocol protocol-name
--classname class-name
[--target server]
protocol-filter-name
Description
The create-protocol-filter
subcommand creates a protocol filter for a
protocol. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--protocol
-
The name of the associated protocol.
--classname
-
The fully qualified name of the Java class that implements the protocol filter.
--target
-
Creates the protocol filter only on the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the protocol filter on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the protocol filter in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the protocol filter on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Creates the protocol filter on the specified standalone server instance.
create-protocol-finder
Adds a new protocol finder
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-protocol-finder [--help]
--protocol protocol-name
--targetprotocol target-protocol-name
--classname class-name
[--target server]
protocol-finder-name
Description
The create-protocol-finder
subcommand creates a protocol finder for a
protocol. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--protocol
-
The name of the associated protocol.
--targetprotocol
-
The name of the target protocol.
--classname
-
The fully qualified name of the Java class that implements the protocol finder.
--target
-
Creates the protocol finder only on the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the protocol finder on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the protocol finder in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the protocol finder on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Creates the protocol finder on the specified standalone server instance.
create-resource-adapter-config
Creates the configuration information for the connector module
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-resource-adapter-config [--help]
[--threadpoolid threadpool]
[--objecttype object-type]
[--property (property-name=value)[:name=value]*]
raname
Description
The create-resource-adapter-config
subcommand creates configuration
information for the connector module. This subcommand can be run before
deploying a resource adapter, so that the configuration information is
available at the time of deployment. The resource adapter configuration
can also be created after the resource adapter is deployed. In this
case, the resource adapter is restarted with the new configuration. You
must first create a thread pool, using the create-threadpool
subcommand, and then identify that thread pool value as the ID in the
--threadpoolid
option.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option has been deprecated.
--threadpoolid
-
The thread pool ID from which the work manager gets the thread. This option takes only one thread pool ID.
--objecttype
-
The default is
user
. --property
-
Keyword-value pairs that specify additional configuration properties of the resource adapter Java bean. The keyword-value pairs are separated by a colon (
:
). The properties are the names of setter methods of the class that is referenced by theresourceadapter-class
element in thera.xml
file.
Operands
- raname
-
Indicates the connector module name. It is the value of the
resource-adapter-name
in thedomain.xml
file.
create-resource-ref
Creates a reference to a resource
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-resource-ref [--help]
[--target target]
[--enabled={false|true}] reference_name
Description
The create-resource-ref
subcommand creates a reference from a cluster
or an unclustered server instance to a previously created resource, for
example, a JDBC resource created by using the create-jdbc-resource
subcommand. This effectively results in the resource being made
available in the JNDI tree of the instance or cluster.
The target instance or instances making up the cluster need not be running or available for this subcommand to succeed. If one or more instances are not available, they will receive the new resource the next time they start.
A A |
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which you are creating the resource reference. Valid targets are as follows:
server
-
Creates the resource reference for the default server instance. This is the default target.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the resource reference for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the resource reference for the named unclustered server instance.
--enabled
-
Indicates whether the resource should be enabled. This value will take effect only if the resource is enabled at the global level. The default is
true
.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Reference to a JMS Destination Resource
This example creates a reference to the JMS destination resource
jms/Topic
on the cluster Cluster1
.
asadmin> create-resource-ref --target Cluster1 jms/Topic
resource-ref jms/Topic created successfully.
Command create-resource-ref executed successfully.
create-service
Configures the starting of a DAS or a Eclipse GlassFish instance on an unattended boot
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-service [--help]
[--name service-name]
[--serviceproperties service-properties]
[--dry-run={false|true}] [--force={false|true}]
[--serviceuser service-user]
[--domaindir domain-dir]
[--nodedir node-dir] [--node node]
[domain-or-instance-name]
Description
The create-service
subcommand configures the starting of a domain
administration server (DAS) or a Eclipse GlassFish instance on an
unattended boot on Windows, Linux, and Oracle Solaris systems.
If no operand is specified and the domains directory contains only one domain, the subcommand configures the starting of the DAS for the default domain. If no operand is specified and the domains directory contains multiple domains, an error occurs.
If the operand specifies an instance, the create-service
subcommand
does not contact the domain administration server (DAS) to determine the
node on which the instance resides. To determine the node on which the
instance resides, the subcommand searches the directory that contains
the node directories. If multiple node directories exist, the node must
be specified as an option of the subcommand.
The subcommand contains internal logic to determine whether the supplied operand is a DAS or an instance.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Behavior of create-service
on Windows Systems
On Windows systems, the create-service
subcommand creates a Windows
service to represent the DAS or instance. The service is created in the
automatic state. After this subcommand creates the service, you must
use the Windows Services Manager or the Windows Services Wrapper to start,
stop, uninstall, or install the service.
On Windows systems, this subcommand must be run as the OS-level administrator user.
The subcommand creates the following Windows Services Wrapper files for
the service in the domain-dir\bin
directory or the instance-dir\bin
directory:
-
Configuration file: service-name
Service.xml
-
Executable file: service-name
Service.exe
On Windows systems, this subcommand requires the Microsoft .NET Framework 4.6.1 or later (https://dotnet.microsoft.com/). Otherwise, the subcommand fails.
Behavior of create-service
on Linux Systems
On Linux systems, the create-service
subcommand creates a
System-V-style initialization script
/etc/init.d/GlassFish_`domain-or-instance-name and installs a link to
this script in the `/etc/rc?.d
directories. After this subcommand
creates the script, you must use this script to start, stop, or restart
the domain or instance.
On Linux systems, this subcommand must be run as the OS-level root user.
Behavior of create-service
on Oracle Solaris Systems
On Oracle Solaris systems, the create-service
subcommand creates a
Service Management Facility (SMF) service to represent the DAS or
instance. The service is created in the disabled state. After this
subcommand creates the service, you must use SMF commands to start,
enable, disable, delete, or stop the service. For more information about
SMF, see the following documentation for the Oracle Solaris operating
system:
-
" Managing Services (Overview)" in System Administration Guide: Basic Administration
-
" Managing Services (Tasks)" in System Administration Guide: Basic Administration
On Oracle Solaris systems, this subcommand must be run as the OS-level user with superuser privileges. The configuration file for the DAS or instance must be stored in a directory to which the superuser has access and cannot be stored on a network file system. The service that is created is controlled by the OS-level user who owns the directory where the configuration of the DAS or instance resides.
On Oracle Solaris systems, the manifest file is created in the following directory by default:
/var/svc/manifest/application/GlassFish/domain-or-instance-name_domain-or-instance-root-dir
To run this subcommand, you must have solaris.smf.*
authorization. For
information about how to grant authorizations to users, see the
useradd
(1M)
and
usermod
(1M)
man pages.
To run these commands as non-root user, the system administrator must be contacted so that the relevant authorizations are granted. You must also ensure that the following conditions are met:
-
Oracle Solaris 10 administration commands such as
svccfg
(1M),svcs
(1), andauths
(1) are available through thePATH
statement, so that these commands can be executed. A simple test to do so is to run the commandwhich svccfg
in the shell. -
You must have write permission for the path
/var/svc/manifest/application/GlassFish
. Usually, the superuser has write permission to this path.
If you delete a service that you created by using the create-service
subcommand, you must delete the directory that contains the manifest
file and the entire contents of the directory. Otherwise, an attempt to
re-create the service by using the create-service
subcommand fails.
The Oracle Solaris command svccfg
does not delete this directory.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--name
-
(Windows and Oracle Solaris systems only) The name of the service that you will use when administering the service through Oracle Solaris SMF commands or the service management features of the Windows operating system. The default is the name of the domain or instance that is specified as the operand of this subcommand.
--serviceproperties
-
Specifies a colon(:)-separated list of various properties that are specific to the service.
To customize the display name of the service in the Windows Service list, set theDISPLAY_NAME
property to the required name.
For Oracle Solaris 10 systems, if you specifynet_privaddr
, the service’s processes will be able to bind to the privileged ports (<1024) on the platform. You can bind to ports< 1024 only if the owner of the service is superuser, otherwise, this is not allowed. --dry-run
-n
-
Previews your attempt to create a service. Indicates issues and the outcome that will occur if you run the command without using the
--dry-run
option. Nothing is actually configured. Default is false. --force
-
Specifies whether the service is created even if validation of the service fails.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
The service is created even if validation of the service fails.
false
-
The service is not created (default).
--serviceuser
-
(Linux systems only) The user that is to run the Eclipse GlassFish software when the service is started. The default is the user that is running the subcommand. Specify this option if the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be run by a user other than the root user.
--domaindir
-
The absolute path of the directory on the disk that contains the configuration of the domain. If this option is specified, the operand must specify a domain.
--nodedir
-
Specifies the directory that contains the instance’s node directory. The instance’s files are stored in the instance’s node directory. The default is as-install
/nodes
. If this option is specified, the operand must specify an instance. --node
-
Specifies the node on which the instance resides. This option may be omitted only if the directory that the
--nodedir
option specifies contains only one node directory. Otherwise, this option is required. If this option is specified, the operand must specify an instance.
Operands
- domain-or-instance-name
-
The name of the domain or instance to configure. If no operand is specified, the default domain is used.
Examples
Example 1 Creating a Service on a Windows System
This example creates a service for the default domain on a system that is running Windows.
asadmin> create-service
The Windows Service was created successfully. It is ready to be started. Here are
the details:
ID of the service: domain1
Display Name of the service:domain1 Eclipse GlassFish
Server Directory: C:\glassfish7\glassfish\domains\domain1
Configuration file for Windows Services Wrapper: C:\glassfish7\glassfish\domains\
domain1\bin\domain1Service.xml
The service can be controlled using the Windows Services Manager or you can use the
Windows Services Wrapper instead:
Start Command: C:\glassfish7\glassfish\domains\domain1\bin\domain1Service.exe start
Stop Command: C:\glassfish7\glassfish\domains\domain1\bin\domain1Service.exe stop
Restart Command: C:\glassfish7\glassfish\domains\domain1\bin\domain1Service.exe
restart
Uninstall Command: C:\glassfish7\glassfish\domains\domain1\bin\domain1Service.exe
uninstall
Install Command: C:\glassfish7\glassfish\domains\domain1\bin\domain1Service.exe
install
Status Command: C:\glassfish7\glassfish\domains\domain1\bin\domain1Service.exe status
You can also verify that the service is installed (or not) with sc query state= all
windows.services.uninstall.good=Found the Windows Service and successfully uninstall
it.
For your convenience this message has also been saved to this file:
C:\glassfish7\glassfish\domains\domain1\PlatformServices.log
Command create-service executed successfully.
Example 2 Creating a Service on a Linux System
This example creates a service for the default domain on a system that is running Linux.
asadmin> create-service
Found the Linux Service and successfully uninstalled it.
The Service was created successfully. Here are the details:
Name of the service:domain1
Type of the service:Domain
Configuration location of the service:/etc/init.d/GlassFish_domain1
User account that will run the service: root
You have created the service but you need to start it yourself.
Here are the most typical Linux commands of interest:
* /etc/init.d/GlassFish_domain1 start
* /etc/init.d/GlassFish_domain1 stop
* /etc/init.d/GlassFish_domain1 restart
For your convenience this message has also been saved to this file:
/export/glassfish7/glassfish/domains/domain1/PlatformServices.log
Command create-service executed successfully.
Example 3 Creating a Service on an Oracle Solaris System
This example creates a service for the default domain on a system that is running Oracle Solaris.
asadmin> create-service
The Service was created successfully. Here are the details:
Name of the service:application/GlassFish/domain1
Type of the service:Domain
Configuration location of the service:/home/gfuser/glassfish-installations
/glassfish7/glassfish/domains
Manifest file location on the system:/var/svc/manifest/application
/GlassFish/domain1_home_gfuser_glassfish-installations_glassfish7
_glassfish_domains/Domain-service-smf.xml.
You have created the service but you need to start it yourself.
Here are the most typical Solaris commands of interest:
* /usr/bin/svcs -a | grep domain1 // status
* /usr/sbin/svcadm enable domain1 // start
* /usr/sbin/svcadm disable domain1 // stop
* /usr/sbin/svccfg delete domain1 // uninstall
Command create-service executed successfully.
See Also
"Managing Services (Overview)" in System Administration Guide: Basic Administration, "Managing Services (Tasks)" in System Administration Guide: Basic Administration
Microsoft .NET Framework (https://dotnet.microsoft.com/
)
create-ssl
Creates and configures the SSL element in the selected HTTP listener, IIOP listener, or IIOP service
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-ssl [--help]
[--target target]
--type listener_or_service_type
--certname cert_name
[--ssl2enabled={false|true}] [--ssl2ciphers ss12ciphers]
[--ssl3enabled={true|false}] [--tlsenabled={true|false}]
[--ssl3tlsciphers ssl3tlsciphers]
[--tlsrollbackenabled={true|false}]
[--clientauthenabled={false|true}]
[listener_id]
Description
The create-ssl
subcommand creates and configures the SSL element in
the selected HTTP listener, IIOP listener, or IIOP service to enable
secure communication on that listener/service.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
If an option has a short option name, then the short option precedes the long option name. Short options have one dash whereas long options have two dashes.
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target on which you are configuring the ssl element. The following values are valid:
server
-
Specifies the server in which the iiop-service or HTTP/IIOP listener is to be configured for SSL.
- config
-
Specifies the configuration that contains the HTTP/IIOP listener or iiop-service for which SSL is to be configured.
- cluster
-
Specifies the cluster in which the HTTP/IIOP listener or iiop-service is to be configured for SSL. All the server instances in the cluster will get the SSL configuration for the respective listener or iiop-service.
- instance
-
Specifies the instance in which the HTTP/IIOP listener or iiop-service is to be configured for SSL.
--type
-
The type of service or listener for which the SSL is created. The type can be:
-
network-listener
-
http-listener
-
iiop-listener
-
iiop-service
-
jmx-connector
When the type is
iiop-service
, thessl-client-config
along with the embeddedssl
element is created indomain.xml
. -
--certname
-
The nickname of the server certificate in the certificate database or the PKCS#11 token. The format of the name in the certificate is tokenname:nickname. For this property, the tokenname: is optional.
--ssl2enabled
-
Set this property to
true
to enable SSL2. The default value isfalse
. If both SSL2 and SSL3 are enabled for a virtual server, the server tries SSL3 encryption first. In the event SSL3 encryption fails, the server then tries SSL2 encryption. --ssl2ciphers
-
A comma-separated list of the SSL2 ciphers to be used. Ciphers not explicitly listed will be disabled for the target, even if those ciphers are available in the particular cipher suite you are using. If this option is not used, all supported ciphers are assumed to be enabled. Allowed values are:
-
rc4
-
rc4export
-
rc2
-
rc2export
-
idea
-
des
-
desede3
-
--ssl3enabled
-
Set this property to
false
to disable SSL3. The default value istrue
. If both SSL2 and SSL3 are enabled for a virtual server, the server tries SSL3 encryption first. In the event SSL3 encryption fails, the server then tries SSL2 encryption. --tlsenabled
-
Set this property to
false
to disable TLS. The default value istrue
It is good practice to enable TLS, which is a more secure version of SSL. --ssl3tlsciphers
-
A comma-separated list of the SSL3 and/or TLS ciphers to be used. Ciphers not explicitly listed will be disabled for the target, even if those ciphers are available in the particular cipher suite you are using. If this option is not used, all supported ciphers are assumed to be enabled. Allowed values are:
-
SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5
-
SSL_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
-
SSL_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
-
SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_RC4_40_MD5
-
SSL_RSA_WITH_NULL_MD5
-
SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA
-
SSL_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
-
--tlsrollbackenabled
-
Set to
true
(default) to enable TLS rollback. TLS rollback should be enabled for Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 and 5.5. This option is only valid when-tlsenabled=true
. --clientauthenabled
-
Set to
true
if you want SSL3 client authentication performed on every request independent of ACL-based access control. Default value isfalse
.
Operands
- listener_id
-
The ID of the HTTP or IIOP listener for which the SSL element is to be created. The listener_id is not required if the
--type
isiiop-service
.
create-system-properties
Adds one or more system property elements that can be referenced elsewhere in the configuration.
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-system-properties [--help]
[--target target]
[name=value)[:name=value]*]
Description
The create-system-properties
subcommand adds or updates system
properties that can be referenced elsewhere on the server.
Eclipse GlassFish provides hooks where tokens (system properties) can be
specified. Because Eclipse GlassFish does not have multiple server
elements, you can specify a particular token at any level. When a domain
supports multiple servers, the override potential can be exploited. When
a domain is started or restarted, all <system-property>
elements are
resolved and available to the Java Virtual Machine by using the
System.setProperty()
call on each of them (with its name and value
derived from the corresponding attributes of the element). This is
analogous to sending the elements as -D
parameters on the Java command
line.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
The target on which you are creating the system properties.
Operands
- target
-
The valid targets for this subcommand are instance, cluster, configuration, domain, and server. Server is the default option. Valid values are:
server
-
Creates the properties on the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Creates the properties for all server instances in the default domain.
- configuration_name
-
Creates the properties in the specified configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Creates the properties on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Creates the properties on a specified server instance.
- name=value
-
The name value pairs of the system properties to add to the specified target. Multiple system properties must be separated by a
:
(colon). If a:
(colon) appears in the name or value of a system property, it must be escaped with a\
(blackslash). If any system properties were previously defined, they are updated with the new values.
create-threadpool
Adds a thread pool
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-threadpool [--help]
[--target target]
[--maxthreadpoolsize maxthreadpoolsize]
[--minthreadpoolsize minthreadpoolsize]
[--idletimeout idletimeout] [--maxqueuesize maxqueuesize]
[--workqueues workqueues] threadpool-id
Description
The create-threadpool
subcommand creates a thread pool with the
specified name. You can specify maximum and minimum number of threads in
the pool, the quantity of messages, and the idle timeout of a thread.
The created thread pool can be used for servicing IIOP requests and for
resource adapters to service work management requests. A thread pool can
be used in multiple resource adapters.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target on which you are creating the thread pool. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the thread pool for the default Eclipse GlassFish instance
server
and is the default value - configuration-name
-
Creates the thread pool for the named configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the thread pool for every instance in the cluster.
- instance-name
-
Creates the thread pool for a particular instance.
--maxthreadpoolsize
-
Specifies the maximum number of threads the pool can contain. Default is 5.
--minthreadpoolsize
-
Specifies the minimum number of threads in the pool. These are created when the thread pool is instantiated. Default is 2.
--idletimeout
-
Specifies the amount of time in seconds after which idle threads are removed from the pool. Default is 900.
--maxqueuesize
-
Specifies the maximum number of messages that can be queued until threads are available to process them for a network listener or IIOP listener. A value of -1 specifies no limit. Default is 4096.
--workqueues
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
create-transport
Adds a new transport
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-transport [--help]
[--acceptorthreads acceptor-threads]
[--buffersizebytes buffer-size]
[--bytebuffertype byte-buffer-type]
[--classname class-name]
[--displayconfiguration={false|true}]
[--enablesnoop={false|true}]
[--idlekeytimeoutseconds idle-key-timeout]
[--maxconnectionscount max-connections]
[--readtimeoutmillis read-timeout]
[--writetimeoutmillis write-timeout]
[--selectionkeyhandler selection-key-handler]
[--selectorpolltimeoutmillis selector-poll-timeout]
[--tcpnodelay={false|true}]
[--target target]
transport-name
Description
The create-transport
subcommand creates a transport for a network
listener. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--acceptorthreads
-
The number of acceptor threads for the transport. The recommended value is the number of processors in the machine. The default value is
1
. --buffersizebytes
-
The size, in bytes, of the buffer to be provided for input streams created by the network listener that references this transport. The default value is
8192
. --bytebuffertype
-
The type of the buffer to be provided for input streams created by a network-listener. Allowed values are
HEAP
andDIRECT
. The default value isHEAP
. --classname
-
The fully qualified name of the Java class that implements the transport. The default is
org.glassfish.grizzly.TCPSelectorHandler
. --displayconfiguration
-
If
true
, flushes the internal network configuration to the server log. Useful for debugging, but reduces performance. The default isfalse
. --enablesnoop
-
If
true
, writes request/response information to the server log. Useful for debugging, but reduces performance. The default isfalse
. --idlekeytimeoutseconds
-
The idle key timeout. The default is
30
seconds. --maxconnectionscount
-
The maximum number of connections for the network listener that references this transport. A value of
-1
specifies no limit. The default value is4096
. --readtimeoutmillis
-
The amount of time the server waits during the header and body parsing phase. The default is
30000
milliseconds, or 30 seconds. --writetimeoutmillis
-
The amount of time the server waits before considering the remote client disconnected when writing the response. The default is
30000
milliseconds, or 30 seconds. --selectionkeyhandler
-
The name of the selection key handler associated with this transport. There is no default.
--selectorpolltimeoutmillis
-
The number of milliseconds a NIO Selector blocks waiting for events (user requests). The default value is
1000
milliseconds. --tcpnodelay
-
If
true
, the default, enablesTCP_NODELAY
(also called Nagle’s algorithm). The default isfalse
. --target
-
Creates the transport only on the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the transport on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the transport in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the transport on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Creates the transport on the specified standalone server instance.
create-virtual-server
Creates the named virtual server
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] create-virtual-server [--help]
--hosts hosts
[--httplisteners http-listeners]
[--networklisteners network-listeners]
[--defaultwebmodule default-web-module]
[--state={on|off}]
[--logfile log-file]
[--property (name=value)[:name=value]*]
[--target target]
virtual-server-id
Description
The create-virtual-server
subcommand creates the named virtual server.
Virtualization in the Eclipse GlassFish allows multiple URL domains to
be served by a single HTTP server process that is listening on multiple
host addresses. If the application is available at two virtual servers,
they still share the same physical resource pools.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--hosts
-
A comma-separated (,) list of values allowed in the host request header to select the current virtual server. Each virtual server that is configured to the same connection group must have a unique host for that group.
--httplisteners
-
A comma-separated (,) list of HTTP listener IDs. Required only for a virtual server that is not the default virtual server. HTTP listeners are converted to network listeners. This option is deprecated but maintained for backward compatibility. Use
--networklisteners
instead. If--networklisteners
is used, this option is ignored. --networklisteners
-
A comma-separated (,) list of network listener IDs. Required only for a virtual server that is not the default virtual server.
--defaultwebmodule
-
The standalone web module associated with this virtual server by default.
--state
-
Determines whether a virtual server is active (
on
) or inactive (off
or disabled). Default ison
. When inactive, the virtual server does not service requests. --logfile
-
Name of the file where log entries for this virtual server are to be written. By default, this is the server log. The file and directory in which the access log is kept must be writable by the user account under which the server runs.
--property
-
Optional property name/value pairs for configuring the virtual server. The following properties are available:
sso-max-inactive-seconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds after which a user’s single sign-on record becomes eligible for purging if no client activity is received. Since single sign-on applies across several applications on the same virtual server, access to any of the applications keeps the single sign-on record active. The default value is 300 seconds (5 minutes). Higher values provide longer single sign-on persistence for users, but at the expense of more memory use on the server.
sso-reap-interval-seconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds between purges of expired single sign-on records. The default value is 60.
setCacheControl
-
Specifies a comma-separated list of
Cache-Control
response directives. For a list of valid directives, see section 14.9 of the document at http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2616.txt (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2616.txt
). allowLinking
-
If the value of this property is
true
, resources that are symbolic links will be served for all web applications deployed on this virtual server. Individual web applications may override this setting by using the propertyallowLinking
under thesun-web-app
element in thesun-web.xml
file:<sun-web-app> <property name="allowLinking" value="[true|false]"/> </sun-web-app>
The default value is
true
. accessLogWriteInterval
-
Indicates the number of seconds before the log will be written to the disk. The access log is written when the buffer is full or when the interval expires. If the value is 0 (zero), then the buffer is always written even if it is not full. This means that each time the server is accessed, the log message is stored directly to the file.
accessLogBufferSize
-
Specifies the size, in bytes, of the buffer where access log calls are stored.
allowRemoteAddress
-
This is a comma-separated list of regular expression patterns to which the remote client’s IP address is compared. If this property is specified, the remote address must match for this request to be accepted. If this property is not specified, all requests will be accepted unless the remote address matches a
denyRemoteAddress
pattern. The default value for this property is null. denyRemoteAddress
-
This is a comma-separated list of regular expression patterns to which the remote client’s IP address is compared. If this property is specified, the remote address must not match for this request to be accepted. If this property is not specified, request acceptance is governed solely by the
allowRemoteAddress
property. The default value for this property is null. allowRemoteHost
-
This is a comma-separated list of regular expression patterns to which the remote client’s host name (as returned by
java.net.Socket.getInetAddress().getHostName()
) is compared. If this property is specified, the remote host name must match for this request to be accepted. If this property is not specified, all requests will be accepted unless the remote host name matches a denyRemoteHost pattern. The default value for this property is null. denyRemoteHost
-
This is a comma-separated list of regular expression patterns to which the remote client’s host name (as returned by
java.net.Socket.getInetAddress().getHostName()
) is compared. If this property is specified, the remote host name must not match for this request to be accepted. If this property is not specified, request acceptance is governed solely by theallowRemoteHost
property. The default value for this property is null. authRealm
-
Specifies the
name
attribute of anauth-realm
, which overrides the server instance’s default realm for standalone web applications deployed to this virtual server. A realm defined in a standalone web application’sweb.xml
file overrides the virtual server’s realm. securePagesWithPragma
-
Set this property to
false
to ensure that for all web applications on this virtual server file downloads using SSL work properly in Internet Explorer.
You can set this property for a specific web application. For details, see "glassfish-web-app" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide. contextXmlDefault
-
Specifies the location, relative to domain-dir, of the
context.xml
file for this virtual server, if one is used. For more information about thecontext.xml
file, see "Using a context.xml File" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Development Guide and The Context Container (http://tomcat.apache.org/tomcat-5.5-doc/config/context.html
). Context parameters, environment entries, and resource definitions incontext.xml
are supported in the Eclipse GlassFish. alternatedocroot_n
-
Specifies an alternate document root (docroot), where n is a positive integer that allows specification of more than one. Alternate docroots allow web applications to serve requests for certain resources from outside their own docroot, based on whether those requests match one (or more) of the URI patterns of the web application’s alternate docroots.
If a request matches an alternate docroot’s URI pattern, it is mapped to the alternate docroot by appending the request URI (minus the web application’s context root) to the alternate docroot’s physical location (directory). If a request matches multiple URI patterns, the alternate docroot is determined according to the following precedence order:-
Exact match
-
Longest path match
-
Extension match
For example, the following properties specify three alternate docroots. The URI pattern of the first alternate docroot uses an exact match, whereas the URI patterns of the second and third alternate docroots use extension and longest path prefix matches, respectively.
<property name="alternatedocroot_1" value="from=/my.jpg dir=/srv/images/jpg"/> <property name="alternatedocroot_2" value="from=*.jpg dir=/srv/images/jpg"/> <property name="alternatedocroot_3" value="from=/jpg/* dir=/src/images"/>
The
value
of each alternate docroot has two components: The first component,from
, specifies the alternate docroot’s URI pattern, and the second component,dir
, specifies the alternate docroot’s physical location (directory). Spaces are allowed in thedir
component.
You can set this property for a specific web application. For details, see "glassfish-web-app" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide. -
send-error_n
-
Specifies custom error page mappings for the virtual server, which are inherited by all web applications deployed on the virtual server. A web application can override these custom error page mappings in its
web.xml
deployment descriptor. The value of eachsend-error_n
property has three components, which may be specified in any order:-
The first component,
code
, specifies the three-digit HTTP response status code for which the custom error page should be returned in the response. -
The second component,
path
, specifies the absolute or relative file system path of the custom error page. A relative file system path is interpreted as relative to the domain-dir/config
directory. -
The third component,
reason
, is optional and specifies the text of the reason string (such asUnauthorized
orForbidden
) to be returned.
For example:
<property name="send-error_1" value="code=401 path=/myhost/401.html reason=MY-401-REASON"/>
This example property definition causes the contents of
/myhost/401.html
to be returned with 401 responses, along with this response line:HTTP/1.1 401 MY-401-REASON
-
redirect_
n-
Specifies that a request for an old URL is treated as a request for a new URL. These properties are inherited by all web applications deployed on the virtual server. The value of each
redirect_n
property has two components, which may be specified in any order:-
The first component,
from
, specifies the prefix of the requested URI to match. -
The second component,
url-prefix
, specifies the new URL prefix to return to the client. The from prefix is simply replaced by this URL prefix.
For example:
<property name="redirect_1" value="from=/dummy url-prefix=http://etude"/>
-
valve_
n-
Specifies a fully qualified class name of a custom valve, where n is a positive integer that allows specification of more than one. The valve class must implement the
org.apache.catalina.Valve
interface from Tomcat or previous Eclipse GlassFish releases, or theorg.glassfish.web.valve.GlassFishValve
interface from the current Eclipse GlassFish release. For example:<property name="valve_1" value="org.glassfish.extension.Valve"/>
You can set this property for a specific web application. For details, see "glassfish-web-app" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
listener_n
-
Specifies a fully qualified class name of a custom Catalina listener, where n is a positive integer that allows specification of more than one. The listener class must implement the
org.apache.catalina.ContainerListener
ororg.apache.catalina.LifecycleListener
interface. For example:<property name="listener_1" value="org.glassfish.extension.MyLifecycleListener"/>
You can set this property for a specific web application. For details, see "glassfish-web-app" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
docroot
-
Absolute path to root document directory for server. Deprecated. Replaced with a
virtual-server
attribute,docroot
, that is accessible using theget
,set
, andlist
subcommands. accesslog
-
Absolute path to server access logs. Deprecated. Replaced with a
virtual-server
attribute ,access-log
, that is accessible using theget
,set
, andlist
subcommands. accessLoggingEnabled
-
If
true
, access logging is enabled for this virtual server. Deprecated. Replaced with avirtual-server
attribute,access-logging-enabled
, that is accessible using theget
,set
, andlist
subcommands. sso-enabled
-
If
true
, single sign-on is enabled for web applications on this virtual server that are configured for the same realm. Deprecated. Replaced with avirtual-server
attribute,sso-enabled
, that is accessible using theget
,set
, andlist
subcommands. ssoCookieSecure
-
Sets the
Secure
attribute of anyJSESSIONIDSSO
cookies associated with the web applications deployed to this virtual server. Deprecated. Replaced with avirtual-server
attribute,sso-cookie-secure
, that is accessible using theget
,set
, andlist
subcommands. errorReportValve
-
Specifies a fully qualified class name of a custom valve that produces default error pages for applications on this virtual server. Specify an empty string to disable the default error page mechanism for this virtual server.
--target
-
Creates the virtual server only on the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Creates the virtual server on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Creates the virtual server in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Creates the virtual server on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Creates the virtual server on the specified standalone server instance.
Operands
- virtual-server-id
-
Identifies the unique ID for the virtual server to be created. This ID cannot begin with a number.
delete-admin-object
Removes the administered object with the specified JNDI name.
Description
The delete-admin-object
subcommand removes an administered object with
the specified JNDI name.
This subcommand is supported in remote mote only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This is the name of the targets for which the administered object is to be deleted. Valid values are:
Resources are always created for a domain as a whole but are only active for targets for which a
<resource-ref>
has been created using the--target
option when the resource was created. This means that deleting a resource only deletes the<resource-ref>
element for the specified--target
, and does not delete the resource from the domain as a whole unlessdomain
is specified as the--target
for the deletion.server
-
Deletes the administered object for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Deletes the administered object for the specified configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the administered object for the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the administered object for a particular server instance.
delete-application-ref
Removes a reference to an application
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-application-ref [--help]
[--target target]
[--cascade=false] reference_name
Description
The delete-application-ref
subcommand removes a reference from a
cluster or an unclustered server instance to an application. This
effectively results in the application element being undeployed and no
longer available on the targeted instance or cluster.
The target instance or instances making up the cluster need not be running or available for this subcommand to succeed. If one or more instances are not available, they will no longer load the application the next time they start.
Removal of the reference does not result in removal of the application
from the domain. The bits are removed only by the undeploy
subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which you are removing the application reference. Valid values are
-
server
- Specifies the default server instance as the target.
server
is the name of the default server instance and is the default value. -
cluster_name - Specifies a certain cluster as the target.
-
instance_name - Specifies a certain stand-alone server instance as the target.
-
--cascade
-
For a connector module, indicates whether the resources dependent on the module should also be recursively deleted. The default is
false
. The connector module can be either a stand-alone RAR file or a module within an EAR file.
Operands
- reference_name
-
The name of the application or module, which can be a Jakarta EE application module, Web module, EJB module, connector module, application client module, or lifecycle module.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. To delete references to multiple versions, you can use an asterisk (*
) as a wildcard character. For more information about module and application versions, see "Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
delete-audit-module
Removes the named audit-module
Description
This subcommand removes the named audit module. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target on which you are deleting the audit module. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the audit module for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Deletes the audit module for the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the audit module for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the audit module for a particular server instance.
delete-auth-realm
Removes the named authentication realm
Description
The delete-auth-realm
subcommand removes the named authentication
realm. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target on which you are deleting the authentication realm. Valid values are
server
-
Deletes the realm for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Deletes the realm for the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the realm for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the realm for a particular server instance.
delete-cluster
Deletes a Eclipse GlassFish cluster
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-cluster [--help]
[--autohadboverride={true|false}] [--node-agent=node-agent--name]
cluster-name
Description
The delete-cluster
subcommand deletes a Eclipse GlassFish cluster.
A cluster can be deleted only if the cluster contains no Eclipse GlassFish
instances. If a cluster that you are deleting contains any instances,
stop and delete the instances before deleting the cluster.
If the cluster’s named configuration was created automatically for the cluster and no other clusters or unclustered instances refer to the configuration, the configuration is deleted when the cluster is deleted. A configuration that is created automatically for a cluster is named cluster-name`-config`, where cluster-name is the name of the cluster.
This command is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--autohadboverride
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--nodeagent
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
delete-config
Deletes an existing named configuration
Description
The delete-config
subcommand deletes an existing named configuration
from the configuration of the domain administration server (DAS). You
can delete a configuration only if no Eclipse GlassFish instances or
clusters refer to the configuration. A standalone configuration is
automatically deleted when the instance or cluster that refers to it is
deleted. You cannot delete the default-config
configuration that is
copied to create standalone configurations.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
delete-connector-connection-pool
Removes the specified connector connection pool
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-connector-connection-pool [--help]
[--target target]
[--cascade={false|true}] poolname
Description
The delete-connector-connection-pool
subcommand removes the specified
connector connection pool.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--cascade
-
When set to true, all connector resources associated with the pool, and the pool itself, are deleted. When set to false, the deletion of pool fails if any resources are associated with the pool. The resource must be deleted explicitly or the option must be set to true. Default is false.
delete-connector-resource
Removes the connector resource with the specified JNDI name
Description
The delete-connector-resource
subcommand removes the connector
resource with the specified JNDI name.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target from which you want to remove the connector resource. Valid targets are:
Resources are always created for a domain as a whole but are only active for targets for which a
<resource-ref>
has been created using the--target
option when the resource was created. This means that deleting a resource only deletes the<resource-ref>
element for the specified--target
, and does not delete the resource from the domain as a whole unlessdomain
is specified as the--target
for the deletion.server
-
Deletes the connector resource from the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Deletes the connector resource from the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the connector resource from every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the connector resource from a specified server instance.
delete-connector-security-map
Deletes a security map for the specified connector connection pool
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-connector-security-map [--help]
--poolname connector_connection_pool_name [--target target] mapname
Description
The delete-connector-security-map
subcommand deletes a security map
for the specified connector connection pool.
For this subcommand to succeed, you must have first created a connector
connection pool using the create-connector-connection-pool
subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--poolname
-
Specifies the name of the connector connection pool to which the security map that is to be deleted belongs.
--target
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
delete-connector-work-security-map
Deletes a work security map for the specified resource adapter
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-connector-work-security-map [--help]
--raname raname
mapname
Description
The delete-connector-work-security-map
subcommand deletes a security
map associated with the specified resource adapter. For this subcommand
to succeed, you must have first created and deployed the specified
resource adapter.
The enterprise information system (EIS) is any system that holds the data of an organization. It can be a mainframe, a messaging system, a database system, or an application.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--raname
-
Indicates the connector module name with which the work security map is associated.
Examples
Example 1 Deleting a Connector Work Security Map
This example deletes the work security map named
work_security_map_name
for the resource adapter named ra_name
.
asadmin delete-connector-work-security-map
--raname ra_name work_security_map_name
Command delete-connector-work-security-map executed successfully.
delete-context-service
Removes a context service resource with the specified JNDI name
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-context-service [--help]
[--target target]
context-service-name
Description
The delete-context-service
subcommand removes a context service
resource with the specified JNDI name.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which you are deleting the resource. Valid targets are:
server
-
Deletes the resource from the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Deletes the resource from the domain.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the resource from every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Deletes the resource from the specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Deleting a Context Service Resource
This example deletes the context service resource named
concurrent/myContextService
.
asadmin> delete-context-service concurrent/myContextService
Context service concurrent/myContextService deleted successfully.
Command delete-context-service executed successfully.
delete-custom-resource
Removes a custom resource
Description
The delete-custom-resource
subcommand removes a custom resource.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option helps specify the location of the custom resources that you are deleting. Valid targets are server, domain, cluster, and instance. The default is server.
Resources are always created for a domain as a whole but are only active for targets for which a
<resource-ref>
has been created using the--target
option when the resource was created. This means that deleting a resource only deletes the<resource-ref>
element for the specified--target
, and does not delete the resource from the domain as a whole unlessdomain
is specified as the--target
for the deletion.server
-
Deletes the resource for the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Deletes the resource for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the resource for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the resource for a particular server instance.
delete-domain
Deletes a domain
Description
The delete-domain
subcommand deletes the specified domain. The domain
must already exist and must be stopped.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--domaindir
-
The directory where the domain to be deleted is located. If specified, the path must be accessible in the file system. If not specified, the domain under the domain root directory, which defaults to as-install
/domains
, is deleted.
delete-file-user
Removes the named file user
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-file-user [--help]
[--authrealmname auth_realm_name]
[--target target]
username
Description
The delete-file-user
subcommand deletes the entry in the keyfile for
the specified username.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--authrealmname
-
The name of the authentication realm with which the user was created.
--target
-
This is the name of the target on which the command operates. The valid targets are:
server
-
Deletes the file user on the default server instance. This is the default value
domain
-
Deletes the file user in the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the file user from every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the file user from a particular server instance.
delete-http
Removes HTTP parameters from a protocol
Description
The delete-http
subcommand removes the specified HTTP parameter set
from a protocol. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Deletes the HTTP parameter set only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the HTTP parameter set from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the HTTP parameter set from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the HTTP parameter set from all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Deletes the HTTP parameter set from the specified standalone server instance.
delete-http-health-checker
Deletes the health-checker for a specified load balancer configuration
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-http-health-checker [--help]
[--config config_name]
target
Description
The delete-http-health-checker
subcommand deletes the health checker
from a load balancer configuration. A health checker is unique for the
combination of target and load balancer configuration.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--config
-
The load balancer configuration from which you delete the health-checker.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies the target from which you are deleting the health checker.
Valid values are:-
cluster_name - The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name - The name of a target server instance.
-
Examples
Example 1 Deleting a Health Checker from a Load Balancer Configuration
This example deletes the health checker for load balancer configuration
named mycluster-http-lb-config
on a cluster named mycluster
.
asadmin> delete-http-health-checker --user admin
--passwordfile password.txt --config mycluster-http-lb-config mycluster
Command delete-http-health-checker executed successfully.
delete-http-lb
Deletes a load balancer
Description
Use the delete-http-lb
subcommand to delete a physical load balancer.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
delete-http-lb-config
Deletes a load balancer configuration
Description
Use the delete-http-lb-config
subcommand to delete a load balancer
configuration. The load balancer configuration must not reference any
clusters or server instances enabled for load balancing. In addition,
the load balancer configuration must not be referenced by any physical
load balancers.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- config_name
-
The name of the load balancer configuration to delete. The configuration must not reference any clusters or server instances enabled for load balancing, or be used by any physical load balancers.
delete-http-lb-ref
Deletes the cluster or server instance from a load balancer
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-http-lb-ref [--help]
--config config_name | --lbname load_balancer_name
[--force=false] target
Description
Use the delete-http-lb-ref
subcommand to remove a reference to a
cluster or standalone server instance from a load balancer configuration
or load balancer. So that you do not interrupt user requests, make sure
the standalone server instance or all server instances in the cluster
are disabled before you remove them from the load balancer
configuration. If the force
option is set to true, the references are
deleted even if server instances or clusters are enabled.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--config
-
Specifies which load balancer configuration to delete cluster and server instance references from.
Specify either a load balancer configuration or a load balancer. Specifying both results in an error. --lbname
-
Specifies the load balancer to delete cluster and server instance references from.
Specify either a load balancer configuration or a load balancer. Specifying both results in an error. --force
-
If
force
is set to true, then the references are deleted even if there are currently enabled applications or instances. The default is false.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies which cluster or instance to remove from the load balancer. Valid values are:
-
cluster_name- The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name- The name of a target server instance.
-
Examples
Example 1 Deleting a Cluster Reference from a Load Balancer
Configuration
This example deletes the reference to cluster named cluster2
from a
load balancer configuration named mycluster-http-lb-config
.
asadmin> delete-http-lb-ref --config mycluster-http-lb-config cluster2
Command delete-http-lb-ref executed successfully.
delete-http-listener
Removes a network listener
Description
The delete-http-listener
subcommand removes the specified network
listener.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Deletes the network listener only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the network listener from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the network listener from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the network listener from all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Deletes the network listener from the specified standalone server instance.
delete-http-redirect
Removes an HTTP redirect
Description
The delete-http-redirect
subcommand removes the specified HTTP
redirect. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Deletes the HTTP redirect only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the HTTP redirect from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the HTTP redirect from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the HTTP redirect from all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Deletes the HTTP redirect from the specified standalone server instance.
delete-iiop-listener
Removes an IIOP listener
Description
The delete-iiop-listener
subcommand removes the specified IIOP
listener. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which you are deleting the IIOP listener. Valid values are
server
-
Deletes the listener from the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Deletes the listener from the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the listener from every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the listener from a particular server instance.
delete-instance
Deletes a Eclipse GlassFish instance
Description
The delete-instance
subcommand deletes a Eclipse GlassFish instance.
This subcommand requires the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM)
remote protocol or secure shell (SSH) to be configured on the host where
the domain administration server (DAS) is running and on the host that
is represented by the node where the instance resides.
DCOM or SSH is not required if the instance resides on a node of type
|
You may run this subcommand from any host that can contact the DAS.
The subcommand can delete any Eclipse GlassFish instance, regardless of
how the instance was created. For example, this subcommand can delete an
instance that was created by using the
create-local-instance
(1)
subcommand.
The instance that is being deleted must not be running. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The subcommand deletes an instance by performing the following actions:
-
Removing the instance from the configuration of the domain administration server (DAS)
-
Deleting the instance’s files from file system
If the instance that is being deleted is the only instance that is using the node directory, that directory is also removed.
If a standalone instance is deleted, the instance’s standalone configuration is also deleted. A standalone instance refers to a configuration that is named instance-name`-config` to which no other clusters or unclustered instances refer.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
delete-jacc-provider
Enables administrators to delete JACC providers defined for a domain
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-jacc-provider [--help]
[--target target] jacc-provider-name
Description
The delete-jacc-provider
subcommand enables administrators to delete
JACC providers defined for a domain. JACC providers are defined as
jacc-provider
elements in the security-service
element in the
domain’s domain.xml
file. JACC providers can be created using the
Eclipse GlassFish Admin Console or the create-jacc-provider
subcommand.
The default Eclipse GlassFish installation includes two JACC providers,
named default
and simple
. These default providers should not be
deleted.
The JACC provider used byEclipse GlassFish for authorization is
identified by the jacc-provider
element of security-service
in
domain.xml
. Therefore, if you delete the jacc-provider
provider,
make sure you change jacc-provider
to the name of some other JACC
provider that exists under security-service
.
If you change the jacc-provider
element to point to a different JACC
provider, you must restart Eclipse GlassFish.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
If an option has a short option name, then the short option precedes the long option name. Short options have one dash whereas long options have two dashes.
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which you are deleting the JACC provider. The following values are valid:
server
-
Deletes the JACC provider on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration_name
-
Deletes the JACC provider in the specified configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the JACC provider on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the JACC provider on a specified server instance.
delete-jdbc-connection-pool
Removes the specified JDBC connection pool
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-jdbc-connection-pool [--help]
[--cascade={false|true}]
[--target target]
jdbc_connection_pool_id
Description
The delete-jdbc-connection-pool
subcommand deletes a JDBC connection
pool. Before running this subcommand, all associations to the JDBC
connection pool must be removed.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--cascade
-
If the option is set to true, all the JDBC resources associated with the pool, apart from the pool itself, are deleted. When set to false, the deletion of pool fails if any resources are associated with the pool. Resources must be deleted explicitly or the option must be set to true. The default value is false.
--target
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
delete-jdbc-resource
Removes a JDBC resource with the specified JNDI name
Description
The delete-jdbc-resource
subcommand removes a JDBC resource. Ensure
that all associations to the JDBC resource are removed before running
this subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option helps specify the target from which you are removing the JDBC resource. Valid targets are:
server
-
Removes the resource from the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Removes the resource from the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Removes the resource from every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Removes the resource from a particular server instance.
Resources are always created for a domain as a whole but are only active
for targets for which a |
delete-jmsdest
Removes a JMS physical destination
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-jmsdest [--help]
--desttype type
[--target target]
dest_name
Description
The delete-jmsdest
subcommand removes the specified Java Message
Service (JMS) physical destination.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--desttype
-
The type of the JMS destination. Valid values are
topic
andqueue
. --target
-
Deletes the physical destination only from the specified target. Although the
delete-jmsdest
subcommand is related to resources, a physical destination is deleted using the JMS Service (JMS Broker), which is part of the configuration. A JMS Broker is configured in the config section ofdomain.xml
. Valid values are as follows:server
-
Deletes the physical destination from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the physical destination from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the physical destination from every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Creates the physical destination from the specified server instance.
delete-jms-host
Removes a JMS host
Description
The delete-jms-host
subcommand removes the specified Java Message
Service (JMS) host.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Deleting the default JMS host, named default_JMS_host
, is not recommended.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Deletes the JMS host only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the JMS host from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the JMS host from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the JMS host from every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Deletes the JMS host from the specified server instance.
delete-jms-resource
Removes a JMS resource
Description
The delete-jms-resource
subcommand removes the specified Java Message
Service (JMS) resource. Ensure that you remove all references to this
resource before executing this subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Deletes the JMS resource only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
Resources are always created for a domain as a whole but are only active for targets for which a
<resource-ref>
has been created using the--target
option when the resource was created. This means that deleting a resource only deletes the<resource-ref>
element for the specified--target
, and does not delete the resource from the domain as a whole unlessdomain
is specified as the--target
for the deletion.server
-
Deletes the JMS resource from the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Deletes the JMS resource from the domain.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the JMS resource from every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Deletes the JMS resource from the specified server instance.
delete-jndi-resource
Removes a JNDI resource
Description
The delete-jndi-resource
subcommand removes the specified JNDI
resource. You must remove all associations to the JNDI resource before
running this subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Valid targets are described below.
Resources are always created for a domain as a whole but are only active for targets for which a
<resource-ref>
has been created using the--target
option when the resource was created. This means that deleting a resource only deletes the<resource-ref>
element for the specified--target
, and does not delete the resource from the domain as a whole unlessdomain
is specified as the--target
for the deletion.server
-
Deletes the resource from the default server instance. This is the default value
domain
-
Deletes the resource from the domain
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the resource for every server instance in the cluster
- instance_name
-
Deletes the resource from the specified server instance
delete-jvm-options
Removes one or more options for the Java application launcher
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-jvm-options [--help]
[--target target] [--profiler={true|false}]
(jvm-option-name[=jvm-option-value]) [:jvm-option-name[=jvm-option-name]]*
Description
The delete-jvm-options
subcommand removes one or more command-line
options for the Java application launcher. These options are removed
from the Java configuration java—config
element or the profiler
profiler
element of the domain.xml
file. To see the Java application
launcher options that can be deleted, use the
list-jvm-options
(1)
subcommand.
The deletion of some options requires a server restart for changes to become effective. Other options are set immediately in the environment of the domain administration server (DAS) and do not require a restart.
Whether a restart is required depends on the type of option.
-
Restart is not required for Java system properties whose names do not start with
-Djava.
or-Djavax.
(including the trailing period). For example, restart is not required for the following Java system property:-Denvironment=Production
-
Restart is required for the following options:
-
Java system properties whose names start with
-Djava.
or-Djavax.
(including the trailing period). For example:-Djava.security.manager
-
Startup parameters for the Java application launcher. For example:
-client
-Xmx1024m
-d64
-
To restart the DAS, use the
restart-domain
(1) command.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which you are removing Java application launcher options. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Specifies the DAS (default).
- instance-name
-
Specifies a Eclipse GlassFish instance.
- cluster-name
-
Specifies a cluster.
- configuration-name
-
Specifies a named configuration.
--profiler
-
Indicates whether the Java application launcher options are for the profiler. The option must have been set for a profiler for this option to be true.
Operands
- jvm-option-name
-
One or more options delimited by a colon (:). The format of the operand depends on the following:
-
If the option has a name and a value, the format is option-name=value.
-
If the option has only a name, the format is option-name. For example,
-Xmx2048m
.
If an option name or option value contains a colon, the backslash (
\
) must be used to escape the colon in the name or value. Other characters might also require an escape character. For more information about escape characters in subcommand options, see theasadmin
(1M) man page. -
Examples
See Also
For more information about the Java application launcher, see the reference page for the operating system that you are using:
-
Oracle Solaris and Linux: java - the Java application launcher (
http://java.sun.com/javase/7/docs/technotes/tools/solaris/java.html
) -
Windows: java - the Java application launcher (
http://java.sun.com/javase/7/docs/technotes/tools/windows/java.html
)
delete-lifecycle-module
Removes the lifecycle module
Description
The delete-lifecycle-module
subcommand removes a lifecycle module. A
lifecycle module provides a means of running a short or long duration
Java-based task at a specific stage in the server life cycle. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Indicates the location where the lifecycle module is to be deleted. Valid values are
-
server
- Specifies the default server instance as the target for deleting the lifecycle module.server
is the name of the default server instance and is the default value for this option. -
cluster_name- Specifies a particular cluster as the target for deleting the lifecycle module.
-
instance_name- Specifies a particular server instance as the target for deleting the lifecycle module.
-
Operands
- module_name
-
This operand is a unique identifier for the deployed server lifecycle event listener module.
delete-local-instance
Deletes a Eclipse GlassFish instance on the machine where the subcommand is run
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-local-instance [--help]
[--nodedir node-dir] [--node node-name]
[instance-name]
Description
The delete-local-instance
subcommand deletes a Eclipse GlassFish
instance on the machine where the subcommand is run. This subcommand
does not require the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote
protocol or secure shell (SSH) to be configured. You must run this
command from the machine where the instance resides.
The subcommand can delete any Eclipse GlassFish instance, regardless of
how the instance was created. For example, this subcommand can delete an
instance that was created by using the
create-instance
(1)
subcommand.
The instance that is being deleted must not be running. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The subcommand deletes an instance by performing the following actions:
-
Removing the instance from the configuration of the domain administration server (DAS)
-
Deleting the instance’s files from file system
If the instance that is being deleted is the only instance that is using the node directory, that directory is also removed.
If a standalone instance is deleted, the instance’s standalone configuration is also deleted. A standalone instance refers to a configuration that is named instance-name`-config` to which no other clusters or unclustered instances refer.
The delete-local-instance
subcommand does not contact the DAS to
determine the node on which the instance resides. To determine the node
on which the instance resides, the subcommand searches the directory
that contains the node directories. If multiple node directories exist,
the node must be specified as an option of the subcommand.
If no operand is specified and only one instance resides on the specified node, the subcommand deletes the instance. If no operand is specified and multiple instances reside on the node, an error occurs.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodedir
-
Specifies the directory that contains the instance’s node directory. The instance’s files are stored in the instance’s node directory. The default is as-install
/nodes
. --node
-
Specifies the node on which the instance resides. This option may be omitted only if the directory that the
--nodedir
option specifies contains only one node directory. Otherwise, this option is required.
Operands
- instance-name
-
The name of the instance to delete. This operand may be omitted if only one instance resides on the specified node. Otherwise, this operand is required.
delete-mail-resource
Removes a Jakarta Mail session resource
Description
The delete-mail-resource
subcommand removes the specified Jakarta Mail
session resource. Ensure that you remove all references to this resource
before running this subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target from which you are deleting the Jakarta Mail session resource. Valid values are:
server
-
Deletes the resource from the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Deletes the resource from the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the resource from every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the resource from a particular server instance.
delete-managed-executor-service
Removes a managed executor service resource with the specified JNDI name
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-managed-executor-service [--help]
[--target target]
managed_executor_service_name
Description
The delete-managed-executor-service
subcommand removes a managed
executor service resource with the specified JNDI name.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which you are deleting the resource. Valid targets are:
server
-
Deletes the resource from the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Deletes the resource from the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the resource from every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the resource from the specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Deleting a Managed Executor Service Resource
This example deletes the managed executor service resource named
concurrent/myExecutor
.
asadmin> delete-managed-executor-service concurrent/myExecutor
Managed executor service concurrent/myExecutor deleted successfully.
Command delete-managed-executor-service executed successfully.
delete-managed-scheduled-executor-service
Removes a managed scheduled executor service resource with the specified JNDI name
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-managed-scheduled-executor-service [--help]
[--target target]
managed_scheduled_executor_service_name
Description
The delete-managed-scheduled-executor-service
subcommand removes a
managed scheduled executor service resource with the specified JNDI
name.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which you are deleting the resource. Valid targets are:
server
-
Deletes the resource from the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Deletes the resource from the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the resource from every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the resource from the specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Deleting a Managed Scheduled Executor Service Resource
This example deletes the managed scheduled executor service resource
named concurrent/myScheduledExecutor
.
asadmin> delete-managed-scheduled-executor-service concurrent/myScheduledExecutor
Managed scheduled executor service concurrent/myScheduledExecutor deleted successfully.
Command delete-managed-scheduled-executor-service executed successfully.
delete-managed-thread-factory
Removes a managed thread factory resource with the specified JNDI name
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-managed-thread-factory [--help]
[--target target]
managed_thread_factory_name
Description
The delete-managed-thread-factory
subcommand removes a managed thread
factory resource with the specified JNDI name.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which you are deleting the resource. Valid targets are:
server
-
Deletes the resource from the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Deletes the resource from the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the resource from every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the resource from the specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Deleting a Managed Thread Factory Resource
This example deletes the managed thread factory resource named
concurrent/myThreadFactory
.
asadmin> delete-managed-thread-factory concurrent/myThreadFactory
Managed thread factory concurrent/myThreadFactory deleted successfully.
Command delete-managed-thread-factory executed successfully.
delete-message-security-provider
Enables administrators to delete a message security provider
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-message-security-provider [--help]
[--target target]
--layer message_layer
provider_name
Description
The delete-message-security-provider
subcommand enables administrators
to delete a message security provider.
In terms of what happens when this subcommand is run, the
provider-config
sub-element for the given message layer
(message-security-config
element of domain.xml
is deleted. The
domain.xml
file specifies parameters and properties to the
Eclipse GlassFish). The options specified in the list below apply to
attributes within the message-security-config
and provider-config
sub-elements of the domain.xml
file.
If the message-layer (message-security-config
attribute) does not
exist, it is created, and then the provider-config
is created under
it.
This command is supported in remote mode only.
Options
If an option has a short option name, then the short option precedes the long option name. Short options have one dash whereas long options have two dashes.
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which you are deleting the message security provider. Valid values are
server
-
Deletes the message security provider from the default server instance
server
and is the default value domain
-
Deletes the message security provider from the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the message security provider from every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the message security provider from a particular sever instance.
--layer
-
The message-layer from which the provider has to be deleted. The default value is
HttpServlet
.
delete-module-config
Removes the configuration of a module from domain.xml
Description
The delete-module-config
subcommand removes the configuration of a
module from domain.xml
and causes the module to use the default
configuration included in the module.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which the configuration is to be deleted. Possible values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the configuration from the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Deletes the configuration from the default domain.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the configuration from every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Deletes the configuration from the specified instance.
delete-network-listener
Removes a network listener
Description
The delete-network-listener
subcommand removes the specified network
listener. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Deletes the network listener only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the network listener from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the network listener from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the network listener from all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Deletes the network listener from the specified standalone server instance.
delete-node-config
Deletes a node that is not enabled for remote communication
Description
The delete-node-config
subcommand deletes a node that is not enabled
for remote communication from the domain. This subcommand does not
require the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote protocol or
secure shell (SSH) to be configured.
This subcommand can delete only a node that is not enabled for remote communication. The subcommand for deleting other types of nodes depends on the type of the node:
-
A node that is enabled for remote communication over DCOM must be deleted by using the
delete-node-dcom
(1) subcommand. -
A node that is enabled for remote communication over SSH must be deleted by using the
delete-node-ssh
(1) subcommand.
To determine whether a node is enabled for remote communication, use the
list-nodes
(1) subcommand.
No Eclipse GlassFish instances must reside on the node that is being deleted.
Otherwise, the subcommand fails. Before running this
subcommand, delete any instances that reside on the node by using, for
example, the delete-instance
(1)
subcommand or the
delete-local-instance
(1) subcommand.
The predefined node |
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- node-name
-
The name of the node to delete. The node must not be enabled for communication over DCOM or SSH. Otherwise, an error occurs.
See Also
create-node-config
(1),
create-node-dcom
(1),
delete-instance
(1),
delete-local-instance
(1),
delete-node-ssh
(1),
install-node
(1),
install-node-dcom
(1),
install-node-ssh
(1),
list-nodes
(1),
uninstall-node
(1),
uninstall-node-dcom
(1),
uninstall-node-ssh
(1),
update-node-config
(1),
update-node-dcom
(1),
update-node-ssh
(1)
delete-node-dcom
Deletes a node that is enabled for communication over DCOM
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-node-dcom [--help]
[--uninstall={false|true}] [--force={false|true}]
node-name
Description
The delete-node-dcom
subcommand deletes a node that is enabled for
communication over the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote
protocol from the domain. The DCOM protocol is available only on Windows
systems. This subcommand does not require DCOM to be configured.
This subcommand can delete only a node that is enabled for communication over DCOM. The subcommand for deleting other types of nodes depends on the type of the node:
-
A node that is enabled for communication over secure shell (SSH) must be deleted by using the
delete-node-ssh
(1) subcommand. -
A node that is not enabled for communication must be deleted by using the
delete-node-config
(1) subcommand.
To determine whether a node is enabled for communication over DCOM, use
the list-nodes
(1) subcommand.
No Eclipse GlassFish instances must reside on the node that is being
deleted. Otherwise, the subcommand fails. Before running this
subcommand, delete any instances that reside on the node by using, for
example, the
delete-instance
(1)
subcommand or the
delete-local-instance
(1) subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--uninstall
-
Specifies whether the Eclipse GlassFish software is uninstalled from host that the node represents. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
The Eclipse GlassFish software is not uninstalled from the host (default).
true
-
The Eclipse GlassFish software is uninstalled from the host. By default, if any node except the predefined node
localhost-
domain resides on any host from which Eclipse GlassFish software is being uninstalled, the subcommand fails.
To uninstall the Eclipse GlassFish software from a host on which user-defined nodes reside, set the--force
option totrue
.
If the--force
option istrue
, the subcommand removes the entire content of the parent of the base installation directory.
--force
-
If
--uninstall
is true, specifies whether the subcommand uninstalls the Eclipse GlassFish software from a host even if a user-defined node resides on the host. Possible values are as follows:false
-
If a user-defined node resides on a host, the software is not uninstalled and the subcommand fails (default).
If the--force
option isfalse
, the subcommand removes only the Eclipse GlassFish software files. Other content if the parent of the base installation directory, such as configuration files, are not removed. true
-
The subcommand uninstalls the Eclipse GlassFish software from the host even if a user-defined node resides on the host.
If the--force
option istrue
, the subcommand removes the entire content of the parent of the base installation directory.
Operands
- node-name
-
The name of the node to delete. The node must enabled for communication over DCOM. Otherwise, an error occurs.
delete-node-ssh
Deletes a node that is enabled for communication over SSH
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-node-ssh [--help]
[--uninstall={false|true}] [--force={false|true}]
node-name
Description
The delete-node-ssh
subcommand deletes a node that is enabled for
communication over secure shell (SSH) from the domain. This subcommand
does not require SSH to be configured.
This subcommand can delete only a node that is enabled for communication over SSH. The subcommand for deleting other types of nodes depends on the type of the node:
-
A node that is enabled for communication over the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote protocol must be deleted by using the
delete-node-dcom
(1) subcommand. -
A node that is not enabled for remote communication must be deleted by using the
delete-node-config
(1) subcommand.
To determine whether a node is enabled for communication over SSH, use
the list-nodes
(1) subcommand.
No Eclipse GlassFish instances must reside on the node that is being
deleted. Otherwise, the subcommand fails. Before running this
subcommand, delete any instances that reside on the node by using, for
example, the
delete-instance
(1)
subcommand or the
delete-local-instance
(1)
subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--uninstall
-
Specifies whether the Eclipse GlassFish software is uninstalled from host that the node represents. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
The Eclipse GlassFish software is not uninstalled from the host (default).
true
-
The Eclipse GlassFish software is uninstalled from the host. By default, if any node except the predefined node
localhost-
domain resides on any host from which Eclipse GlassFish software is being uninstalled, the subcommand fails. To uninstall the Eclipse GlassFish software from a host on which user-defined nodes reside, set the--force
option totrue
. If the--force
option istrue
, the subcommand removes the entire content of the parent of the base installation directory.
--force
-
If
--uninstall
is true, specifies whether the subcommand uninstalls the Eclipse GlassFish software from a host even if a user-defined node resides on the host. Possible values are as follows:false
-
If a user-defined node resides on a host, the software is not uninstalled and the subcommand fails (default).
If the--force
option isfalse
, the subcommand removes only the Eclipse GlassFish software files. Other content if the parent of the base installation directory, such as configuration files, are not removed. true
-
The subcommand uninstalls the Eclipse GlassFish software from the host even if a user-defined node resides on the host.
If the--force
option istrue
, the subcommand removes the entire content of the parent of the base installation directory.
Operands
- node-name
-
The name of the node to delete. The node must enabled for communication over SSH. Otherwise, an error occurs.
See Also
create-node-dcom
(1),
create-node-ssh
(1),
delete-instance
(1),
delete-local-instance
(1),
delete-node-config
(1),
delete-node-dcom
(1),
install-node
(1),
install-node-dcom
(1),
install-node-ssh
(1),
list-nodes
(1),
uninstall-node
(1),
uninstall-node-dcom
(1),
uninstall-node-ssh
(1),
update-node-dcom
(1),
update-node-ssh
(1)
delete-password-alias
Deletes a password alias
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
delete-profiler
Removes the profiler element
Description
The delete-profiler
subcommand deletes the profiler element in the
Java configuration. Only one profiler can exist at a time. If you
attempt to create a profiler while one already exists, an error message
is displayed and the existing profiler must be deleted.
For changes to take effect, the server must restarted.
This command is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target profiler element which you are deleting. Valid values are
server
-
Deletes the profiler element for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Deletes the profiler element for the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Deletes the profiler element for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deletes the profiler element for a particular server instance.
delete-protocol
Removes a protocol
Description
The delete-protocol
subcommand removes the specified protocol. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Deletes the protocol only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the protocol from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the protocol from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the protocol from all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Deletes the protocol from the specified standalone server instance.
delete-protocol-filter
Removes a protocol filter
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-protocol-filter [--help]
--protocol protocol-name
[--target server]
protocol-filter-name
Description
The delete-protocol-filter
subcommand removes the specified protocol
filter. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--protocol-name
-
The name of the associated protocol.
--target
-
Deletes the protocol filter only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the protocol filter from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the protocol filter from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the protocol filter from all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Deletes the protocol filter from the specified standalone server instance.
delete-protocol-finder
Removes a protocol finder
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-protocol-finder [--help]
--protocol protocol-name
[--target server]
protocol-finder-name
Description
The delete-protocol-finder
subcommand removes the specified protocol
finder. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--protocol-name
-
The name of the associated protocol.
--target
-
Deletes the protocol finder only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the protocol finder from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the protocol finder from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the protocol finder from all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Deletes the protocol finder from the specified standalone server instance.
delete-resource-adapter-config
Deletes the resource adapter configuration
Description
The delete-resource-adapter-config
subcommand deletes the
configuration information for the connector module.
This command is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option is deprecated.
delete-resource-ref
Removes a reference to a resource
Description
The delete-resource-ref
subcommand removes from a cluster or an
unclustered server instance a reference to a resource (for example, a
JDBC resource). This effectively results in the removal of the resource
from the JNDI tree of the targeted instance or cluster.
The target instance or instances making up the cluster need not be running or available for this subcommand to succeed. If one or more instances are not available, they will no longer load the resource in the JNDI tree the next time they start.
Removal of the reference does not result in removal of the resource from
the domain. The resource is removed only by the delete
subcommand for
that resource (for example, delete-jdbc-resource
).
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target from which you are removing the resource reference. Valid values are
server
-
Removes the resource reference from the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - cluster_name
-
Removes the resource reference from every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Removes the resource reference from the named unclustered server instance.
delete-ssl
Deletes the SSL element in the selected HTTP listener, IIOP listener, or IIOP service
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-ssl [--help]
[--target target]
--type listener_or_service_type
listener_id
Description
The delete-ssl
subcommand deletes the SSL element in the selected HTTP
listener, IIOP listener, or IIOP service.
The listener_id is not required if the --type
is iiop-service
.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
If an option has a short option name, then the short option precedes the long option name. Short options have one dash whereas long options have two dashes.
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target on which you are configuring the ssl element. The following values are valid:
server
-
Specifies the server in which the iiop-service or HTTP/IIOP listener is to be unconfigured for SSL.
- config
-
Specifies the configuration that contains the HTTP/IIOP listener or iiop-service for which SSL is to be unconfigured.
- cluster
-
Specifies the cluster in which the HTTP/IIOP listener or iiop-service is to be unconfigured for SSL. All the server instances in the cluster will get SSL unconfigured for the respective listener or iiop-service.
- instance
-
Specifies the instance in which the HTTP/IIOP listener or iiop-service is to be unconfigured for SSL.
--type
-
The type of service or listener for which the SSL is deleted. The type must be one of the following types:
-
http-listener
-
iiop-listener
-
iiop-service
-
Operands
- listener_id
-
The ID of the listener from which the SSL element is to be deleted.
The listener_id operand is not required if the--type
isiiop-service
.
delete-system-property
Removes a system property of the domain, configuration, cluster, or server instance, one at a time
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-system-property [--help]
[--target target_name ]
[property_name]
Description
The delete-system-property
subcommand deletes a system property of a
domain, configuration, cluster, or server instance. Make sure that the
system property is not referenced elsewhere in the configuration before
deleting it.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target on which you are deleting the system properties. The valid targets for this subcommand are instance, cluster, configuration, domain, and server. Server is the default option.
delete-threadpool
Removes a thread pool
Description
Removes the thread pool with the specified ID. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target from which you are removing the thread pool. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the thread pool for the default Eclipse GlassFish instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration-name
-
Deletes the thread pool for the named configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the thread pool for every instance in the cluster.
- instance-name
-
Deletes the thread pool for a particular instance.
Operands
- threadpool-id
-
An ID for the work queue, for example,
thread-pool1
,threadpool-2
, and so forth.
delete-transport
Removes a transport
Description
The delete-transport
subcommand removes the specified transport. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Deletes the transport only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the transport from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the transport from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the transport from all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Deletes the transport from the specified standalone server instance.
delete-virtual-server
Removes a virtual server
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] delete-virtual-server [--help]
[--target target] virtual-server-id
Description
The delete-virtual-server
subcommand removes the virtual server with
the specified virtual server ID. This subcommand is supported in remote
mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Deletes the virtual server only from the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Deletes the virtual server from the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Deletes the virtual server from the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Deletes the virtual server from all server instances in the specified cluster.
- standalone-instance-name
-
Deletes the virtual server from the specified standalone server instance.
deploy
Deploys the specified component
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] deploy [--help]
[--force={false|true}]
[--virtualservers virtual_servers]
[--contextroot context_root]
[--precompilejsp={false|true}]
[--verify={false|true}]
[--name component_name]
[--upload={true|false}]
[--retrieve local_dirpath]
[--dbvendorname dbvendorname]
[--createtables={true|false}|--dropandcreatetables={true|false}]
[--uniquetablenames={true|false}]
[--deploymentplan deployment_plan]
[--altdd alternate_deploymentdescriptor]
[--runtimealtdd runtime_alternate_deploymentdescriptor]
[--deploymentorder deployment_order]
[--enabled={true|false}]
[--generatermistubs={false|true}]
[--availabilityenabled={false|true}]
[--asyncreplication={true|false}]
[--lbenabled={true|false}]
[--keepstate={false|true}]
[--libraries jar_file[,jar_file]*]
[--target target]
[--type pkg-type]
[--properties(name=value)[:name=value]*]
[file_archive|filepath]
Description
The deploy
subcommand deploys applications to the server. Applications
can be enterprise applications, web applications, Enterprise JavaBeans
(EJB) modules, connector modules, and application client modules.
If the component is already deployed or already exists, it is forcibly
redeployed if the --force
option is set to true
(default is false
).
The --createtables
and --dropandcreatetables
options are boolean
flags and therefore can take the values of true or false. These options
are only used during deployment of CMP beans that have not been mapped
to a database (that is, no sun-cmp-mappings.xml
descriptor is provided
in the module’s META-INF
directory). They are ignored otherwise.
The --createtables
and --dropandcreatetables
options are mutually
exclusive; only one should be used. If drop and/or create tables fails,
the deployment does not fail; a warning message is provided in the log file.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--force
-
If set to
true
, redeploys the component even if the specified component has already been deployed or already exists. Default isfalse
. --virtualservers
-
One or more virtual server IDs. Multiple IDs are separated by commas.
--contextroot
-
Valid only if the archive is a web module. It is ignored for other archive types; it will be the value specified by default-context-path in web.xml, if specified; defaults to filename without extension.
--precompilejsp
-
By default this option does not allow the JSP to be precompiled during deployment. Instead, JSPs are compiled during runtime. Default is
false
. --verify
-
If set to true and the required verifier packages are installed from the Update Tool, the syntax and semantics of the deployment descriptor is verified. Default is
false
. --name
-
Name of the deployable component.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. For more information about module and application versions, see "Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide. --upload
-
Specifies whether the subcommand uploads the file to the DAS. In most situations, this option can be omitted.
Valid values are as follows:false
-
The subcommand does not upload the file and attempts to access the file through the specified file name. If the DAS cannot access the file, the subcommand fails.
For example, the DAS might be running as a different user than the administration user and does not have read access to the file. In this situation, the subcommand fails if the--upload
option isfalse
. true
-
The subcommand uploads the file to the DAS over the network connection.
The default value depends on whether the DAS is on the host where the subcommand is run or is on a remote host.
-
If the DAS is on the host where the subcommand is run, the default is
false
. -
If the DAS is on a remote host, the default is
true
.
-
If a directory filepath is specified, this option is ignored.
--retrieve
-
Retrieves the client stub JAR file from the server machine to the local directory.
--dbvendorname
-
Specifies the name of the database vendor for which tables are created. Supported values include
db2
,mssql
,mysql
,oracle
,derby
,javadb
,postgresql
, andsybase
. These values are case-insensitive. If not specified, the value of thedatabase-vendor-name
attribute inglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
is used. If no value is specified, a connection is made to the resource specified by thejndi-name
subelement of thecmp-resource
element in theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file, and the database vendor name is read. If the connection cannot be established, or if the value is not recognized, SQL-92 compliance is presumed. --createtables
-
If specified as true, creates tables at deployment of an application with unmapped CMP beans. If specified as false, tables are not created. If not specified, the value of the
create-tables-at-deploy
entry in thecmp-resource
element of theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file determines whether or not tables are created. No unique constraints are created for the tables. --dropandcreatetables
-
If specified as true when the component is redeployed, the tables created by the previous deployment are dropped before creating the new tables. Applies to deployed applications with unmapped CMP beans. Preexisting tables will not be dropped on the initial deployment of an application or on a deployment that follows an explicit undeploy. If specified as false, tables are neither dropped nor created. If not specified, the tables are dropped if the
drop-tables-at-undeploy
entry in thecmp-resource
element of theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file is set to true, and the new tables are created if thecreate-tables-at-deploy
entry in thecmp-resource
element of theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file is set to true. --uniquetablenames
-
Guarantees unique table names for all the beans and results in a hash code added to the table names. This is useful if you have an application with case-sensitive bean names. Applies to applications with unmapped CMP beans.
--deploymentplan
-
Deploys the deployment plan, which is a JAR file that contains Eclipse GlassFish descriptors. Specify this option when deploying a pure EAR file. A pure EAR file is an EAR without Eclipse GlassFish descriptors.
--altdd
-
Deploys the application using a Jakarta EE standard deployment descriptor that resides outside of the application archive. Specify an absolute path or a relative path to the alternate deployment descriptor file. The alternate deployment descriptor overrides the top-level deployment descriptor packaged in the archive. For example, for an EAR, the
--altdd
option overridesapplication.xml
. For a standalone module, the--altdd
option overrides the top-level module descriptor such asweb.xml
. --runtimealtdd
-
Deploys the application using a Eclipse GlassFish runtime deployment descriptor that resides outside of the application archive. Specify an absolute path or a relative path to the alternate deployment descriptor file. The alternate deployment descriptor overrides the top-level deployment descriptor packaged in the archive. For example, for an EAR, the
--runtimealtdd
option overridesglassfish-application.xml
. For a standalone module, the--runtimealtdd
option overrides the top-level module descriptor such asglassfish-web.xml
. Applies to Eclipse GlassFish deployment descriptors only (glassfish-*.xml
); the name of the alternate deployment descriptor file must begin withglassfish-
. Does not apply tosun-*.xml
deployment descriptors, which are deprecated. --deploymentorder
-
Specifies the deployment order of the application. This is useful if the application has dependencies and must be loaded in a certain order at server startup. The deployment order is specified as an integer. The default value is 100. Applications with lower numbers are loaded before applications with higher numbers. For example, an application with a deployment order of 102 is loaded before an application with a deployment order of 110. If a deployment order is not specified, the default value of 100 is assigned. If two applications have the same deployment order, the first application to be deployed is the first application to be loaded at server startup.
The deployment order is typically specified when the application is first deployed but can also be specified or changed after initial deployment using theset
subcommand. You can view the deployment order of an application using theget
subcommand. --enabled
-
Allows users to access the application. If set to
false
, users will not be able to access the application. This option enables the application on the specified target instance or cluster. If you deploy to the targetdomain
, this option is ignored, since deploying to the domain doesn’t deploy to a specific instance or cluster. The default istrue
. --generatermistubs
-
If set to
true
, static RMI-IIOP stubs are generated and put into theclient.jar
. If set tofalse
, the stubs are not generated. Default isfalse
. --availabilityenabled
-
This option controls whether high-availability is enabled for web sessions and for stateful session bean (SFSB) checkpointing and potentially passivation. If set to false (default) all web session saving and SFSB checkpointing is disabled for the specified application, web application, or EJB module. If set to true, the specified application or module is enabled for high-availability. Set this option to true only if high availability is configured and enabled at higher levels, such as the server and container levels.
--asyncreplication
-
This option controls whether web session and SFSB states for which high availability is enabled are first buffered and then replicated using a separate asynchronous thread. If set to true (default), performance is improved but availability is reduced. If the instance where states are buffered but not yet replicated fails, the states are lost. If set to false, performance is reduced but availability is guaranteed. States are not buffered but immediately transmitted to other instances in the cluster.
--lbenabled
-
This option controls whether the deployed application is available for load balancing. The default is true.
--keepstate
-
This option controls whether web sessions, SFSB instances, and persistently created EJB timers are retained between redeployments.
The default is false. This option is supported only on the default server instance, namedserver
. It is not supported and ignored for any other target.
Some changes to an application between redeployments prevent this feature from working properly. For example, do not change the set of instance variables in the SFSB bean class.
For web applications, this feature is applicable only if in theglassfish-web-app.xml
file thepersistence-type
attribute of thesession-manager
element isfile
.
For stateful session bean instances, the persistence type without high availability is set in the server (thesfsb-persistence-type
attribute) and must be set tofile
, which is the default and recommended value.
If any active web session, SFSB instance, or EJB timer fails to be preserved or restored, none of these will be available when the redeployment is complete. However, the redeployment continues and a warning is logged.
To preserve active state data, Eclipse GlassFish serializes the data and saves it in memory. To restore the data, the class loader of the newly redeployed application deserializes the data that was previously saved. --libraries
-
A comma-separated list of library JAR files. Specify the library JAR files by their relative or absolute paths. Specify relative paths relative to domain-dir`/lib/applibs`. The libraries are made available to the application in the order specified.
--target
-
Specifies the target to which you are deploying. Valid values are:
server
-
Deploys the component to the default server instance
server
and is the default value. domain
-
Deploys the component to the domain. If
domain
is the target for an initial deployment, the application is deployed to the domain, but no server instances or clusters reference the application. Ifdomain
is the target for a redeployment (the--force
option is set to true), and dynamic reconfiguration is enabled for the clusters or server instances that reference the application, the referencing clusters or server instances automatically get the new version of the application. If redeploying, and dynamic configuration is disabled, the referencing clusters or server instances do not get the new version of the application until the clustered or standalone server instances are restarted. - cluster_name
-
Deploys the component to every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deploys the component to a particular stand-alone sever instance.
--type
-
The packaging archive type of the component that is being deployed. Possible values are as follows:
car
-
The component is packaged as a CAR file.
ear
-
The component is packaged as an EAR file.
ejb
-
The component is an EJB packaged as a JAR file.
osgi
-
The component is packaged as an OSGi bundle.
rar
-
The component is packaged as a RAR file.
war
-
The component is packaged as a WAR file.
--properties
or--property
-
Optional keyword-value pairs that specify additional properties for the deployment. The available properties are determined by the implementation of the component that is being deployed or redeployed. The
--properties
option and the--property
option are equivalent. You can use either option regardless of the number of properties that you specify.
You can specify the following properties for a deployment:jar-signing-alias
-
Specifies the alias for the security certificate with which the application client container JAR file is signed. Java Web Start will not run code that requires elevated permissions unless it resides in a JAR file signed with a certificate that the user’s system trusts. For your convenience, Eclipse GlassFish signs the JAR file automatically using the certificate with this alias from the domain’s keystore. Java Web Start then asks the user whether to trust the code and displays the Eclipse GlassFish certificate information. To sign this JAR file with a different certificate, add the certificate to the domain keystore, then use this property. For example, you can use a certificate from a trusted authority, which avoids the Java Web Start prompt, or from your own company, which users know they can trust. Default is
s1as
, the alias for the self-signed certificate created for every domain. java-web-start-enabled
-
Specifies whether Java Web Start access is permitted for an application client module. Default is true.
compatibility
-
Specifies the Eclipse GlassFish release with which to be backward compatible in terms of JAR visibility requirements for applications. The only allowed value is
v2
, which refers to Sun GlassFish Enterprise Server version 2 or Sun Java System Application Server version 9.1 or 9.1.1.Beginning in Jakarta EE 6, the Jakarta EE platform specification imposed stricter requirements than Jakarta EE 5 did on which JAR files can be visible to various modules within an EAR file. In particular, application clients must not have access to EJB JAR files or other JAR files in the EAR file unless references use the standard Java SE mechanisms (extensions, for example) or the Jakarta EE library-directory mechanism. Setting this property tov2
removes these restrictions. keepSessions={false|true}
-
Superseded by the
--keepstate
option.
If the--force
option is set totrue
, this property can by used to specify whether active sessions of the application that is being redeployed are preserved and then restored when the redeployment is complete. Applies to HTTP sessions in a web container. Default isfalse
.false
-
Active sessions of the application are not preserved and restored (default).
true
-
Active sessions of the application are preserved and restored.
If any active session of the application fails to be preserved or restored, none of the sessions will be available when the redeployment is complete. However, the redeployment continues and a warning is logged.
To preserve active sessions, Eclipse GlassFish serializes the sessions and saves them in memory. To restore the sessions, the class loader of the newly redeployed application deserializes any sessions that were previously saved.
preserveAppScopedResources
-
If set to
true
, preserves any application-scoped resources and restores them during redeployment. Default isfalse
.
Other available properties are determined by the implementation of the component that is being redeployed.
For components packaged as OSGi bundles (--type=osgi
), thedeploy
subcommand accepts properties arguments to wrap a WAR file as a WAB (Web Application Bundle) at the time of deployment. The subcommand looks for a key namedUriScheme
and, if present, uses the key as a URL stream handler to decorate the input stream. Other properties are used in the decoration process. For example, the Eclipse GlassFish OSGi web container registers a URL stream handler namedwebbundle
, which is used to wrap a plain WAR file as a WAB. For more information about usage, see the example in this help page.
Operands
- file_archive|filepath
-
The path to the archive that contains the application that is being deployed. This path can be a relative path or an absolute path.
The archive can be in either of the following formats:-
An archive file, for example,
/export/JEE_apps/hello.war
.
If the--upload
option is set totrue
, this is the path to the deployable file on the local client machine. If the--upload
option is set tofalse
, this is the path to the file on the server machine. -
A directory that contains the exploded format of the deployable archive. This is the path to the directory on the server machine.
If you specify a directory, the
--upload
option is ignored. -
Examples
Example 1 Deploying an Enterprise Application
This example deploys the enterprise application packaged in the
Cart.ear
file to the default server instance server
. You can use the
--target
option to deploy to a different server instance or to a
cluster.
asadmin> deploy Cart.ear
Application deployed successfully with name Cart.
Command deploy executed successfully
Example 2 Deploying a Web Application With the Default Context Root
This example deploys the web application in the hello.war
file to the
default server instance server
. You can use the --target
option to
deploy to a different server instance or to a cluster.
asadmin> deploy hello.war
Application deployed successfully with name hello.
Command deploy executed successfully
Example 3 Forcibly Deploying a Web Application With a Specific Context Root
This example forcibly deploys the web application in the hello.war
file. The context root of the deployed web application is greetings
.
If the application has already been deployed, it is redeployed.
asadmin> deploy --force=true --contextroot greetings hello.war
Application deployed successfully with name hello.
Command deploy executed successfully
Example 4 Deploying an Enterprise Bean
This example deploys a component based on the EJB specification (enterprise bean) with CMP and creates the database tables used by the bean.
This example uses the --target
option. The target in this example is
an existing cluster, cluster1
.
asadmin> deploy --createtables=true --target cluster1 EmployeeEJB.jar
Application deployed successfully with name EmployeeEJB.
Command deploy executed successfully
Example 5 Deploying a Connector Module
This example deploys a connector module that is packaged in a RAR file.
This example uses the --target
option. The target in this example is
an existing standalone server instance that does not belong to a
cluster.
asadmin> deploy --target myinstance jdbcra.rar
Application deployed successfully with name jdbcra.
Command deploy executed successfully
Example 6 Specifying the Deployment Order for an Application
This example specifies the deployment order for two applications. The
cart
application is loaded before the horse
application at server
startup.
Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> deploy --deploymentorder 102 --name cart cart.war
...
asadmin> deploy --deploymentorder 110 --name horse horse.war
...
Example 7 Deploying an Application Using an Alternate Jakarta EE Deployment Descriptor File
This example deploys an application using a Jakarta EE standard deployment descriptor file that resides outside of the application archive.
asadmin> deploy --altdd path_to_alternate_descriptor cart.ear
Application deployed successfully with name cart.
Command deploy executed successfully
Example 8 Deploying an Application Using an Alternate
Eclipse GlassFish Deployment Descriptor File
This example deploys an application using a Eclipse GlassFish runtime deployment descriptor file that resides outside of the application archive.
asadmin> deploy --runtimealtdd path_to_alternate_runtime_descriptor horse.ear
Application deployed successfully with name horse.
Command deploy executed successfully
Example 9 Wrapping a WAR File as a WAB
This example wraps a plain WAR file as a WAB when an OSGi bundle is deployed, and is specific to components packaged as OSGi bundles.
The backslash (\) character is used to escape characters in the command.
For more information about escape characters in options for the
asadmin
utility, see the asadmin
(1M)
help page.
asadmin deploy --type osgi \
--properties "UriScheme=webbundle:Bundle-SymbolicName=bar:\
Import-Package=javax.servlet;javax.servlet.http;
%20version\\=3.0;resolution\\:
=mandatory:Web-ContextPath=/foo" \
/tmp/test_sample1.war
Application deployed successfully with name sample1.
Command deploy executed successfully
deploydir
Deploys an exploded format of application archive
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] deploydir [--help]
[--force={false|true}]
[--virtualservers virtual_servers]
[--contextroot context_root]
[--verify={false|true}]
[--precompilejsp={false|true}]
[--name component-name]
[--retrieve local_dirpath]
[--uniquetablenames={true|false}]
[--dbvendorname dbvendorname]
[--createtables={false|true}|--dropandcreatetables={false|true}]
[--deploymentplan deployment_plan]
[--altdd alternate_deploymentdescriptor]
[--runtimealtdd runtime_alternate_deploymentdescriptor]
[--deploymentorder deployment_order]
[--enabled={true|false}]
[--generatermistubs={false|true}]
[--availabilityenabled={false|true}]
[--asyncreplication={true|false}]
[--lbenabled={true|false}]
[--keepstate={false|true}]
[--libraries jar_file[,jar_file]*]
[--target target]
[--type pkg-type]
[--properties(name=value)[:name=value]*]
dirpath
Description
The |
The deploydir
subcommand deploys an application directly from a
development directory. The appropriate directory hierarchy and
deployment descriptors conforming to the Jakarta EE specification must
exist in the deployment directory.
Directory deployment is for advanced developers only. Do not use
deploydir
in production environments. Instead, use the deploy
subcommand. Directory deployment is only supported on localhost, that
is, the client and server must reside on the same machine. For this
reason, the only values for the --host
option are:
-
localhost
-
The value of the
$HOSTNAME
environment variable -
The IP address of the machine
If the --uniquetablenames
, --createtables
, and
--dropandcreatetables
options are not specified, the entries in the
deployment descriptors are used.
The --force
option makes sure the component is forcefully (re)deployed
even if the specified component has already been deployed or already
exists. Set the --force
option to false for an initial deployment. If
the specified application is running and the --force
option is set to
false, the subcommand fails.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--force
-
If set to
true
, redeploys the component even if the specified component has already been deployed or already exists. Default isfalse
. --virtualservers
-
One or more virtual server IDs. Multiple IDs are separated by commas.
--contextroot
-
Valid only if the archive is a web module. It is ignored for other archive types; it will be the value specified by default-context-path in web.xml, if specified; defaults to filename without extension.
--precompilejsp
-
By default this option does not allow the JSP to be precompiled during deployment. Instead, JSPs are compiled during runtime. Default is
false
. --verify
-
If set to true and the required verifier packages are installed from the Update Tool, the syntax and semantics of the deployment descriptor is verified. Default is
false
. --name
-
Name of the deployable component.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. For more information about module and application versions, see " Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide. --retrieve
-
Retrieves the client stub JAR file from the server machine to the local directory.
--dbvendorname
-
Specifies the name of the database vendor for which tables are created. Supported values include
db2
,mssql
,mysql
,oracle
,derby
,javadb
,postgresql
, andsybase
. These values are case-insensitive. If not specified, the value of thedatabase-vendor-name
attribute inglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
is used. If no value is specified, a connection is made to the resource specified by thejndi-name
subelement of thecmp-resource
element in theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file, and the database vendor name is read. If the connection cannot be established, or if the value is not recognized, SQL-92 compliance is presumed. --createtables
-
If specified as true, creates tables at deployment of an application with unmapped CMP beans. If specified as false, tables are not created. If not specified, the value of the
create-tables-at-deploy
entry in thecmp-resource
element of theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file determines whether or not tables are created. No unique constraints are created for the tables. --dropandcreatetables
-
If specified as true when the component is redeployed, the tables created by the previous deployment are dropped before creating the new tables. Applies to deployed applications with unmapped CMP beans. Preexisting tables will not be dropped on the initial deployment of an application or on a deployment that follows an explicit undeploy. If specified as false, tables are neither dropped nor created. If not specified, the tables are dropped if the
drop-tables-at-undeploy
entry in thecmp-resource
element of theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file is set to true, and the new tables are created if thecreate-tables-at-deploy
entry in thecmp-resource
element of theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file is set to true. --uniquetablenames
-
Guarantees unique table names for all the beans and results in a hash code added to the table names. This is useful if you have an application with case-sensitive bean names. Applies to applications with unmapped CMP beans.
--deploymentplan
-
Deploys the deployment plan, which is a JAR file that contains Eclipse GlassFish descriptors. Specify this option when deploying a pure EAR file. A pure EAR file is an EAR without Eclipse GlassFish descriptors.
--altdd
-
Deploys the application using a Jakarta EE standard deployment descriptor that resides outside of the application archive. Specify an absolute path or a relative path to the alternate deployment descriptor file. The alternate deployment descriptor overrides the top-level deployment descriptor packaged in the archive. For example, for an EAR, the
--altdd
option overridesapplication.xml
. For a standalone module, the--altdd
option overrides the top-level module descriptor such asweb.xml
. --runtimealtdd
-
Deploys the application using a Eclipse GlassFish runtime deployment descriptor that resides outside of the application archive. Specify an absolute path or a relative path to the alternate deployment descriptor file. The alternate deployment descriptor overrides the top-level deployment descriptor packaged in the archive. For example, for an EAR, the
--runtimealtdd
option overridesglassfish-application.xml
. For a standalone module, the--runtimealtdd
option overrides the top-level module descriptor such asglassfish-web.xml
. Applies to Eclipse GlassFish deployment descriptors only (glassfish-.xml
); the name of the alternate deployment descriptor file must begin withglassfish-
. Does not apply tosun-.xml
deployment descriptors, which are deprecated. --deploymentorder
-
Specifies the deployment order of the application. This is useful if the application has dependencies and must be loaded in a certain order at server startup. The deployment order is specified as an integer. The default value is 100. Applications with lower numbers are loaded before applications with higher numbers. For example, an application with a deployment order of 102 is loaded before an application with a deployment order of 110. If a deployment order is not specified, the default value of 100 is assigned. If two applications have the same deployment order, the first application to be deployed is the first application to be loaded at server startup.
The deployment order is typically specified when the application is first deployed but can also be specified or changed after initial deployment using theset
subcommand. You can view the deployment order of an application using theget
subcommand --enabled
-
Allows users to access the application. If set to
false
, users will not be able to access the application. This option enables the application on the specified target instance or cluster. If you deploy to the targetdomain
, this option is ignored, since deploying to the domain doesn’t deploy to a specific instance or cluster. The default istrue
. --generatermistubs
-
If set to
true
, static RMI-IIOP stubs are generated and put into theclient.jar
. If set tofalse
, the stubs are not generated. Default isfalse
. --availabilityenabled
-
This option controls whether high-availability is enabled for web sessions and for stateful session bean (SFSB) checkpointing and potentially passivation. If set to false (default) all web session saving and SFSB checkpointing is disabled for the specified application, web application, or EJB module. If set to true, the specified application or module is enabled for high-availability. Set this option to true only if high availability is configured and enabled at higher levels, such as the server and container levels.
--asyncreplication
-
This option controls whether web session and SFSB states for which high availability is enabled are first buffered and then replicated using a separate asynchronous thread. If set to true (default), performance is improved but availability is reduced. If the instance where states are buffered but not yet replicated fails, the states are lost. If set to false, performance is reduced but availability is guaranteed. States are not buffered but immediately transmitted to other instances in the cluster.
--lbenabled
-
This option controls whether the deployed application is available for load balancing. The default is true.
--keepstate
-
-
This option controls whether web sessions, SFSB instances, and persistently created EJB timers are retained between redeployments.
The default is false. This option is supported only on the default server instance, namedserver
. It is not supported and ignored for any other target. -
Some changes to an application between redeployments prevent this feature from working properly. For example, do not change the set of instance variables in the SFSB bean class.
For web applications, this feature is applicable only if in theglassfish-web-app.xml
file thepersistence-type
attribute of thesession-manager
element isfile
. -
For stateful session bean instances, the persistence type without high availability is set in the server (the
sfsb-persistence-type
attribute) and must be set tofile
, which is the default and recommended value. -
If any active web session, SFSB instance, or EJB timer fails to be preserved or restored, none of these will be available when the redeployment is complete. However, the redeployment continues and a warning is logged.
-
To preserve active state data, Eclipse GlassFish serializes the data and saves it in memory. To restore the data, the class loader of the newly redeployed application deserializes the data that was previously saved.
-
--libraries
-
A comma-separated list of library JAR files. Specify the library JAR files by their relative or absolute paths. Specify relative paths relative to domain-dir`/lib/applibs`. The libraries are made available to the application in the order specified.
--target
-
Specifies the target to which you are deploying. Valid values are:
server
-
Deploys the component to the default server instance
server
and is the default value. domain
-
Deploys the component to the domain. If
domain
is the target for an initial deployment, the application is deployed to the domain, but no server instances or clusters reference the application. Ifdomain
is the target for a redeployment (the--force
option is set to true), and dynamic reconfiguration is enabled for the clusters or server instances that reference the application, the referencing clusters or server instances automatically get the new version of the application. If redeploying, and dynamic configuration is disabled, the referencing clusters or server instances do not get the new version of the application until the clustered or standalone server instances are restarted. - cluster_name
-
Deploys the component to every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deploys the component to a particular stand-alone server instance.
--type
-
The packaging archive type of the component that is being deployed. Possible values are as follows:
car
-
The component is packaged as a CAR file.
ear
-
The component is packaged as an EAR file.
ejb
-
The component is an EJB packaged as a JAR file.
osgi
-
The component is packaged as an OSGi bundle.
rar
-
The component is packaged as a RAR file.
war
-
The component is packaged as a WAR file.
--properties
or--property
-
Optional keyword-value pairs that specify additional properties for the deployment. The available properties are determined by the implementation of the component that is being deployed or redeployed. The
--properties
option and the--property
option are equivalent. You can use either option regardless of the number of properties that you specify.
You can specify the following properties for a deployment:jar-signing-alias
-
Specifies the alias for the security certificate with which the application client container JAR file is signed. Java Web Start will not run code that requires elevated permissions unless it resides in a JAR file signed with a certificate that the user’s system trusts. For your convenience, Eclipse GlassFish signs the JAR file automatically using the certificate with this alias from the domain’s keystore. Java Web Start then asks the user whether to trust the code and displays the Eclipse GlassFish certificate information. To sign this JAR file with a different certificate, add the certificate to the domain keystore, then use this property. For example, you can use a certificate from a trusted authority, which avoids the Java Web Start prompt, or from your own company, which users know they can trust. Default is
s1as
, the alias for the self-signed certificate created for every domain. java-web-start-enabled
-
Specifies whether Java Web Start access is permitted for an application client module. Default is true.
compatibility
-
Specifies the Eclipse GlassFish release with which to be backward compatible in terms of JAR visibility requirements for applications. The only allowed value is
v2
, which refers to Sun GlassFish Enterprise Server version 2 or Sun Java System Application Server version 9.1 or 9.1.1. Beginning in Jakarta EE 6, the Jakarta EE platform specification imposed stricter requirements than Jakarta EE 5 did on which JAR files can be visible to various modules within an EAR file. In particular, application clients must not have access to EJB JAR files or other JAR files in the EAR file unless references use the standard Java SE mechanisms (extensions, for example) or the Jakarta EE library-directory mechanism. Setting this property tov2
removes these restrictions. keepSessions={false|true}
-
Superseded by the
--keepstate
option.
If the--force
option is set totrue
, this property can by used to specify whether active sessions of the application that is being redeployed are preserved and then restored when the redeployment is complete. Applies to HTTP sessions in a web container. Default is
false
.false
-
Active sessions of the application are not preserved and restored (default).
true
-
Active sessions of the application are preserved and restored.
If any active session of the application fails to be preserved or restored, none of the sessions will be available when the redeployment is complete. However, the redeployment continues and a warning is logged.
To preserve active sessions, Eclipse GlassFish serializes the sessions and saves them in memory. To restore the sessions, the class loader of the newly redeployed application deserializes any sessions that were previously saved.preserveAppScopedResources
-
If set to
true
, preserves any application-scoped resources and restores them during redeployment. Default isfalse
.
Other available properties are determined by the implementation of the component that is being redeployed.
For components packaged as OSGi bundles (--type=osgi
), thedeploy
subcommand accepts properties arguments that can be used to wrap a WAR file as a WAB (Web Application Bundle). The subcommand looks for a key namedUriScheme
and, if present, uses the key as a URL stream handler to decorate the input stream. Other properties are used in the decoration process. The Eclipse GlassFish OSGi web container registers a URL stream handler namedwebbundle
, which is used to wrap a plain WAR file as a WAB. For more information about usage, see the related example in thedeploy
(1) help page.
Operands
- dirpath
-
Path to the directory containing the exploded format of the deployable archive. This is the path to the directory on the server machine.
Examples
Example 1 Deploying an Application From a Directory
In this example, the exploded application to be deployed is in the
/home/temp/sampleApp
directory. Because the --force
option is set to
true, if an application of that name already exists, the application is
redeployed.
asadmin> deploydir --force=true --precompilejsp=true /home/temp/sampleApp
Application deployed successfully with name sampleApp.
WARNING : deploydir command deprecated. Please use deploy command instead.
Command deploydir executed successfully
disable
Disables the component
Description
The disable
subcommand immediately disables the specified deployed
component. If the component has not been deployed, an error message is
returned.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target on which you are disabling the component. Valid values are:
server
-
Disables the component on the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - domain_name
-
Disables the component on the named domain.
- cluster_name
-
Disables the component on every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Disables the component on a particular clustered or stand-alone server instance.
Operands
- component_name
-
name of the component to be disabled.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. To disable multiple versions, you can use an asterisk (*
) as a wildcard character. For more information about module and application versions, see "Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
disable-http-lb-application
Disables an application managed by a load balancer
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] disable-http-lb-application [--help]
[--timeout 30]
--name application_name target
Description
The disable disable-http-lb-application
subcommand disables an
application for load balancing. The disabled application goes offline
for load balancing with minimal impact to users. Disabling an
application gives a finer granularity of control than disabling a server
instance and is most useful when a cluster is hosting multiple
independent applications.
Once the application is disabled and the changes have been applied to the load balancer, new requests for the application are not forwarded to the target. Existing sessions continue to access the application until the timeout is reached. This process is known as quiescing.
If an application is deployed across multiple clusters, use this subcommand to disable it in one cluster while leaving it enabled in others.
If an application is deployed to a single server instance, use this subcommand to disable it in that instance while leaving the instance itself enabled.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--timeout
-
The timeout (in minutes) to wait before disabling the specified application. This time allows for the graceful shutdown (quiescing) of the specified application. The default value is 30 minutes. The minimum value is 1 minute.
--name
-
The name of the application to be disabled.
Operands
- target
-
This operand specifies the server instance or cluster on which to disable the application. Valid values are:
-
cluster_name- The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name- The name of a target server instance.
-
disable-http-lb-server
Disables a sever or cluster managed by a load balancer
Description
The disable-http-lb-server
subcommand disables a standalone server or
cluster of servers for load balancing. The disabled server instance or
cluster goes offline for load balancing with a minimum impact to users.
Once the target has been disabled and the changes have been applied to the load balancer, the load balancer stops assigning new requests to the target. Session requests with sessions created before disabling the target continue to be assigned to that target until the timeout is reached. This process is known as quiescing.
Changes are applied the load balancer automatically. You can also
manually export the configuration using export-http-lb-config
and copy
it to the load balancer.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--timeout
-
The timeout (in minutes) to wait before disabling the specified target. This time allows for the graceful shutdown (quiescing) of the specified target. The default value is 30 minutes. The minimum value is 1 minute.
Operands
- target
-
This operand specifies which server instances and clusters to disable. Valid values are:
-
cluster_name- The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name- The name of a target server instance.
-
disable-monitoring
Disables monitoring for the server or for specific monitorable modules
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] disable-monitoring [--help]
[--modules module-name][:module-name]*
Description
The disable-monitoring
subcommand is used to turn off monitoring for
Eclipse GlassFish or for particular modules during runtime. Changes are
dynamic, that is, server restart is not required.
Running the disable-monitoring
subcommand without the --module
option disables the monitoring service by setting the
monitoring-enabled
attribute of the monitoring-service
element to
false
. The individual modules retain their monitoring levels, but no
monitoring data is generated because the entire monitoring service is
disabled.
This subcommand used with the --modules
option disables monitoring for
a module by setting the monitoring level to OFF. The status of the
monitoring service is not affected. For a list of monitorable modules,
see the --modules
option in this help page.
An alternative method for disabling monitoring is to use the set
subcommand. In this case, the server must be restarted for changes to
take effect.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--modules
-
Disables the specified module or modules by setting the monitoring level to OFF. Multiple modules are separated by : (colon). Monitorable modules include
connector-connection-pool
,connector-service
,ejb-container
,http-service
,jdbc-connection-pool
,jersey
,jpa
,jms-service
,jvm
,security
,thread-pool
,transaction-service
,web-container
, andweb-services-container
. Additional modules can be listed by using theget
subcommand.
Examples
See Also
"Administering the Monitoring Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
disable-secure-admin
Disables secure admin if it is already enabled.
Description
The disable-secure-admin
subcommand disables secure admin if it is
already enabled.
You must restart any running servers in the domain after you enable or disable secure admin. It is simpler to enable or disable secure admin with only the DAS running, then restart the DAS, and then start any other instances. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
disable-secure-admin-internal-user
Instructs the Eclipse GlassFish DAS and instances to not use the specified admin user to authenticate with each other and to authorize admin operations.
Description
The disable-secure-admin-internal-user
subcommand disables secure
admin from using the username (instead of SSL certificates) to
authenticate the DAS and instances with each other and to authorize
admin operations.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- admin-username
-
The admin user name that Eclipse GlassFish should not use to authenticate the DAS and instances with each other and to authorize admin operations.
Examples
Example 1 Disabling a user name for secure admin
The following example disables secure admin from using username tester to authenticate the DAS and instances with each other and to authorize admin operations.
asadmin> disable-secure-admin-internal-user tester
Command disable-secure-admin-internal-user executed successfully.
disable-secure-admin-principal
Disables the certificate for authorizing access in secure administration.
Description
The disable-secure-admin-principal
subcommand disables the certificate
as being valid for authorizing access as part of secure administration.
You must specify either the --alias
option, or the DN.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--alias
-
The alias name of the certificate in the truststore. Eclipse GlassFish looks up the certificate in the truststore using that alias and, if found, disables the corresponding DN as being valid for secure administration. Because alias-name must be an alias associated with a certificate currently in the truststore, you may find it most useful for self-signed certificates.
Operands
- DN
-
The distinguished name of the certificate, specified as a comma-separated list in quotes. For example,
"CN=system.amer.oracle.com,OU=GlassFish,O=Oracle Corporation,L=Santa Clara,ST=California,C=US"
.
Examples
Example 1 Disables trust of a DN for secure administration
The following example shows how to disable trust of a DN for authorizing access in secure administration.
asadmin> disable-secure-admin-principal
"CN=system.amer.oracle.com,OU=GlassFish,
O=Oracle Corporation,L=Santa Clara,ST=California,C=US"
Command disable-secure-admin-principal executed successfully.
enable
Enables the component
Description
The enable
subcommand enables the specified deployed component. If the
component is already enabled, then it is re-enabled. If it has not been
deployed, then an error message is returned.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target on which you are enabling the component. Valid values are:
server
-
Enables the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - domain_name
-
Enables the named domain.
- cluster_name
-
Enables every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Enables a particular clustered or stand-alone server instance.
Operands
- component_name
-
name of the component to be enabled.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. For more information about module and application versions, see " Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
At most one version of a module or application can be enabled on a server instance. All other versions are disabled. Enabling one version automatically disables all others.
enable-http-lb-application
Enables a previously-disabled application managed by a load balancer
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] enable-http-lb-application [--help]
--name application_name target
Description
The enable-http-lb-application
subcommand enables load balancing for
applications deployed on a standalone instance or cluster. You can
enable load balancing for an application on all instances in a cluster,
or on a single standalone server instance. By default, load balancing is
enabled for applications.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--name
-
The name of the application to be enabled.
Operands
- target
-
This operand specifies on which server instance or cluster to enable the application. Valid values are:
-
cluster_name- The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name- The name of a target server instance.
-
enable-http-lb-server
Enables a previously disabled sever or cluster managed by a load balancer
Description
The enable-http-lb-server
subcommand enables a standalone server
instance or cluster for load balancing. By default, load balancing is
enabled for instances and clusters.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
This operand specifies which server instances and clusters to enable. Valid values are:
-
cluster_name- The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name- The name of a target server instance.
-
enable-monitoring
Enables monitoring for the server or for specific monitorable modules
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] enable-monitoring [--help]
[--target target]
[--mbean={false|true}]
[--dtrace={true|false}]
[--modules modules[=level][:module[=level]]*
[--pid pid]
[--options options]]
Description
The enable-monitoring
subcommand is used to turn on monitoring for
Eclipse GlassFish or for particular modules during runtime. Changes are
dynamic, that is, server restart is not required.
By default, the monitoring service is enabled, that is, the
monitoring-enabled
attribute of the monitoring-service
element is
true
. However, the default monitoring level for individual modules is
OFF
. This subcommand used with the --modules
option can enable
monitoring for a given module by setting the monitoring level to HIGH or
LOW. If level is not specified when running the subcommand, the level
defaults to HIGH.
The specific meanings of HIGH or LOW are determined by the individual
containers. For a list of monitorable modules, see the --modules
option in this help page.
An alternative method for enabling monitoring is to use the set
subcommand. In this case, the server must be restarted for changes to
take effect.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target on which to enabling monitoring. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Enables monitoring for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration-name
-
Enables monitoring for the named configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Enables monitoring for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance-name
-
Enables monitoring for a particular server instance.
--mbean
-
Enables Mbean monitoring. Default value is false.
--dtrace
-
Only usable if the DTrace Monitoring module is present. Enables Oracle Solaris DTrace monitoring. Default value is false.
--modules
-
Enables specified module or modules by indicating monitoring level. Valid levels are OFF, HIGH, LOW. If level is not specified, the default setting is HIGH. Multiple modules are separated by : (colon). Monitorable modules include
connector-connection-pool
,connector-service
,ejb-container
,http-service
,jdbc-connection-pool
,jersey
,jpa
,jms-service
,jvm
,security
,thread-pool
,transaction-service
,web-container
, andweb-services-container
. Additional modules can be listed by using theget
subcommand. --pid
-
Specifies the Eclipse GlassFish JVM process identifier (PID). When monitoring is enabled, the
btrace-agent
is attached, based on the specified PID. Need to specify only in exceptional cases when the system cannot determine the PID. In this situation, the subcommand prompts for the PID of the corresponding Eclipse GlassFishprocess. --options
-
Sets the following
btrace-agent
options:debug
-
Enables debugging for BTrace. Default value is false.
Examples
Example 1 Enabling the Monitoring Service for Eclipse GlassFish
This example enables monitoring for Eclipse GlassFish in general by
setting the enable-monitoring
flag to true
(default is true
).
asadmin> enable-monitoring
Command enable-monitoring executed successfully
See Also
"Administering the Monitoring Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
enable-secure-admin
Enables secure admin (if it is not already enabled), optionally changing the alias used for DAS-to-instance admin messages or the alias used for instance-to-DAS admin messages.
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] enable-secure-admin [--help]
[--adminalias=alias]
[--instancealias=alias]
Description
The enable-secure-admin
subcommand causes the DAS and the instances in
the domain to use SSL certificates for encrypting the messages they send
to each other. This subcommand also allows the DAS to accept
administration messages from remote admin clients such as the asadmin
utility and IDEs.
You must restart any running servers in the domain after you enable or disable secure admin. It is simpler to enable or disable secure admin with only the DAS running, then restart the DAS, and then start any other instances. |
By default, when secure admin is enabled the DAS and the instances use
these SSL certificates to authenticate to each other as security
"principals" and to authorize admin access. The --asadminalias
value
indicates to the DAS which SSL certificate it should use to identify
itself to the instances. The --instancealias
value determines for
instances which SSL certificate they should use to identify themselves
to the DAS.
The enable-secure-admin
subcommand fails if any administrative user in
the domain has a blank password.
Alternatively, you can use the enable-secure-admin-internal-user
subcommand to cause the servers to identify themselves using a secure
admin user name and password.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--adminalias
-
The alias that refers to the SSL/TLS certificate on the DAS. This alias is used by the DAS to identify itself to instances. The default value is
s1as
. --instancealias
-
The alias that refers to the SSL/TLS certificate on the instances. This alias is used by the instances to identify themselves to the DAS. The default value is
glassfish-instance
.
Examples
Example 1 Enabling secure admin
for a domain
The following example shows how to enable secure admin
for a domain
using an admin alias adtest
and an instance alias intest
asadmin> enable-secure-admin --adminalias adtest --instancealias intest
server-config
default-config
Command enable-secure-admin executed successfully.
enable-secure-admin-internal-user
Instructs the Eclipse GlassFish DAS and instances to use the specified admin user and the password associated with the password alias to authenticate with each other and to authorize admin operations.
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] enable-secure-admin-internal-user [--help]
[--passwordalias pwdaliasname]
admin-username
Description
The enable-secure-admin-internal-user
subcommand instructs all servers
in the domain to authenticate to each other, and to authorize admin
operations submitted to each other, using an existing admin username and
password rather than SSL certificates. This generally means that you
must:
-
Create a valid admin user.
asadmin> create-file-user --authrealmname admin-realm --groups asadmin newAdminUsername
-
Create a password alias for the just-created password.
asadmin> create-password-alias passwordAliasName
-
Use that user name and password for inter-process authentication and admin authorization.
asadmin> enable-secure-admin-internal-user --passwordalias passwordAliasName newAdminUsername
If Eclipse GlassFish finds at least one secure admin internal user, then if secure admin is enabled Eclipse GlassFish processes will not use SSL authentication and authorization with each other and will instead use username password pairs.
If secure admin is enabled, all Eclipse GlassFish processes continue to use SSL encryption to secure the content of the admin messages, regardless of how they authenticate to each other.
Most users who use this subcommand will need to set up only one secure admin internal user. As a general practice, you should not use the same user name and password pair for internal admin communication and for admin user login.
If you set up more than one secure admin internal user, you should not make any assumptions about which user name and password pair Eclipse GlassFish will choose to use for any given admin request.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--passwordalias
-
The password alias for the user that Eclipse GlassFish should use for internally authenticating and authorizing the DAS to instances and the instances to the DAS.
Operands
- admin-username
-
The admin user name that Eclipse GlassFish should use for internally authenticating and authorizing the DAS to instances and the instances to the DAS.
Examples
Example 1 Specifying a user name and password for secure admin
The following example allows secure admin to use a user name and password alias for authentication and authorization between the DAS and instances, instead of certificates.
asadmin> enable-secure-admin-internal-user
--passwordalias passwordAliasName
newAdminUsername
enable-secure-admin-principal
Instructs Eclipse GlassFish, when secure admin is enabled, to accept admin requests from clients identified by the specified SSL certificate.
Description
The enable-secure-admin-principal
subcommand instructs
Eclipse GlassFish to accept admin requests when accompanied by an SSL
certificate with the specified distinguished name (DN). If you use the
"`--alias` aliasname" form, then Eclipse GlassFish looks in its
truststore for a certificate with the specified alias and uses the DN
associated with that certificate. Otherwise, Eclipse GlassFish records
the value you specify as the DN.
You must specify either the --alias
option, or the DN.
You can run enable-secure-admin-principal
multiple times so that
Eclipse GlassFish accepts admin requests from a client sending a
certificate with any of the DNs you specify.
When you run enable-secure-admin
, Eclipse GlassFish automatically
records the DNs for the admin alias and the instance alias, whether you
specify those values or use the defaults. You do not need to run
enable-secure-admin-principal
yourself for those certificates. Other
than these certificates, you must run enable-secure-admin-principal
for any other DN that Eclipse GlassFish should authorize to send admin
requests. This includes DNs corresponding to trusted certificates (those
with a certificate chain to a trusted authority.)
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--alias
-
The alias name of the certificate in the trust store. Eclipse GlassFish looks up certificate in the trust store using that alias and, if found, stores the corresponding DN as being valid for secure administration. Because alias-name must be an alias associated with a certificate currently in the trust store, you may find it most useful for self-signed certificates.
Operands
- DN
-
The distinguished name of the certificate, specified as a comma-separated list in quotes. For example,
"CN=system.amer.oracle.com,OU=GlassFish,O=Oracle Corporation,L=Santa Clara,ST=California,C=US"
.
Examples
Example 1 Trusting a DN for secure administration
The following example shows how to specify a DN for authorizing access in secure administration.
asadmin> enable-secure-admin-principal
"CN=system.amer.oracle.com,OU=GlassFish,
O=Oracle Corporation,L=Santa Clara,ST=California,C=US"
Command enable-secure-admin-principal executed successfully.
export
Marks a variable name for automatic export to the environment of subsequent commands in multimode
Description
In multimode, the export
subcommand marks an environment variable for
automatic export to the environment of subsequent commands. All
subsequent commands use the variable name value as specified unless you
exit multimode, or use the unset
subcommand to unset the variable. If
only the variable name is specified, the current value of that variable
name is displayed.
If the export
subcommand is used without any arguments, a list of all
the exported variables and their values is displayed. Exported shell
environment variables set prior to invoking the asadmin
utility are
imported automatically and set as exported variables within asadmin
.
Environment variables that are not exported cannot be read by the
asadmin
utility.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- variable-name=value
-
Variable name and value for automatic export to the environment to be used by subsequent commands.
Examples
Example 1 Listing the Environment Variables That Are Set
This example lists the environment variables that have been set.
asadmin> export
AS_ADMIN_USER = admin
AS_ADMIN_HOST = bluestar
AS_ADMIN_PREFIX = server1.jms-service
AS_ADMIN_PORT = 8000
Command export executed successfully
export-http-lb-config
Exports the load balancer configuration or load balancer to a file
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] export-http-lb-config [--help]
--config config_name | --lbname load_balancer_name
[--target target] [--retrievefile=false] [file_name]
Description
The export-http-lb-config
subcommand exports a load balancer
configuration or load balancer into a file that the load balancer
plug-in can use. The default file name is loadbalancer.xml
, but you
can specify a different name. Once exported, you manually copy the
exported file to the load balancer plug-in location before configuration
changes are applied. The --target
option makes it possible to generate
a loadbalancer.xml
for clusters or standalone instances without having
to manually create lb-config
or load-balancer
elements in the
target’s domain.xml
.
To apply changes to the load balancer without manually copying the
configuration file, configure the load balancer to automatically apply
changes with create-http-lb
. If you use the create-http-lb
subcommand, you do not need to use export-http-lb-config
.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--config
-
Specifies which load balancer configuration to export.
Specify either a load balancer configuration or a load balancer. Specifying both results in an error. --lbname
-
Specifies the load balancer to export.
Specify either a load balancer configuration or a load balancer. Specifying both results in an error. --retrievefile
-
If set to
true
, retrieves theloadbalancer.xml
file from the remote machine. The default isfalse
. --target
-
Specifies the target to which the load balancer configuration will be exported. If a target is not specified, the load balancer configuration is exported to the location specified with file_name.
Operands
- file_name
-
Specifies the file name and location of the exported configuration.
-
If you specify a directory (relative or absolute) but not a file name, the file named `loadbalancer.xml.`load_balancer_config_name is created in the specified directory. On Microsoft Windows systems the path must be in quotes.
-
If you specify a file name in a relative or absolute path, the file is created with the name you specify in the directory you specify.
-
If you specify a file name but do not specify a directory, the file is created with that name in the current working directory.
-
If you do not specify this operand, the default value is a file named `loadbalancer.xml.`load_balancer_config_name created in the domain-dir
/generated
directory.
-
- target
-
Specifies the target to which the configuration will be exported.
Valid values are:-
cluster_name- Specifies a cluster and its server instances.
-
stand-alone_instance_name- Specifies a specific server instance.
-
Examples
Example 1 Exporting a Load Balancer Configuration on UNIX
The following example exports a load balancing configuration named
mycluster-http-lb-config
to a file named loadbalancer.xml
in the
/Sun/AppServer
directory .
asadmin> export-http-lb-config --config mycluster-http-lb-config /Sun/AppServer/loadbalancer.xml
Command export-http-lb-config executed successfully.
Example 2 Exporting a Load Balancer Configuration on Windows
The following example exports a load balancing configuration named
mycluster-http-lb-config
to a file named loadbalancer.xml
in the
C:\Sun\AppServer
directory on a Microsoft Windows system.
asadmin> export-http-lb-config --config mycluster-http-lb-config "C:\Sun\AppServer\loadbalancer.xml"
Command export-http-lb-config executed successfully.
export-sync-bundle
Exports the configuration data of a cluster or standalone instance to an archive file
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] export-sync-bundle [--help]
--target target
[--retrieve={false|true}]
[file-name]
Description
The export-sync-bundle
subcommand exports the configuration data of a
cluster or standalone instance to an archive file. The archive file can
then be used with the
import-sync-bundle
(1)
subcommand to restore the configuration data.
Importing an instance’s configuration data transfers the data to a host for an instance without the need for the instance to be able to communicate with the domain administration server (DAS). Importing an instance’s configuration data is typically required for the following reasons:
-
To reestablish the instance after an upgrade
-
To synchronize the instance manually with the DAS when the instance cannot contact the DAS
The subcommand creates an archive that contains the following files and directories in the current domain directory:
-
All the files in the following directories:
-
config
-
docroot
-
-
The entire contents of the following directories and their subdirectories:
-
applications
-
config/
target, where target is the cluster or standalone instance for which configuration data is being exported -
generated
-
lib
-
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
The cluster or standalone instance for which to export configuration data. The
--target
option is required.
This option must not specify a clustered Eclipse GlassFish instance. If this option specifies a clustered instance, an error occurs. To export configuration data for a clustered instance, specify the name of the cluster of which the instance is a member, not the instance. --retrieve
-
Specifies whether the archive file is downloaded from the DAS host to the host where the subcommand is run. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The archive file is downloaded to the host where the subcommand is run.
false
-
The archive file is not downloaded and remains on the DAS host (default).
Operands
- file-name
-
The file name and location of the archive file to which to export the data. The default depends on the setting of the
--retrieve
option:-
If
--retrieve
isfalse
, the default issync/`target
-sync-bundle.zip` in the current domain directory. -
If
--retrieve
istrue
, the default is target-sync-bundle.zip
in the current working directory.
target is the cluster or standalone instance that the--target
option specifies.
If a relative path is specified, the directory to which the path is appended depends on the setting of the--retrieve
option: -
If
--retrieve
isfalse
, the path is appended to theconfig
subdirectory of the current domain directory. -
If
--retrieve
istrue
, the path is appended to the current working directory.
If an existing directory is specified without a filename, the file name of the archive file is target
-sync-bundle.zip
, where target is the cluster or standalone instance that the--target
option specifies. -
Examples
Example 1 Exporting the Configuration Data of a Cluster
This example exports the configuration data of the cluster pmdcluster
.
asadmin> export-sync-bundle --target=pmdcluster
Sync bundle: /export/glassfish7/glassfish/domains/domain1/sync/
pmdcluster-sync-bundle.zip
Command export-sync-bundle executed successfully.
flush-connection-pool
Reintializes all connections established in the specified connection pool
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] flush-connection-pool [--help]
[--appname application [--modulename module]
pool_name
Description
The flush-connection-pool
subcommand resets a JDBC connection pool or
a connector connection pool to its initial state. Any existing live
connections are destroyed, which means that the transactions associated
with these connections are lost. The subcommand then recreates the
initial connections for the pool, and restores the pool to its steady
pool size.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Application Scoped Resources
The flush-connection-pool
subcommand can target resources that are
scoped to a specific application or module, as defined in the
glassfish-resources.xml
for the GlassFish domain.
-
To reference the
jndi-name
for an application scoped resource, perform the lookup using thejava:app
prefix. -
To reference the
jndi-name
for a module scoped resource, perform the lookup using thejava:module
prefix.
The jndi-name
for application-scoped-resources or
module-scoped-resources are specified using the format
java:app/
jdbc/myDataSource or
java:module/
jdbc/myModuleLevelDataSource. This naming scope is defined
in the Jakarta EE Specification
(https://jakarta.ee/specifications/platform/10/
).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--appname
-
Name of the application in which the application scoped resource is defined.
--modulename
-
Name of the module in which the module scoped resource is defined.
flush-jmsdest
Purges messages in a JMS destination.
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] flush-jmsdest [--help]
--desttype {topic|queue}
[--target target]
destname
Description
The flush-jmsdest
subcommand purges the messages from a physical
destination in the server’s Java Message Service (JMS) configuration.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--desttype
-
This option indicates the type of physical destination from which you want to purge messages. The supported destination types are
topic
andqueue
. --target
-
Purges messages from the physical destination only for the specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Purges messages from the physical destination for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Purges messages from the physical destination in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Purges messages from the physical destination for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Purges messages from the physical destination for the specified server instance.
freeze-transaction-service
Freezes the transaction subsystem
Description
The freeze-transaction-service
subcommand freezes the transaction
subsystem, preventing the transaction manager from starting, completing,
or changing the state of all in-flight transactions. Invoke this command
before rolling back any in-flight transactions. Invoking this subcommand
on an already frozen transaction subsystem has no effect. Restarting the
server unfreezes the transaction subsystem. This subcommand is supported
in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target on which you are freezing the transaction service. Valid values are:
server
-
Freezes the transaction service for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Freezes the transaction service for all server instances that use the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Freezes the transaction service for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Freezes the transaction service for a particular server instance.
See Also
Administering Transactions in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
Transactions in The Jakarta EE Tutorial
The script content on this page is for navigation purposes only and does not alter the content in any way.
generate-jvm-report
Shows the JVM machine statistics for a given target instance
Description
The generate-jvm-report
subcommand creates a report that shows the
threads (dump of stack trace), classes, memory, or loggers for a given
target instance, including the domain administration server (DAS). If a
type is not specified, a summary report is generated. This subcommand
only provides statistics for the Eclipse GlassFish instance processes.
This subcommand provides an alternative to sending Ctrl+Break or
kill -3
signals to Eclipse GlassFish processes to obtain a stack trace
for processes that are hanging.
The information in the report is obtained from managed beans (MBeans) and MXBeans that are provided in the Java Platform, Standard Edition (Java SE) or JDK software with which Eclipse GlassFish is being used.
If Eclipse GlassFish is running in the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) software from JDK release 11 or Java SE 11, additional information is provided. For example:
-
System load on the available processors
-
Object monitors that are currently held or requested by a thread
-
Lock objects that a thread is holding, for example,
ReentrantLock
objects andReentrantReadWriteLock
objects
If the JRE software cannot provide this information, the report contains
the text NOT_AVAILABLE
.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which you are showing JVM machine statistics. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Specifies the DAS (default).
- instance-name
-
Specifies a Eclipse GlassFish instance.
- cluster-name
-
Specifies a cluster.
- configuration-name
-
Specifies a named configuration.
--type
-
The type of report that is to be generated. Default is
summary
.summary
-
Displays summary information about the threads, classes, and memory (default).
memory
-
Provides information about heap and non-heap memory consumption, memory pools, and garbage collection statistics for a given target instance.
class
-
Provides information about the class loader for a given target instance.
thread
-
Provides information about threads running and the thread dump (stack trace) for a given target instance.
log
-
Provides information about the loggers that are registered in the Virtual Machine for the Java platform (Java Virtual Machine or JVM machine).
Examples
Example 1 Obtaining Summary Information for the JVM Machine
This example shows a partial listing of a report that is generated if no
type is specified. This same report is generated if the summary
type
is specified.
asadmin> generate-jvm-report
Operating System Information:
Name of the Operating System: SunOS
Binary Architecture name of the Operating System: sparc, Version: 5.10
Number of processors available on the Operating System: 32
System load on the available processors for the last minute: 7.921875.
(Sum of running and queued runnable entities per minute)
General Java Runtime Environment Information for the VM: 64097@sr1-usca-22
...
sun.desktop = gnome
sun.io.unicode.encoding = UnicodeBig
sun.java.launcher = SUN_STANDARD
sun.jnu.encoding = ISO646-US
sun.management.compiler = HotSpot Client Compiler
sun.os.patch.level = unknown
user.dir = /home/thisuser/GlassFish/glassfish7/glassfish/domains/mydomain4/config
user.home = /home/thisuser
user.language = en
user.name = thisuser
user.timezone = US/Pacific
Command generate-jvm-report executed successfully
Example 2 Obtaining Information for a Particular JVM Machine Type
This example generates a report that shows information on the class loader.
asadmin> generate-jvm-report --type=class
Class loading and unloading in the Java Virtual Machine:
Number of classes currently loaded in the Java Virtual Machine: 3,781
Number of classes loaded in the Java Virtual Machine since the startup: 3,868
Number of classes unloaded from the Java Virtual Machine: 87
Just-in-time (JIT) compilation information in the Java Virtual Machine:
Java Virtual Machine compilation monitoring allowed: true
Name of the Just-in-time (JIT) compiler: HotSpot Client Compiler
Total time spent in compilation: 0 Hours 0 Minutes 4 Seconds
Command generate-jvm-report executed successfully.
get
gets the values of configurable or monitorable attributes
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] get [--help]
[--monitor={true|false}]
[--aggregatedataonly={true|false}]
(dotted-attribute--name)+
Description
The get
subcommand uses dotted names to get the names and values of
configurable or monitorable attributes for Eclipse GlassFish elements.
You can use the list
(1) subcommand to display
the dotted names that represent individual server components and
subsystems. For example, a dotted name might be
server.applications.web-module
. Attributes from the monitoring
hierarchy are read-only, but configuration attributes can be modified
using the set
(1) subcommand. For more detailed
information on dotted names, see the
dotted-names
(5ASC) help page.
Characters that have special meaning to the shell or command
interpreter, such as |
The following list shows common usage of the get
subcommand with the *
(asterisk):
get *
orget *.*
-
Gets all values on all dotted name prefixes.
get domain*
orget domain*.*
-
Gets all values on the dotted names that begin with
domain
. get *config*.*.*
-
Gets all values on the dotted names that match
*config*.*.*
. get domain.j2ee-applications.*.ejb-module.*.*
-
Gets all values on all EJB modules of all applications.
get *web-modules.*.*
-
Gets all values on all web modules whether in an application or standalone.
get *.*.*.*
-
Gets all values on all dotted names that have four parts.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--monitor
-m
-
Defaults to
false
. If set to false, the configurable attribute values are returned. If set totrue
, the monitorable attribute values are returned. --aggregatedataonly
-c
-
Aggregates monitoring data for all Eclipse GlassFish instances in a cluster. The default value is
false
.
Operands
- dotted-attribute-name
-
Identifies the attribute name in the dotted notation. At least one dotted name attribute is required. The dotted notation is the syntax used to access attributes of configurable entities.
Examples
Example 1 Getting the Attributes of a Configurable Element
This example gets the attributes of listener.http-listener-1
.
asadmin> get server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.*
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.acceptor-threads = 1
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.address = 0.0.0.0
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.blocking-enabled = false
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.default-virtual-server = server
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.enabled = true
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.external-port =
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.family = inet
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.id = http-listener-1
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.port = 8080
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.redirect-port =
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.security-enabled = false
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.server-name =
server.http-service.http-listener.http-listener-1.xpowered-by = true
Command get executed successfully.
Example 2 Getting Monitorable Objects
This example gets the configuration attributes for setting the
monitoring level and shows whether they are enabled (LOW or HIGH) or
disabled (OFF). The jvm
component is enabled for monitoring.
asadmin> get server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.*
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.connector-connection-pool=OFF
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.connector-service=OFF
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.d-trace=OFF
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.ejb-container=OFF
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.http-service=OFF
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.jdbc-connection-pool=OFF
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.jms-service=OFF
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.jvm=HIGH
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.orb=OFF
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.thread-pool=OFF
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.transaction-service=OFF
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.web-container=OFF
Command get executed successfully.
Example 3 Getting Attributes and Values for a Monitorable Object
This example gets all attributes and values of the jvm
monitorable
object.
asadmin> get --monitor server.jvm.*
server.jvm.HeapSize_Current = 45490176
server.jvm.HeapSize_Description = Describes JvmHeapSize
server.jvm.HeapSize_HighWaterMark = 45490176
server.jvm.HeapSize_LastSampleTime = 1063217002433
server.jvm.HeapSize_LowWaterMark = 0
server.jvm.HeapSize_LowerBound = 0
server.jvm.HeapSize_Name = JvmHeapSize
server.jvm.HeapSize_StartTime = 1063238840055
server.jvm.HeapSize_Unit = bytes
server.jvm.HeapSize_UpperBound = 531628032
server.jvm.UpTime_Count = 1063238840100
server.jvm.UpTime_Description = Describes JvmUpTime
server.jvm.UpTime_LastSampleTime = 1-63238840070
server.jvm.UpTime_Name = JvmUpTime
server.jvm.UpTime_StartTime = 1063217002430
server.jvm.UpTime_Unit = milliseconds
Command get executed successfully.
get-active-module-config
Displays the current active configuration of a service or instance
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] get-active-module-config [--help]
[--target target]
[--all={false|true}]
[service_name]
Description
The get-active-module-config
subcommand displays the current active
configuration of a service or instance.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which you want to view the current active configuration of a specific service or an entire instance.
Possible values are as follows:server
-
Displays the current active configuration for the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Displays the current active configuration for the default domain.
- cluster-name
-
Displays the current active configuration for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Displays the current active configuration for the specified instance.
--all
-
Displays all current active configurations.
The default value isfalse
.
Operands
- service_name
-
The name of the module for which you want to display the current active configuration.
Examples
Example 1 Displaying the Current Active Configuration
This example displays the current active configuration for the JMS
service in server-config
(the default configuration).
asadmin> get-active-module-config jms-service
At location: domain/configs/config[server-config]
<jms-service default-jms-host="default_JMS_host" type="EMBEDDED"
<jms-host port="7676" host="localhost" name="default_JMS_host"/>
</jms-service>
Command get-active-module-config executed successfully.
get-client-stubs
Retrieves the application JAR files needed to launch the application client.
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] get-client-stubs [--help]
--appname application_name
local_directory_path
Description
The get-client-stubs
subcommand copies the required JAR files for an
AppClient
standalone module or each AppClient
module in an
application from the server machine to the local directory. Each
client’s generated JAR file is retrieved, along with any required
supporting JAR files . The client JAR file name is of the form
app-name`Client.jar`. Before executing the get-client-stubs
subcommand, you must deploy the application or module. The generated
client JAR file is useful for running the application using the
appclient
utility. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--appname
-
The name of the application or stand-alone client module.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. For more information about module and application versions, see " Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
Operands
- local_directory_path
-
The path to the local directory where the client stub JAR file should be stored.
get-health
Provides information on the cluster health
Description
The get-health
subcommand gets information about the health of the
cluster. Note that if the group management service (GMS) is not enabled,
the basic information about whether the server instances in this cluster
are running or not running is not returned. For each server instance,
one of the following states is reported: not started
, started
,
stopped
, rejoined
, or failed
. This subcommand is available in
remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- cluster_name
-
The name of the cluster for which you want the health information. This subcommand prompts you for the cluster name if you don’t specify it.
import-sync-bundle
Imports the configuration data of a clustered instance or standalone instance from an archive file
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] import-sync-bundle [--help]
--instance instance-name
[--nodedir node-dir] [--node node-name]
file-name
Description
The import-sync-bundle
subcommand imports the configuration data of a
clustered instance or standalone instance from an archive file that was
created by the
export-sync-bundle
(1)
subcommand.
You must run this subcommand on the host where the instance resides. To
contact the domain administration server (DAS), this subcommand requires
the name of the host where the DAS is running. If a nondefault port is
used for administration, this subcommand also requires the port number.
You must provide this information through the --host
option and the
--port
option of the asadmin
(1M)
utility.
Importing an instance’s configuration data transfers the data to a host for an instance without the need for the instance to be able to communicate with the DAS. Importing an instance’s configuration data is typically required for the following reasons:
-
To reestablish the instance after an upgrade
-
To synchronize the instance manually with the domain administration server (DAS) when the instance cannot contact the DAS
The subcommand imports an instance’s configuration data by performing the following operations:
-
Creating or updating the instance’s files and directories
-
Attempting to register the instance with the DAS
If the attempt to register the instance with the DAS fails, the subcommand does not fail. Instead, the subcommand displays a warning that the attempt failed. The warning contains the command to run to register the instance with the DAS.
The import-sync-bundle
subcommand does not contact the DAS to
determine the node on which the instance resides. If the node is not
specified as an option of the subcommand, the subcommand determines the
node from the DAS configuration in the archive file.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--instance
-
The instance for which configuration data is being imported. The instance must already exist in the DAS configuration. The archive file from which the data is being imported must contain data for the specified instance.
--nodedir
-
The directory that contains the instance’s node directory. The instance’s files are stored in the instance’s node directory. The default is as-install
/nodes
. --node
-
The node on which the instance resides. If this option is omitted, the subcommand determines the node from the DAS configuration in the archive file.
Operands
- file-name
-
The name of the file, including the path, that contains the archive file to import. This operand is required.
Examples
Example 1 Importing Configuration Data for a Clustered Instance
This example imports the configuration for the clustered instance
ymli2
on the node sj02
from the archive file
/export/glassfish7/glassfish/domains/domain1/sync/ymlcluster-sync-bundle.zip
.
The command is run on the host sj02
, which is the host that the node
sj02
represents. The DAS is running on the host sr04
and uses the
default HTTP port for administration.
sj02# asadmin --host sr04 import-sync-bundle --node sj02 --instance ymli2
/export/glassfish7/glassfish/domains/domain1/sync/ymlcluster-sync-bundle.zip
Command import-sync-bundle executed successfully.
install-node
Installs Eclipse GlassFish software on specified SSH-enabled hosts
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] install-node [--help]
[--archive archive]
[--create={false|true}] [--save[={false|true}]
[--installdir as-install-parent]
[--sshport ssh-port] [--sshuser ssh-user]
[--sshkeyfile ssh-keyfile]
[--force={false|true}]
host-list
Description
The install-node
subcommand installs Eclipse GlassFish software on the
hosts that are specified as the operand of the subcommand. This
subcommand requires secure shell (SSH) to be configured on the host
where the subcommand is run and on each host where the Eclipse GlassFish
software is being installed.
This subcommand is equivalent to the
|
If necessary, the subcommand creates a ZIP archive of the
Eclipse GlassFish software from the installation where this subcommand
is run. The archive does not contain the domains
directory or the
nodes
directory. These directories are synchronized from the domain
administration server (DAS) when instances on nodes that represent the
hosts are created and started. The subcommand does not delete the
archive after installing the Eclipse GlassFish software from the archive
on the specified hosts.
If multiple hosts are specified, the configuration of the following
items is the same on all hosts:
-
Base installation directory
-
SSH port
-
SSH user
-
SSH key file
If the SSH key file does not exist on a host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed, the subcommand runs interactively and prompts for a password. To enable the subcommand to run noninteractively, the following conditions must be met:
-
The
--interactive
option of theasadmin
(1M) utility must befalse
. -
The
--passwordfile
option of theasadmin
utility must specify a password file. -
The password file must contain the
AS_ADMIN_SSHPASSWORD
entry.
The subcommand does not modify the configuration of the DAS.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--archive
-
The absolute path to the archive file of the Eclipse GlassFish software that is to be installed. If no archive file is specified, the subcommand creates an archive from the installation of Eclipse GlassFish software from which the subcommand is run. This archive is created in the home directory of the user that is running the command.
--create
-
Specifies whether the subcommand should create an archive file of the Eclipse GlassFish software to install.
false
-
No archive file is created. The subcommand installs the software from the existing archive file that the
--archive
option specifies (default). true
-
The subcommand creates an archive file from the installation of Eclipse GlassFish software from which the subcommand is run.
--save
-
Specifies whether the archive file from which the software is installed is saved after installation.
false
-
The archive file is not saved. The subcommand deletes the file after installing the software (default).
true
-
The archive file is saved.
--installdir
-
The absolute path to the parent of the base installation directory where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed on each host, for example,
/export/glassfish7/
. If the directory does not exist, the subcommand creates the directory.
The user that is running this subcommand must have write access to the specified directory. Otherwise, an error occurs.
To overwrite an existing an installation of the Eclipse GlassFish software, set the--force
option totrue
. If the directory already contains an installation and the--force
option isfalse
, an error occurs.
The default is the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host where this subcommand is run. --sshport
-
The port to use for SSH connections to the host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed. The default is 22.
--sshuser
-
The user on the host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed that is to run the process for connecting through SSH to the host. The default is the user that is running this subcommand. To ensure that the DAS can read this user’s SSH private key file, specify the user that is running the DAS process.
--sshkeyfile
-
The absolute path to the SSH private key file for user that the
--sshuser
option specifies. This file is used for authentication to thesshd
daemon on the host.
The user that is running this subcommand must be able to reach the path to the key file and read the key file.
The default is a key file in the user’s.ssh
directory. If multiple key files are found, the subcommand uses the following order of preference:-
id_rsa
-
id_dsa
-
identity
-
--force
-
Specifies whether the subcommand overwrites an existing installation of the Eclipse GlassFish software in the directory that the
--installdir
option specifies. Possible values are as follows:false
-
The existing installation is not overwritten (default).
true
-
The existing installation is overwritten.
Operands
- host-list
-
A space-separated list of the names of the hosts where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed.
Examples
Example 1 Installing Eclipse GlassFish Software at the Default
Location
This example installs Eclipse GlassFish software on the hosts
sj03.example.com
and sj04.example.com
at the default location.
asadmin> install-node sj03.example.com sj04.example.com
Created installation zip /home/gfuser/glassfish2339538623689073993.zip
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj03.example.com using keyfile /home/gfuser
/.ssh/id_rsa
Copying /home/gfuser/glassfish2339538623689073993.zip (81395008 bytes) to
sj03.example.com:/export/glassfish7
Installing glassfish2339538623689073993.zip into sj03.example.com:/export/glassfish7
Removing sj03.example.com:/export/glassfish7/glassfish2339538623689073993.zip
Fixing file permissions of all files under sj03.example.com:/export/glassfish7/bin
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj04.example.com using keyfile /home/gfuser
/.ssh/id_rsa
Copying /home/gfuser/glassfish2339538623689073993.zip (81395008 bytes) to
sj04.example.com:/export/glassfish7
Installing glassfish2339538623689073993.zip into sj04.example.com:/export/glassfish7
Removing sj04.example.com:/export/glassfish7/glassfish2339538623689073993.zip
Fixing file permissions of all files under sj04.example.com:/export/glassfish7/bin
Command install-node executed successfully
install-node-dcom
Installs Eclipse GlassFish software on specified DCOM-enabled hosts
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] install-node-dcom [--help]
[--archive archive]
[--create={false|true}] [--save[={false|true}]
[--installdir as-install-parent]
[--windowsuser windows-user] [--windowsdomain windows-domain]
[--force={false|true}]
host-list
Description
The install-node-dcom
subcommand installs Eclipse GlassFish software
on the hosts that are specified as the operand of the subcommand. This
subcommand requires the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote
protocol to be configured on the host where the subcommand is run and on
each host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is being installed. The
DCOM protocol is available only on Windows systems.
To install Eclipse GlassFish software on hosts that use secure shell
(SSH), use the
|
If necessary, the subcommand creates a ZIP archive of the
Eclipse GlassFish software from the installation where this subcommand
is run. The archive does not contain the domains
directory or the
nodes
directory. These directories are synchronized from the domain
administration server (DAS) when instances on nodes that represent the
hosts are created and started. The subcommand does not delete the
archive after installing the Eclipse GlassFish software from the archive
on the specified hosts.
If multiple hosts are specified, the configuration of the following items is the same on all hosts:
-
Base installation directory
-
Windows user
-
Windows domain
By default, the subcommand runs interactively and prompts for a password to authenticate the Windows user on each host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is being installed. To enable the subcommand to run noninteractively, the following conditions must be met:
-
The
--interactive
option of theasadmin
(1M) utility must befalse
. -
The
--passwordfile
option of theasadmin
utility must specify a password file. -
The password file must contain the
AS_ADMIN_WINDOWSPASSWORD
entry.
The subcommand does not modify the configuration of the DAS.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--archive
-
The absolute path to the archive file of the Eclipse GlassFish software that is to be installed. If no archive file is specified, the subcommand creates an archive from the installation of Eclipse GlassFish software from which the subcommand is run. This archive is created in the home directory of the user that is running the command.
--create
-
Specifies whether the subcommand should create an archive file of the Eclipse GlassFish software to install.
false
-
No archive file is created. The subcommand installs the software from the existing archive file that the
--archive
option specifies (default). true
-
The subcommand creates an archive file from the installation of Eclipse GlassFish software from which the subcommand is run.
--save
-
Specifies whether the archive file from which the software is installed is saved after installation.
false
-
The archive file is not saved. The subcommand deletes the file after installing the software (default).
true
-
The archive file is saved.
--installdir
-
The absolute path to the parent of the base installation directory where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed on each host, for example,
C:\glassfish7
. If the directory does not exist, the subcommand creates the directory.
The user that is running this subcommand must have write access to the specified directory. Otherwise, an error occurs.
To overwrite an existing an installation of the Eclipse GlassFish software, set the--force
option totrue
. If the directory already contains an installation and the--force
option isfalse
, an error occurs.
The default is the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host where this subcommand is run. --windowsuser
-w
-
The user on the host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed that is to run the process for connecting through DCOM to the host. The default is the user that is running this subcommand.
--windowsdomain
-d
-
The name of the Windows domain that contains the user that the
--windowsuser
option specifies. The default is the name of the host on which the subcommand is run. --force
-
Specifies whether the subcommand overwrites an existing installation of the Eclipse GlassFish software in the directory that the
--installdir
option specifies. Possible values are as follows:false
-
The existing installation is not overwritten (default).
true
-
The existing installation is overwritten.
Operands
- host-list
-
A space-separated list of the names of the hosts where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed.
Examples
Example 1 Installing Eclipse GlassFish Software at the Default
Location
This example installs Eclipse GlassFish software on the hosts
wpmdl1.example.com
and wpmdl2.example.com
at the default location.
Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> install-node-dcom wpmdl1.example.com wpmdl2.example.com
Created installation zip C:\glassfish8107276692860773166.zip
Copying 85760199 bytes..........................................................
....................................
WROTE FILE TO REMOTE SYSTEM: C:/glassfish7/glassfish_install.zip and C:/glassfish7/unpack.bat
Output from Windows Unpacker:
C:\Windows\system32>C:
C:\Windows\system32>cd "C:\glassfish7"
C:\glassfish7>jar xvf glassfish_install.zip
inflated: bin/asadmin
inflated: bin/asadmin.bat
inflated: glassfish/bin/appclient
inflated: glassfish/bin/appclient.bat
inflated: glassfish/bin/appclient.js
inflated: glassfish/bin/asadmin
inflated: glassfish/bin/asadmin.bat
...
inflated: mq/lib/props/broker/default.properties
inflated: mq/lib/props/broker/install.properties
Command install-node-dcom executed successfully.
install-node-ssh
Installs Eclipse GlassFish software on specified SSH-enabled hosts
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] install-node-ssh [--help]
[--archive archive]
[--create={false|true}] [--save[={false|true}]
[--installdir as-install-parent]
[--sshport ssh-port] [--sshuser ssh-user]
[--sshkeyfile ssh-keyfile]
[--force={false|true}]
host-list
Description
The install-node-ssh
subcommand installs Eclipse GlassFish software on
the hosts that are specified as the operand of the subcommand. This
subcommand requires secure shell (SSH) to be configured on the host
where the subcommand is run and on each host where the Eclipse GlassFish
software is being installed.
This subcommand is equivalent to the
|
If necessary, the subcommand creates a ZIP archive of the
Eclipse GlassFish software from the installation where this subcommand
is run. The archive does not contain the domains
directory or the
nodes
directory. These directories are synchronized from the domain
administration server (DAS) when instances on nodes that represent the
hosts are created and started. The subcommand does not delete the
archive after installing the Eclipse GlassFish software from the archive
on the specified hosts.
If multiple hosts are specified, the configuration of the following items is the same on all hosts:
-
Base installation directory
-
SSH port
-
SSH user
-
SSH key file
If the SSH key file does not exist on a host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed, the subcommand runs interactively and prompts for a password. To enable the subcommand to run noninteractively, the following conditions must be met:
-
The
--interactive
option of theasadmin
(1M) utility must befalse
. -
The
--passwordfile
option of theasadmin
utility must specify a password file. -
The password file must contain the
AS_ADMIN_SSHPASSWORD
entry.
The subcommand does not modify the configuration of the DAS.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--archive
-
The absolute path to the archive file of the Eclipse GlassFish software that is to be installed. If no archive file is specified, the subcommand creates an archive from the installation of Eclipse GlassFish software from which the subcommand is run. This archive is created in the home directory of the user that is running the command.
--create
-
Specifies whether the subcommand should create an archive file of the Eclipse GlassFish software to install.
false
-
No archive file is created. The subcommand installs the software from the existing archive file that the
--archive
option specifies (default). true
-
The subcommand creates an archive file from the installation of Eclipse GlassFish software from which the subcommand is run.
--save
-
Specifies whether the archive file from which the software is installed is saved after installation.
false
-
The archive file is not saved. The subcommand deletes the file after installing the software (default).
true
-
The archive file is saved.
--installdir
-
The absolute path to the parent of the base installation directory where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed on each host, for example,
/export/glassfish7/
. If the directory does not exist, the subcommand creates the directory.
The user that is running this subcommand must have write access to the specified directory. Otherwise, an error occurs.
To overwrite an existing an installation of the Eclipse GlassFish software, set the--force
option totrue
. If the directory already contains an installation and the--force
option isfalse
, an error occurs.
The default is the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host where this subcommand is run. --sshport
-
The port to use for SSH connections to the host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed. The default is 22.
--sshuser
-
The user on the host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed that is to run the process for connecting through SSH to the host. The default is the user that is running this subcommand. To ensure that the DAS can read this user’s SSH private key file, specify the user that is running the DAS process.
--sshkeyfile
-
The absolute path to the SSH private key file for user that the
--sshuser
option specifies. This file is used for authentication to thesshd
daemon on the host.
The user that is running this subcommand must be able to reach the path to the key file and read the key file.
The default is a key file in the user’s.ssh
directory. If multiple key files are found, the subcommand uses the following order of preference:-
id_rsa
-
id_dsa
-
identity
-
--force
-
Specifies whether the subcommand overwrites an existing installation of the Eclipse GlassFish software in the directory that the
--installdir
option specifies. Possible values are as follows:false
-
The existing installation is not overwritten (default).
true
-
The existing installation is overwritten.
Operands
- host-list
-
A space-separated list of the names of the hosts where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be installed.
Examples
Example 1 Installing Eclipse GlassFish Software at the Default
Location
This example installs Eclipse GlassFish software on the hosts
sj03.example.com
and sj04.example.com
at the default location.
asadmin> install-node-ssh sj03.example.com sj04.example.com
Created installation zip /home/gfuser/glassfish2339538623689073993.zip
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj03.example.com using keyfile /home/gfuser
/.ssh/id_rsa
Copying /home/gfuser/glassfish2339538623689073993.zip (81395008 bytes) to
sj03.example.com:/export/glassfish7
Installing glassfish2339538623689073993.zip into sj03.example.com:/export/glassfish7
Removing sj03.example.com:/export/glassfish7/glassfish2339538623689073993.zip
Fixing file permissions of all files under sj03.example.com:/export/glassfish7/bin
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj04.example.com using keyfile /home/gfuser
/.ssh/id_rsa
Copying /home/gfuser/glassfish2339538623689073993.zip (81395008 bytes) to
sj04.example.com:/export/glassfish7
Installing glassfish2339538623689073993.zip into sj04.example.com:/export/glassfish7
Removing sj04.example.com:/export/glassfish7/glassfish2339538623689073993.zip
Fixing file permissions of all files under sj04.example.com:/export/glassfish7/bin
Command install-node-ssh executed successfully
jms-ping
Checks if the JMS service is up and running
Description
The jms-ping
subcommand checks if the Java Message Service (JMS)
service (also known as the JMS provider) is up and running. When you
start the Eclipse GlassFish, the JMS service starts by default.
The jms-ping
subcommand pings only the default JMS host within the JMS
service. It displays an error message when it is unable to ping a
built-in JMS service.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which the operation is to be performed. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Pings the JMS service for the default server instance. This is the default value
- configuration-name
-
Pings the JMS service for all clusters using the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Pings the JMS service for the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Pings the JMS service for the specified server instance.
list
Lists configurable or monitorable elements
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list [--help]
[--monitor={false|true}]
[dotted-parent-attribute-name]
Description
The list
subcommand lists configurable and monitorable attributes of
Eclipse GlassFish.
The output of the list
subcommand is a list of the dotted names that
represent individual server components and subsystems. For example,
server.applications.web-module
. After you know the particular
component or subsystem, you can then use the get
subcommand to access
any attributes, and the set
subcommand to modify configurable
attributes.
The following rules apply to dotted names in a list
subcommand:
Characters that have special meaning to the shell or command interpreter, such as * (asterisk), should be quoted or escaped as appropriate to the shell, for example, by enclosing the argument in quotes. In multimode, quotes are needed only for arguments that include spaces, quotes, or backslash. |
-
Any
list
subcommand that has a dotted name that is not followed by a wildcard (*) lists the current node’s immediate children. For example, the following command lists all immediate children belonging to the server node:asadmin> list server
-
Any
list
subcommand that has a dotted name followed by a wildcard(*) lists a hierarchical tree of child nodes from the current node. For example, the following command lists all child nodes of applications and their subsequent child nodes, and so on:asadmin> list server.applications.*
-
Any
list
subcommand that has a dotted name preceded or followed by a wildcard (*
) of the form dotted name or dottedname lists all nodes and their child nodes that match the regular expression created by the provided matching pattern.
For detailed information about dotted names, see the
dotted-names
(5ASC) help page.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--monitor
-m
-
Defaults to false. If set to false, the configurable attribute values are returned. If set to true, the monitorable attribute values are returned.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Dotted Names of Configurable Elements
This example lists the elements that can be configured.
asadmin> list *
applications
configs
configs.config.server-config
configs.config.server-config.admin-service
configs.config.server-config.admin-service.das-config
configs.config.server-config.admin-service.jmx-connector.system
configs.config.server-config.admin-service.property.adminConsoleContextRoot
configs.config.server-config.admin-service.property.adminConsoleDownloadLocation
configs.config.server-config.admin-service.property.ipsRoot
configs.config.server-config.ejb-container
configs.config.server-config.ejb-container.ejb-timer-service
configs.config.server-config.http-service
configs.config.server-config.http-service.access-log
configs.config.server-config.http-service.virtual-server.__asadmin
configs.config.server-config.http-service.virtual-server.server
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.iiop-listener.SSL
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.iiop-listener.SSL.ssl
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.iiop-listener.SSL_MUTUALAUTH
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.iiop-listener.SSL_MUTUALAUTH.ssl
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.iiop-listener.orb-listener-1
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.orb
configs.config.server-config.java-config
configs.config.server-config.jms-service
configs.config.server-config.jms-service.jms-host.default_JMS_host
...
property.administrative.domain.name
resources
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.DatabaseName
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.Password
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.PortNumber
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.User
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.connectionAttributes
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.serverName
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.__TimerPool
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.__TimerPool.property.connectionAttributes
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.__TimerPool.property.databaseName
resources.jdbc-resource.jdbc/__TimerPool
resources.jdbc-resource.jdbc/__default
servers
servers.server.server
servers.server.server.resource-ref.jdbc/__TimerPool
servers.server.server.resource-ref.jdbc/__default
system-applications
Command list executed successfully.
Example 2 Listing Attributes of a Configurable Element
This example lists the attributes of the web container.
asadmin> list configs.config.server-config.web-container
configs.config.server-config.web-container
configs.config.server-config.web-container.session-config
Command list executed successfully.
Example 3 Listing Dotted Names of Monitorable Objects
This example lists the names of the monitorable objects that are enabled for monitoring.
asadmin> list --monitor *
server.jvm
server.jvm.class-loading-system
server.jvm.compilation-system
server.jvm.garbage-collectors
server.jvm.garbage-collectors.Copy
server.jvm.garbage-collectors.MarkSweepCompact
server.jvm.memory
server.jvm.operating-system
server.jvm.runtime
server.network
server.network.admin-listener
server.network.admin-listener.connections
server.network.admin-listener.file-cache
server.network.admin-listener.keep-alive
server.network.admin-listener.thread-pool
server.network.http-listener-1
server.network.http-listener-1.connections
server.network.http-listener-1.file-cache
server.network.http-listener-1.keep-alive
server.network.http-listener-1.thread-pool
server.transaction-service
Command list executed successfully.
list-admin-objects
Gets all the administered objects
Description
The list-admin-objects
subcommand lists all the administered objects.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
The target for which administered objects are to be listed. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the administered objects on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the administered objects in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the administered objects on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the administered objects on a specified server instance.
list-application-refs
Lists the existing application references
Description
The list-application-refs
subcommand lists all application references
in a cluster or an unclustered server instance. This effectively lists
all the modules deployed on the specified target (for example, J2EE
applications, Web modules, and enterprise bean modules).
If multiple versions of a module or application are deployed, this
subcommand lists all versions. To list which version is enabled, set the
--long
option to true
. For more information about module and
application versions, see "Module and Application
Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application
Deployment Guide.
The target instance or instances making up the cluster need not be running or available for this subcommand to succeed.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-
If
true
, displays whether each module or application listed is enabled. The default isfalse
.
Operands
- target
-
The target for which you are listing the application references. Valid values are
-
server
- Specifies the default server instance as the target.server
is the name of the default server instance and is the default value. -
cluster_name- Specifies a certain cluster as the target.
-
instance_name- Specifies a certain server instance as the target.
-
list-applications
Lists deployed applications
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-applications [--help]
[--long={false|true}] [--resources] [--subcomponents]
[--type type] [target]
Description
The list-applications
subcommand lists deployed Jakarta EE applications
and the type of each application that is listed.
If the --type
option is not specified, all applications are listed. If
the type option is specified, you must specify a type. The possible
types are listed in the Options section of this help page.
If multiple versions of a module or application are deployed, this
subcommand lists all versions. To list which version is enabled, set the
--long
option to true
. For more information about module and
application versions, see "Module and Application
Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application
Deployment Guide.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-
If
true
, displays whether each module or application listed is enabled. The default isfalse
. --resources
-
Lists the application-scoped resources for each application. If the
--subcomponents
option is also used, lists the application-scoped resources for each component within the application. --subcomponents
-
Lists the subcomponents of each application. The subcomponents listed depend on the application type. For example, for a Jakarta EE application (EAR file), modules are listed. For a web application, servlets and JSP pages are listed. For an EJB module, EJB subcomponents are listed.
--type
-
Specifies the type of the applications that are to be listed. The options are as follows:
-
application
-
appclient
-
connector
-
ejb
-
web
-
webservice
If no type is specified, all applications are listed.
-
Operands
--target
-
This is the name of the target upon which the subcommand operates. The valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the applications for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. domain
-
Lists the applications for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the applications for the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the applications for a particular stand-alone server instance.
list-audit-modules
Gets all audit modules and displays them
Description
The list-audit-modules
subcommand lists all the audit modules. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies the target on which you are listing the audit modules. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the audit modules for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Lists the audit modules for the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the audit modules for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the audit modules for a particular server instance.
list-auth-realms
Lists the authentication realms
Description
The list-auth-realms
subcommand lists the authentication realms. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
The name of the target for which you want to list the authentication realms.
server
-
Lists the realms for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Lists the realms for the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the realms for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the realms for a particular server instance.
list-backups
Lists all backups
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-backups [--help]
[--long[={false|true}]]
[--domaindir domain-root-dir]
[--backupdir backup-directory]
[--backupconfig backup-config-name]
[domain-name]
Description
The list-backups
subcommand displays information about domain backups.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only in Eclipse GlassFish, and is support in local mode and remote mode in Eclipse GlassFish.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-l
-
Displays detailed information about each backup.
The default value isfalse
. --domaindir
-
Specifies the domain root directory, the parent directory of the domain upon which the command will operate.
The default value is as-install/domains
. --backupdir
-
Specifies the directory under which backup files are stored.
The default value is as-install/domains/
domain-dir/backups
. If the domain is not in the default location, the location is domain-dir/backups
. --backupconfig
-
(Supported only in Eclipse GlassFish.) Restricts the listing of backup files in the backup directory to those for the specified domain backup configuration.
Operands
- domain-name
-
Specifies the domain for which backups are listed.
This operand is optional if only one domain exists in the Eclipse GlassFish installation.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Domain Backups
This example provides detailed information about backups in the default domain.
asadmin> list-backups --long
Description : domain1 backup created on 2021_12_20 by user dmatej
GlassFish Version : Eclipse GlassFish 7.0.0 (build 2021-12-10T19:08:14+0100)
Backup User : admin
Backup Date : Mon Dec 20 19:24:17 CET 2021
Domain Name : domain1
Backup Type : full
Backup Config Name :
Backup Filename (origin) : /glassfish7/glassfish/domains/domain1/backups/domain1_2021_12_20_v00001.zip
Domain Directory : /glassfish7/glassfish/domains/domain1
Description : domain1 backup created on 2021_12_20 by user dmatej
GlassFish Version : Eclipse GlassFish 7.0.0 (build 2021-12-10T19:08:14+0100)
Backup User : admin
Backup Date : Mon Dec 20 19:24:20 CET 2021
Domain Name : domain1
Backup Type : full
Backup Config Name :
Backup Filename (origin) : /glassfish7/glassfish/domains/domain1/backups/domain1_2021_12_20_v00002.zip
Domain Directory : /glassfish7/glassfish/domains/domain1
Command list-backups executed successfully.
list-batch-job-executions
Lists batch job executions and execution details
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-batch-job-executions [--help]
[--target target]
[--executionid execution-id]
[--long={false|true}]
[--output output]
[--header={false|true}]
[instance_ID]
Description
The list-batch-job-executions
subcommand lists batch job executions
and execution details.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which to list batch job executions and execution details. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists executions for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - cluster-name
-
Lists executions for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists executions for a particular server instance.
--executionid
-x
-
Specifies the execution ID of a specific batch job execution.
--long
-l
-
Displays detailed information about batch job executions. The default value is
false
. --output
-o
-
Displays specific details about batch job executions. Use a comma-separated list to specify the details to display and their order. The values are case-insensitive. A subset of all possible headings is displayed by default.
Possible values are as follows:jobname
-
Displays the name of the job.
executionid
-
Displays the ID assigned to the execution of the batch job. A new execution is created the first time a job is started and every time the existing execution is restarted.
starttime
-
Displays the start time of the execution.
endtime
-
Displays the finish time of the execution.
batchstatus
-
Displays the status of the execution as set by the batch runtime.
exitstatus
-
Displays the status of the execution as set by the Job XML for the job or by the batch application. By default, the exit status and the batch status are the same unless the exit status is explicitly overridden.
jobparameters
-
Displays the properties passed to the batch runtime for the batch job execution, listed as name/value pairs.
stepcount
-
Displays the number of steps in the batch job execution.
--header
-h
-
Specifies whether column headings are displayed when the
--long
option is used. The default value istrue
. To suppress the headings, set the--header
option tofalse
.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Batch Job Executions
This example lists batch job executions for the default server instance and displays specific details.
asadmin> list-batch-job-executions -o=jobname,executionid,batchstatus,exitstatus
JOBNAME EXECUTIONID BATCHSTATUS EXITSTATUS
payroll 9 COMPLETED COMPLETED
bonus 6 FAILED FAILED
Command list-batch-job-executions executed successfully.
list-batch-jobs
Lists batch jobs
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-batch-jobs [--help]
[--target target]
[--long={false|true}]
[--output output]
[--header={false|true}]
[job_name]
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which to list batch jobs and job details. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists batch jobs for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - cluster-name
-
Lists batch jobs for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists batch jobs for a particular server instance.
--long
-l
-
Displays detailed information about batch jobs. The default value is
false
. --output
-o
-
Displays specific details about batch jobs. Use a comma-separated list to specify the details to display and their order. The values are case-insensitive. The
jobname
andinstancecount
column headings are displayed by default.
Possible values are as follows:jobname
-
Displays the name of the job.
appname
-
Displays the name of the application.
instancecount
-
Displays the number of job instances.
instanceid
-
Displays the ID assigned to the job instance.
executionid
-
Displays the ID assigned to the execution of the batch job. A new execution is created the first time a job is started and every time the existing execution is restarted.
batchstatus
-
Displays the status of the job as set by the batch runtime.
starttime
-
Displays the start time of the job.
endtime
-
Displays the finish time of the job.
exitstatus
-
Displays the status of the job as set by the Job XML for the job or by the batch application. By default, the exit status and the batch status are the same unless the exit status is explicitly overridden.
--header
-h
-
Specifies whether column headings are displayed when the
--long
option is used. The default value istrue
. To suppress the headings, set the--header
option tofalse
.
list-batch-job-steps
Lists steps for a specific batch job execution
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-batch-job-steps [--help]
[--long={false|true}]
[--target target]
[--output output]
[--header={false|true}]
execution_id
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which to list batch job steps. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists steps for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - cluster-name
-
Lists steps for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists steps for a particular server instance.
--long
-l
-
Displays detailed information about batch job steps. The default value is
false
. --output
-o
-
Displays specific details about batch job steps. Use a comma-separated list to specify the details to display and their order. The values are case-insensitive. A subset of all possible headings is displayed by default. Possible values are as follows:
stepname
-
Displays the name of the step.
stepid
-
Displays the step ID.
starttime
-
Displays the start time of the step.
endtime
-
Displays the finish time of the step.
batchstatus
-
Displays the status of the step as set by the batch runtime.
exitstatus
-
Displays the status of the step as set by the Job XML for the job or by the batch application. By default, the exit status and the batch status are the same unless the exit status is explicitly overridden.
stepmetrics
-
Displays metrics for the step.
value
-
Displays a value for each step metric. The value represents the number of items read, written, committed, and so on.
--header
-h
-
Specifies whether column headings are displayed when the
--long
option is used. The default value istrue
. To suppress the headings, set the--header
option tofalse
.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Batch Job Steps
This example lists batch job steps and specific step details for a job
execution with the execution ID of 7
. The target is the default server
instance.
Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> list-batch-job-steps o=stepname,stepid,batchstatus,stepmetrics 7
STEPNAME STEPID BATCHSTATUS STEPMETRICS
prepare 7 COMPLETED METRICNAME VALUE
READ_COUNT 8
WRITE_COUNT 8
PROCESS_SKIP_COUNT 0
process 8 COMPLETED METRICNAME VALUE
READ_COUNT 8
WRITE_COUNT 8
PROCESS_SKIP_COUNT 0
...
Command list-batch-job-steps executed successfully.
list-batch-runtime-configuration
Displays the configuration of the batch runtime
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-batch-runtime-configuration [--help]
[--target target]
[--output output]
[--header={false|true}]
Description
The list-batch-runtime-configuration
subcommand displays the
configuration of the batch runtime. Batch runtime configuration data is
stored in the config
element in domain.xml
.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which to list the batch runtime configuration. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the batch runtime configuration for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - cluster-name
-
Lists the batch runtime configuration for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the batch runtime configuration for a particular server instance.
--output
-o
-
Displays specific details about the batch runtime configuration. Use a comma-separated list to specify the details to display and their order. The values are case-insensitive. The
datasourcelookupname
andexecutorservicelookupname
column headings are displayed by default.
Possible values are as follows:datasourcelookupname
-
The JNDI lookup name of the data source used to store job information. By default, the batch runtime uses the default data source
jdbc/__TimerPool
. executorservicelookupname
-
The JNDI lookup name of the managed executor service used to provide threads to jobs. By default, the batch runtime uses the default managed executor service
concurrent/__defaultManagedExecutorService
.
--header
-h
-
Specifies whether column headings are displayed when the
--long
option is used. The default value istrue
. To suppress the headings, set the--header
option tofalse
.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Batch Runtime Configuration
The following example lists the configuration of the batch runtime for the default server instance.
asadmin> list-batch-runtime-configuration
DATASOURCELOOKUPNAME EXECUTORSERVICELOOKUPNAME
jdbc/_default concurrent/__defaultManagedExecutorService
Command list-batch-runtime-configuration executed successfully.
list-clusters
Lists existing clusters in a domain
Description
The list-clusters
subcommand lists existing clusters in a domain. The
list can be filtered by cluster, instance, node, or configuration. For
each cluster that is listed, the subcommand indicates whether the
cluster is running.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Filters the list of clusters by specifying the target for which the clusters are to be listed. Valid values are as follows:
domain
-
Lists all clusters in the domain (default).
- cluster-name
-
Lists only the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the cluster of which the specified instance is a member.
- node-name
-
Lists the clusters that contain an instance that resides on the specified node. For example, if instance
pmdi1
in clusterpmdc
and instanceymli1
in clusterymlc
reside on noden1
,pmdc
andymlc
are listed. - configuration-name
-
Lists all clusters that contain instances whose configuration is defined by the named configuration.
Examples
Example 1 Listing All Clusters in a Domain
This example lists all clusters in the current domain.
asadmin> list-clusters
pmdclust not running
ymlclust not running
Command list-clusters executed successfully.
list-commands
Lists available commands
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-commands [--help]
[--localonly={false|true}] [--remoteonly={false|true}]
pattern-list
Description
The list-commands
subcommand lists the asadmin
subcommands.
By default, the list-commands
subcommand displays a list of local
subcommands followed by a list of remote subcommands. You can specify
that only remote subcommands or only local subcommands are listed and
that only subcommands whose names contain a specified text string are
listed.
This subcommand is supported in local mode and remote mode.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--localonly
-
If this option is set to true, only local commands are listed. Default is false.
If this option is set to true, the--remoteonly
option must be set to false. Otherwise, an error occurs. --remoteonly
-
If this option is set to true, only remote commands are listed. Default is false.
If this option is set to true, the--localonly
option must be set to false. Otherwise, an error occurs.
Operands
- pattern-list
-
A space-separated list of text strings on which to filter the list of subcommands. Only the subcommands that contain any one of the specified text strings is listed.
Examples
Example 1 Listing the Local Subcommands
This example lists only the local subcommands.
asadmin> list-commands --localonly=true
********** Local Commands **********
change-admin-password
change-master-password
create-domain
create-service
delete-domain
export
help
list-commands
list-domains
login
monitor
multimode
restart-domain
start-database
start-domain
stop-database
stop-domain
unset
verify-domain-xml
version
Command list-commands executed successfully.
Example 2 Filtering the Subcommands That Are Listed
This example lists only the subcomands whose names contain the text
configure
or set
.
asadmin> list-commands configure set
********** Local Commands **********
setup-ssh
unset
********** Remote Commands **********
configure-jms-cluster set-log-levels
configure-lb-weight set-web-context-param
configure-ldap-for-admin set-web-env-entry
set unset-web-context-param
set-log-attributes unset-web-env-entry
Command list-commands executed successfully.
Example 3 Listing All Subcommands
This example first displays a list of the local subcommands, followed by a partial list of the remote subcommands.
asadmin> list-commands
********** Local Commands **********
change-admin-password
change-master-password
create-domain
create-service
delete-domain
export
help
list-commands
list-domains
login
monitor
multimode
restart-domain
start-database
start-domain
stop-database
stop-domain
unset
verify-domain-xml
version
********** Remote Commands **********
__locations enable
add-resources enable-monitoring
configure-ldap-for-admin flush-jmsdest
create-admin-object freeze-transaction-service
create-audit-module generate-jvm-report
create-auth-realm get
create-connector-connection-pool get-client-stubs
create-connector-resource get-host-and-port
create-connector-security-map jms-ping
create-connector-work-security-map list
create-custom-resource list-admin-objects
create-file-user list-app-refs
create-http list-applications
create-http-listener list-audit-modules
create-iiop-listener list-auth-realms
create-jdbc-connection-pool list-components
create-jdbc-resource list-connector-connection-pools
create-jms-host list-connector-resources
create-jms-resource list-connector-security-maps
create-jmsdest list-connector-work-security-maps
create-jndi-resource list-containers
create-jvm-options list-custom-resources
create-lifecycle-module list-file-groups
create-mail-resource list-file-users
create-message-security-provider list-http-listeners
create-network-listener list-iiop-listeners
create-password-alias list-jdbc-connection-pools
create-profiler list-jdbc-resources
create-protocol list-jms-hosts
create-resource-adapter-config list-jms-resources
create-resource-ref list-jmsdest
create-ssl list-jndi-entries
create-system-properties list-jndi-resources
create-threadpool list-jvm-options
create-transport list-lifecycle-modules
create-virtual-server list-logger-levels
delete-admin-object list-message-security-providers
delete-audit-module list-mail-resources
...
list-components
Lists deployed components
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-components [--help]
[--long={false|true}] [--resources] [--subcomponents]
[--type type] [target]
Description
The |
The list-components
subcommand lists all deployed Jakarta EE components.
If the --type
option is not specified, all components are listed. If
the type option is specified, you must specify a type. The possible
types are listed in the Options section in this help page.
If multiple versions of a module or application are deployed, this
subcommand lists all versions. To list which version is enabled, set the
--long
option to true
. For more information about module and
application versions, see "Module and Application
Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application
Deployment Guide.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-
If
true
, displays whether each module or application listed is enabled. The default isfalse
. --resources
-
Lists the application-scoped resources for each component. If the
--subcomponents
option is also used, lists the application-scoped resources for each component within an application. --subcomponents
-
Lists the subcomponents of each component. The subcomponents listed depend on the component type. For example, for a Jakarta EE application (EAR file), modules are listed. For a web application, servlets and JSP pages are listed. For an EJB module, EJB subcomponents are listed.
--type
-
Specifies the type of the components that are to be listed. The options are as follows:
-
application
-
appclient
-
connector
-
ejb
-
web
-
webservice
If no type is specified, all components are listed.
-
Operands
- target
-
This is the name of the target upon which the subcommand operates. The valid values are:
server
-
Lists the components for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. domain
-
Lists the components for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the components for the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the components for a particular stand-alone server instance.
list-configs
Lists named configurations
Description
The list—configs
subcommand lists named configurations in the
configuration of the domain administration server (DAS). The list can be
filtered by cluster, instance, or named configuration.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Filters the list of configurations. Valid values are as follows:
domain
-
Lists all named configurations in the current domain.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the named configuration that defines the configuration of instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the named configuration that defines the configuration of the specified instance.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the specified named configuration. Use this option to determine whether a named configuration exits.
Examples
Example 1 Listing All Named Configurations in a Domain
This example lists all named configurations in the current domain.
asadmin> list-configs
server-config
default-config
pmdclust-config
pmdsharedconfig
pmdcpinst-config
ymlclust-config
il1-config
il2-config
Command list-configs executed successfully.
list-connector-connection-pools
Lists the existing connector connection pools
Description
The list-connector-connection-pools
subcommand list connector
connection pools that have been created.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
list-connector-resources
Lists all connector resources
Description
The list-connector-resources
subcommand lists all connector resources.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
The target for which the connector resources are to be listed. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the connector resources on the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Lists the connector resources for the domain.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the connector resources on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the connector resources on a specified server instance.
list-connector-security-maps
Lists the security maps belonging to the specified connector connection pool
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-connector-security-maps [--help]
[--securitymap securitymap]
[--verbose={false|true}] [--target target]
pool-name
Description
The list-connector-security-maps
subcommand lists the security maps
belonging to the specified connector connection pool.
For this subcommand to succeed, you must have first created a connector
connection pool using the create-connector-connection-pool
subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--securitymap
-
Specifies the name of the security map contained within the connector connection pool from which the identity and principals should be listed. With this option,
--verbose
is redundant. --verbose
-
If set to
true
, returns a list including the identity, principals, and security name. The default isfalse
. --target
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
list-connector-work-security-maps
Lists the work security maps belonging to the specified resource adapter
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-connector-work-security-maps [--help]
[--securitymap securitymap]
resource_adapter_name
Description
The list-connector-work-security-maps
subcommand lists the work
security maps belonging to the specified resource adapter.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--securitymap
-
Specifies the name of the security map contained within the resource adapter from which the identity and principals should be listed.
Operands
- resource_adapter_name
-
The name of the resource adapter for which you want to list security maps.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Connector Work Security Maps
This example lists the current connector work security maps for the
resource adapter named my_resource_adapter
.
asadmin> list-connector-work-security-maps my_resource_adapter
workSecurityMap1: EIS principal=eis-principal-2, mapped principal=server-principal-2
workSecurityMap1: EIS principal=eis-principal-1, mapped principal=server-principal-1
workSecurityMap2: EIS principal=eis-principal-2, mapped principal=server-principal-2
workSecurityMap2: EIS principal=eis-principal-1, mapped principal=server-principal-1
Command list-connector-work-security-maps executed successfully.
list-containers
Lists application containers
Description
The list-containers
subcommand displays a list of application
containers.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Examples
Example 1 Listing the Application Containers
This example lists the current application containers.
asadmin> list-containers
List all known application containers
Container : grizzly
Container : ejb
Container : webservices
Container : ear
Container : appclient
Container : connector
Container : jpa
Container : web
Container : osgi
Container : security
Container : webbeans
Command list-containers executed successfully.
list-context-services
Lists context service resources
Description
The list-context-services
subcommand lists context service resources.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies the target for which context service resources are to be listed. Valid targets are:
server
-
Lists the resources on the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Lists the resources for the domain.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the resources on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the resources on a specified server instance.
list-custom-resources
Gets all custom resources
Description
The list-custom-resources
subcommand lists the custom resources.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
This operand specifies the location of the custom resources. Valid targets are:
server
-
Lists the resources on the default server instance. This is the default value
domain
-
Lists the resources in the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the resources for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the resources for a particular server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Custom Resources
This example lists the current custom resources.
asadmin> list-custom-resources
sample_custom_resource01
sample_custom_resource02
Command list-custom-resources executed successfully.
Example 2 Using the list-custom-resources command with a target
The following example displays the usage of this command.
asadmin> list-custom-resources --user admin --passwordfile
passwords.txt --host plum --port 4848 target6
sample_custom_resource03
sample_custom_resource04
Command list-custom-resources executed successfully.
list-domains
Lists the domains in the specified directory
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-domains [--help]
[--domaindir domaindir]
[--long={false|true}]
[--header={false|true}]
Description
The list-domains
subcommand lists the domains in the specified domains
directory. If the domains directory is not specified, the domains in the
default directory are listed. If there is more that one domains
directory, the --domaindir
option must be specified. The status of
each domain is included.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--domaindir
-
The directory where the domains are to be listed. If specified, the path must be accessible in the files stem. If not specified, the domains in the domain root directory are listed. The default location of the domain root directory is as-install
/domains
. --long
-l
-
Displays detailed information about the administration servers in the listed domains, including host names and port numbers. The default value is
false
. --header
-h
-
Specifies whether a header is displayed when the
--long
option is used. The default value istrue
. To suppress the header, set the--header
option tofalse
.
list-file-groups
Lists file groups
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-file-groups [--help]
[--name username] [--authrealmname auth_realm_name]
[--target target]
Description
The list-file-groups
subcommand lists the file users and groups
supported by the file realm authentication. This subcommand lists
available groups in the file user. If the --name
option is not
specified, all groups are listed.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--name
-
Identifies the name of the file user for whom the groups will be listed.
--authrealmname
-
The name of the authentication realm for which to list available groups.
--target
-
This option specifies which configurations you can list. Valid targets are:
server
-
Lists the file groups in the current server. This is the default value.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the file groups in a cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the file groups for a particular instance.
list-file-users
Lists the file users
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-file-users [--help]
[--authrealmname auth_realm_name] [target]
Description
The list-file-users
subcommand displays a list of file users supported
by file realm authentication.
Options
--help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--authrealmname
-
Lists only the users in the specified authentication realm.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies the target for which you want to list file users. The following values are valid:
server
-
Lists the file users on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration_name
-
Lists the file users in the specified configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the file users on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the file users on a specified server instance.
list-http-lb-configs
Lists load balancer configurations
Description
The list-http-lb-configs
subcommand lists the load balancer
configurations. List them all or list them by the cluster or server
instance they reference.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Lists the load balancers by target. Valid values are:
-
cluster_name- The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name- The name of a target server instance.
-
Examples
list-http-lbs
Lists load balancers
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-http-lbs [--help]
[--long={false|true}]
[--output output]
[--header={false|true}]
[name]
Description
Use the list-http-lbs
subcommand to list physical load balancers.
This subcommand is only applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. This subcommand is not applicable to Eclipse GlassFish. |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-l
-
Displays detailed information about each load balancer. The default value is
false.
--output
-o
-
Displays specific details about each load balancer. Use a comma-separated list to specify the details you want to display and their order. For example,
list-http-lbs --output name,device-host,device-port
. The values are case-insensitive.
Possible values are as follows:device-host
-
Displays the device host or the IP address of the load balancing device. This host or IP is where the physical load balancer resides.
name
-
Displays the name of the load balancer.
auto-apply-enabled
-
Displays whether the Auto Apply feature is enabled.
lb-config-name
-
Displays the name of the load balancer configuration.
device-port
-
Displays the port used to communicate with the load balancing device.
--header
-h
-
Specifies whether column headings are displayed when the
--long
option is used. The default value istrue
. To suppress the headings, set the--header
option tofalse
.
list-http-listeners
Lists the existing network listeners
Description
The list-http-listeners
subcommand lists the existing network listeners.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Restricts the listing to network listeners for a specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the netowork listeners for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the network listeners for the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the network listeners for all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the network listeners for the specified server instance.
list-iiop-listeners
Lists the existing IIOP listeners
Description
The list-iiop-listeners
subcommand lists the existing IIOP listeners.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
This operand specifies the target for which the IIOP listeners are to be listed. Valid values are:
server
-
Lists the listeners in the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Lists the listeners in the specified configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the listeners in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the listeners in a particular server instance.
list-instances
Lists Eclipse GlassFish instances in a domain
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-instances [--help]
[--timeoutmsec timeout]
[--long={false|true} | --nostatus={false|true}]
[--standaloneonly={false|true} | target]
Description
The list-instances
subcommand lists Eclipse GlassFish instances in a
domain. The list can be filtered by cluster, instance, node, or
configuration.
The subcommand displays every Eclipse GlassFish instance in the
specified target, regardless of how each instance was created. For
example, this subcommand lists instances that were created by using the
create-instance
(1)
subcommand and by using the
create-local-instance
(1)
subcommand.
By default, the subcommand indicates whether each instance that is listed is running. Options of this subcommand control the information that is displayed for each instance.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--timeoutmsec
-
The time limit in milliseconds for determining the status of instances. The default is 2,000, which is equivalent to 2 seconds.
--long
-l
-
Specifies whether detailed information is displayed for each instance that is listed.
The--long
option and--nostatus
option are mutually exclusive. If both options are specified in the same command, an error occurs.
Valid values are as follows:true
-
The following details are displayed for each instance that is listed:
-
The name of the instance
-
The name of the host where the instance’s node resides
-
The HTTP port on which the instance listens for administration requests
-
The process identifier (PID) of the instance process or -1 if the instance is not running
-
The name of the cluster of which the instance is a member, if any
-
The state of the instance, which is
running
ornot running
When an instance is listed, some configuration changes in the domain administration server (DAS) for the instance might not have been applied to the instance itself. In this situation, the commands that are required to apply the changes are listed adjacent to the state of the instance. The maximum number of commands that are listed for an instance is 10.
-
false
-
Only the name of the instance and an indication of whether the instance is running are displayed (default). The length of time that the instance has been running is not displayed.
--nostatus
-
Specifies whether information about whether instances are running is suppressed.
The--long
option and--nostatus
option are mutually exclusive. If both options are specified in the same command, an error occurs.
Valid values are as follows:true
-
Information about whether instances are running is suppressed. Only the name of each instance is displayed.
false
-
Information about whether instances are running is displayed (default).
--standaloneonly
-
Specifies whether only standalone instances are listed.
The--standaloneonly
option and the target operand and are mutually exclusive. If both the--standaloneonly
option and the target operand are specified in the same command, an error occurs.
Valid values are as follows:true
-
Only standalone instances are listed.
false
-
All instances in the specified target are listed (default).
Operands
- target
-
Filters the list of Eclipse GlassFish instances by specifying the target for which instances are listed.
The target operand and the--standaloneonly
option are mutually exclusive. If both the target operand and the--standaloneonly
option are specified in the same command, an error occurs.
Valid values are as follows:domain
-
Lists all instances in the domain (default).
- cluster-name
-
Lists the instances that are members of the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists only the specified instance.
- node-name
-
Lists the instances that reside on the specified node.
- configuration-name
-
Lists all instances whose configuration is defined by the specified named configuration.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Basic Information About All Eclipse GlassFish Instances in a Domain
This example lists the name and status of all Eclipse GlassFish instances in the current domain.
asadmin> list-instances
pmd-i-sj02 running
yml-i-sj02 running
pmd-i-sj01 running
yml-i-sj01 running
pmdsa1 not running
Command list-instances executed successfully.
Example 2 Listing Detailed Information About All Eclipse GlassFish Instances in a Domain
This example lists detailed information about all Eclipse GlassFish instances in the current domain.
asadmin> list-instances --long=true
NAME HOST PORT PID CLUSTER STATE
pmd-i-sj01 sj01 24848 31310 pmdcluster running
yml-i-sj01 sj01 24849 25355 ymlcluster running
pmdsa1 localhost 24848 -1 --- not running
pmd-i-sj02 sj02 24848 22498 pmdcluster running
yml-i-sj02 sj02 24849 20476 ymlcluster running
ymlsa1 localhost 24849 -1 --- not running
Command list-instances executed successfully.
list-jacc-providers
Enables administrators to list JACC providers defined for a domain
Description
The list-jacc-providers
subcommand enables administrators to list the
JACC providers defined for a domain. JACC providers are defined as
jacc-provider
elements in the security-service
element in the
domain’s domain.xml
file. JACC providers can be created using the
Eclipse GlassFish Admin Console or the create-jacc-provider
subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies the target for which you want to list JACC providers. The following values are valid:
server
-
Lists the JACC providers on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration_name
-
Lists the JACC providers in the specified configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the JACC providers on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the JACC providers on a specified server instance.
list-jdbc-connection-pools
Lists all JDBC connection pools
Description
The list-jdbc-connection-pools
subcommand lists the current JDBC
connection pools.
This subcommand is supported in the remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
list-jdbc-resources
Lists all JDBC resources
Description
The list-jdbc-resources
subcommand displays a list of the existing
JDBC resources.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
--target
-
This operand specifies which JDBC resources you can list. Usage of this operand is optional. Valid values are:
server
-
Lists the JDBC resources in the current server and is the default.
domain
-
Lists the JDBC resources in the current domain.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the JDBC resources in a cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the JDBC resources for a particular instance.
list-jmsdest
Lists the existing JMS physical destinations
Description
The list-jmsdest
subcommand lists the Java Message Service (JMS)
physical destinations.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--desttype
-
The type of JMS destination to be listed. Valid values are
topic
andqueue
.
Operands
- target
-
Restricts the listing to physical destinations for a specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the physical destinations for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the physical destinations in the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the physical destinations for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the physical destinations for the specified server instance.
list-jms-hosts
Lists the existing JMS hosts
Description
The list-jms-hosts
subcommand lists the existing Java Message Service
(JMS) hosts for the JMS service.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Restricts the listing to JMS hosts for a specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the JMS hosts for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the JMS hosts for the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the JMS hosts for all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the JMS hosts for the specified server instance.
list-jms-resources
Lists the JMS resources
Description
The list-jms-resources
subcommand lists the existing Java Message
Service (JMS) resources (destination and connection factory resources).
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only. Remote asadmin
subcommands require a running domain administration server (DAS).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--restype
-
The JMS resource type can be
jakarta.jms.Topic
,jakarta.jms.Queue
,jakarta.jms.ConnectionFactory
,jakarta.jms.TopicConnectionFactory
, orjakarta.jms.QueueConnectionFactory
.
Operands
- target
-
Restricts the listing to resources for a specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the resources for the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Lists the resources for the domain.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the resources for every server instance in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the resources for the specified server instance.
list-jndi-entries
Browses and queries the JNDI tree
Description
Use this subcommand to browse and query the JNDI tree.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--context
-
The name of the JNDI context or subcontext. If context is not specified, all entries in the naming service are returned. If context (such as
ejb
) is specified, all those entries are returned.
Operands
- target
-
This operand specifies the JNDI tree to browse. Possible values are as follows:
server
-
Browses the JNDI tree for the default Eclipse GlassFish instance (default). The default instance is the domain administration server (DAS).
domain
-
Browses the JNDI tree for the current domain.
- cluster-name
-
Browses the JNDI tree for the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Browses the JNDI tree for the specified Eclipse GlassFish instance.
Examples
Example 1 Browsing the JNDI Tree
This example browses the JNDI tree for the default Eclipse GlassFish instance.
asadmin> list-jndi-entries
java:global: com.sun.enterprise.naming.impl.TransientContext
jdbc: com.sun.enterprise.naming.impl.TransientContext
ejb: com.sun.enterprise.naming.impl.TransientContext
com.sun.enterprise.container.common.spi.util.InjectionManager:
com.sun.enterprise.container.common.impl.util.InjectionManagerImpl
Command list-jndi-entries executed successfully.
list-jndi-resources
Lists all existing JNDI resources
Description
The list-jndi-resources
subcommand identifies all existing JNDI resources.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
The target for which the JNDI resources are to be listed. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the JNDI resources on the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the JNDI resources for the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the JNDI resources on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the JNDI resources on a specified server instance.
list-jobs
Lists information about subcommands that were started using
asadmin --detach
or that contain progress information
Description
The list-jobs
subcommand lists information about subcommands that were
started using the asadmin
utility option --detach
or that contain
progress information. The --detach
option detaches long-running
subcommands and executes them in the background in detach mode.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Examples
Example 1 Checking Job Status
This example provides information about subcommands that were started
using asadmin --detach
or that contain progress information.
asadmin> list-jobs
JOB ID COMMAND STATE EXIT CODE TIME OF COMPLETION
1 create-cluster COMPLETED SUCCESS 2013-02-15 16:16:16 PST
2 deploy COMPLETED FAILURE 2013-02-15 18:26:30 PST
Command list-jobs executed successfully
list-jvm-options
Lists options for the Java application launcher
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-jvm-options [--help]
[--target target]
[--profiler={false|true}]
Description
The list-jvm-options
subcommand displays a list of command-line
options that are passed to the Java application launcher when
Eclipse GlassFish is started.
The options are managed by using the JVM Options page of the
Administration Console or by using the create-jvm-options
and
delete-jvm-options
subcommands.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which you are listing Java application launcher options. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Specifies the DAS (default).
- instance-name
-
Specifies a Eclipse GlassFish instance.
- cluster-name
-
Specifies a cluster.
- configuration-name
-
Specifies a named configuration.
--profiler
-
Specifies whether the Java application launcher options to list are for the profiler. Set this option to true only if a profiler has been configured. If this option is set to true and no profiler is configured, an error occurs. The default is false.
Examples
Example 1 Listing the Java Application Launcher Options
This example lists the options that are used by the Java application launcher.
asadmin> list-jvm-options
-Djava.security.auth.login.config=${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}/config/login.conf
-XX: LogVMOutput
-XX: UnlockDiagnosticVMOptions
-Dcom.sun.enterprise.config.config_environment_factory_class=
com.sun.enterprise.config.serverbeans.AppserverConfigEnvironmentFactory
-Djavax.net.ssl.keyStore=${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}/config/keystore.jks
-XX:NewRatio=2
-DANTLR_USE_DIRECT_CLASS_LOADING=true
-Djava.security.policy=${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}/config/server.policy
-Djdbc.drivers=org.apache.derby.jdbc.ClientDriver
-Djavax.net.ssl.trustStore=${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}/config/cacerts.jks
-client
-Djava.ext.dirs=${com.sun.aas.javaRoot}/lib/ext${path.separator}${
com.sun.aas.javaRoot}/jre/lib/ext${path.separator}${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}
/lib/ext${path.separator}${com.sun.aas.derbyRoot}/lib
-Xmx512m
-XX:MaxPermSize=192m
-XX:LogFile=${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}/logs/jvm.log
Command list-jvm-options executed successfully.
See Also
For more information about the Java application launcher, see the reference page for the operating system that you are using:
-
Oracle Solaris and Linux: java - the Java application launcher (``http://docs.oracle.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/tools/solaris/java.html)
-
Windows: java - the Java application launcher (``http://docs.oracle.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/tools/windows/java.html)
list-libraries
Lists library JAR files on Eclipse GlassFish
Description
The list-libraries
subcommand lists library archive files on
Eclipse GlassFish.
The --type
option specifies the library type and the Eclipse GlassFish
directory for which libraries are to be listed.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--type
-
Specifies the library type and the Eclipse GlassFish directory for which libraries are listed. Valid values are as follows:
common
-
Lists the library files for the Common class loader directory, domain-dir
/lib
. This is the default. ext
-
Lists the library files for the Java optional package directory, domain-dir
/lib/ext
. app
-
Lists the library files for the application-specific class loader directory, domain-dir
/lib/applibs
.
For more information about these directories, see "Class Loaders" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Development Guide.
See Also
"Class Loaders" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Development Guide
list-lifecycle-modules
Lists the lifecycle modules
Description
The list-lifecycle-modules
subcommand lists lifecycle modules. A
lifecycle module provides a means of running a short or long duration
Java-based task at a specific stage in the server life cycle. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Indicates the location where lifecycle modules are to be listed. Valid values are
-
server
- Specifies the default server instance as the target for listing lifecycle modules.server
is the name of the default server instance and is the default value for this operand. -
cluster_name - Specifies a particular cluster as the target for listing lifecycle modules.
-
instance_name - Specifies a particular server instance as the target for listing lifecycle modules.
-
list-log-attributes
Lists all logging attributes defined for a specified target in a domain
Description
The list-log-attributes
subcommand lists all logging attributes
currently defined for the specified Eclipse GlassFish domain or target
within a domain. The values listed correspond to the values in the
logging.properties
file for the domain.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Valid values are:
-
server
- The default server instance. This is the default value. -
configuration_name - The name of a specific configuration.
-
cluster_name - The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name - The name of a target server instance.
-
Examples
Example 1 Listing the Logger Attributes for a Domain
This example lists all loggers attributes for the default domain.
asadmin> list-log-attributes
handlers <org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler,org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SimpleLogHandler,org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SyslogHandler>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.buffer.capacity <10000>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.buffer.timeoutInSeconds <0>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.enabled <true>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.encoding <UTF-8>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.file <${com.sun.aas.instanceRoot}/logs/server.log>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.flushFrequency <1>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.formatter <org.glassfish.main.jul.formatter.ODLLogFormatter>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.formatter.excludedFields <>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.formatter.multiline <true>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.formatter.printSource <false>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.redirectStandardStreams <true>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.rotation.compress <false>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.rotation.limit.megabytes <100>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.rotation.limit.minutes <0>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.rotation.maxArchiveFiles <0>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.rotation.rollOnDateChange <false>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SimpleLogHandler.formatter <org.glassfish.main.jul.formatter.UniformLogFormatter>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SimpleLogHandler.formatter.excludedFields <>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SimpleLogHandler.formatter.printSource <false>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SimpleLogHandler.useErrorStream <true>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SyslogHandler.buffer.capacity <5000>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SyslogHandler.buffer.timeoutInSeconds <300>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SyslogHandler.enabled <false>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SyslogHandler.encoding <UTF-8>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SyslogHandler.formatter <java.util.logging.SimpleFormatter>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SyslogHandler.host <>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SyslogHandler.port <514>
Command list-log-attributes executed successfully.
See Also
"Administering the Logging Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
list-loggers
Lists existing loggers
Description
The list-loggers
subcommand lists the existing Eclipse GlassFish
loggers. Internal loggers are not listed. The list-loggers
subcommand
lists the logger name, subsystem, and description.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Examples
Example 1 Listing the Loggers
This example lists the logger name, subsystem, and description for each logger. Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> list-loggers
Logger Name Subsystem Logger Description
jakarta.enterprise.admin.rest REST Main REST Logger
jakarta.enterprise.admin.rest.client REST REST Client Logger
jakarta.enterprise.admin.rest.connector RSTCN REST Connector Logger
jakarta.enterprise.bootstrap BOOTSTRAP Main bootstrap logger.
jakarta.enterprise.cluster.gms CLSTR Group Management Service Adapter Logger
...
jakarta.mail MAIL Jakarta Mail Logger
org.glassfish.naming glassfish-naming logger for GlassFish appserver naming
Command list-loggers executed successfully.
list-log-levels
Lists the loggers and their log levels
Description
The list-log-levels
subcommand lists the current Eclipse GlassFish
loggers and their log levels. This subcommand reports on all the loggers
that are listed in the logging.properties
file. In some cases, loggers
that have not been created by the respective containers will appear in
the list.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
The server, cluster or server instance for which log levels will be listed.
Operands
- target
-
Valid values are:
-
server_name - Default target is
server
. If no target is specified then log levels are listed for the server. -
cluster_name - The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name - The name of a target server instance.
-
Examples
Example 1 Listing the Log Levels
This example lists the existing loggers and indicates how their log levels are set.
asadmin> list-log-levels
MBeans <INFO>
com.sun.enterprise.glassfish.bootstrap <INFO>
com.sun.enterprise.glassfish <INFO>
com.sun.enterprise.security <INFO>
com.sun.webui <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.admin.rest.client <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.admin.rest.connector <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.admin.rest <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.bootstrap <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.cluster.gms.admin <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.cluster.gms.bootstrap <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.cluster.gms <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.concurrent <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.config.api <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.connector.work <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.ejb.container <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.inject <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.inject.spi <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.launcher <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.logging <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.monitoring <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.osgi.container <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.resource.corba <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.resource.javamail <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.resource.jdo <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.resource.jms.injection <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.resource.jms <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.resource.jta <INFO>
jakarta.enterprise.resource.resourceadapter <INFO>
...
jakarta.ws.rs.client <INFO>
org.apache.catalina <INFO>
org.apache.coyote <INFO>
org.apache.jasper <INFO>
org.eclipse.krazo <INFO>
org.eclipse.persistence.session <INFO>
org.glassfish.admingui <INFO>
org.glassfish.grizzly.http2 <INFO>
org.glassfish.grizzly <INFO>
org.glassfish.jersey <INFO>
org.glassfish.jersey.message.internal.TracingLogger <INFO>
org.glassfish <INFO>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler <ALL>
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.SimpleLogHandler <INFO>
org.glassfish.main <INFO>
org.glassfish.naming <INFO>
org.glassfish.persistence <INFO>
org.glassfish.security <INFO>
org.hibernate.validator.internal.util.Version <WARNING>
org.jvnet.hk2 <INFO>
org.jvnet.hk2.osgiadapter <WARNING>
sun <INFO>
Command list-log-levels executed successfully.
See Also
collect-log-files
(1),
list-log-attributes
(1),
rotate-log
(1),
set-log-attributes
(1),
set-log-levels
(1)
"Administering the Logging Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
list-mail-resources
Lists the existing Jakarta Mail session resources
Description
The list-mail-resources
subcommand lists the existing Jakarta Mail
session resources.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
This operand specifies the target for which the Jakarta Mail session resources are to be listed. Valid values are:
server
-
Lists the resources for the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Lists the resources for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the resources for the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the resources for a particular server instance.
list-managed-executor-services
Lists managed executor service resources
Description
The list-managed-executor-services
subcommand lists managed executor
service resources.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies the target for which managed executor service resources are to be listed. Valid targets are:
server
-
Lists the resources on the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Lists the resources for the domain.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the resources on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the resources on a specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Managed Executor Service Resources
This example lists managed executor service resources on the default server instance.
asadmin> list-managed-executor-services
concurrent/__defaultManagedExecutorService
concurrent/myExecutor1
concurrent/myExecutor2
Command list-managed-executor-services executed successfully.
list-managed-scheduled-executor-services
Lists managed scheduled executor service resources
Description
The list-managed-scheduled-executor-services
subcommand lists managed
scheduled executor service resources.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies the target for which managed scheduled executor service resources are to be listed. Valid targets are:
server
-
Lists the resources on the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Lists the resources for the domain.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the resources on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the resources on a specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Managed Scheduled Executor Service Resources
This example lists managed scheduled executor service resources on the default server instance.
asadmin> list-managed-scheduled-executor-services
concurrent/__defaultManagedScheduledExecutorService
concurrent/myScheduledExecutor1
concurrent/myScheduledExecutor2
Command list-managed-scheduled-executor-services executed successfully.
list-managed-thread-factories
Lists managed thread factory resources
Description
The list-managed-thread-factories
subcommand lists managed thread
factory resources.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Specifies the target for which managed thread factory resources are to be listed. Valid targets are:
server
-
Lists the resources on the default server instance. This is the default value.
domain
-
Lists the resources for the domain.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the resources on all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the resources on a specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Managed Thread Factory Resources
This example lists managed thread factory resources on the default server instance.
asadmin> list-managed-thread-factories
concurrent/__defaultManagedThreadFactory
concurrent/myThreadFactory1
concurrent/myThreadFactory2
Command list-managed-thread-factories executed successfully.
list-message-security-providers
Lists all security message providers for the given message layer
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-message-security-providers [--help]
--layer message_layer
[target]
Description
The list-message-security-providers
subcommand enables administrators
to list all security message providers (provider-config
sub-elements)
for the given message layer (message-security-config
element of
domain.xml
).
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--layer
-
The message-layer for which the provider has to be listed. The default value is
HttpServlet
.
Operands
- target
-
Restricts the listing to message security providers for a specific target. Valid values include:
server
-
Lists providers for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. domain
-
Lists providers for the domain.
- cluster
-
Lists providers for the server instances in the cluster.
- instance
-
Lists providers for a particular server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Listing message security providers
The following example shows how to list message security providers for a message layer.
asadmin> list-message-security-providers
--layer SOAP
XWS_ClientProvider
ClientProvider
XWS_ServerProvider
ServerProvider
Command list-message-security-providers executed successfully.
list-modules
Lists Eclipse GlassFish modules
Description
The list-modules
subcommand displays a list of modules that are
accessible to the Eclipse GlassFish module subsystem. The version of
each module is shown.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Eclipse GlassFish Modules
This example provides a partial listing of modules that are accessible to the Eclipse GlassFish module subsystem
asadmin> list-modules
List Of Modules
Module : org.glassfish.transaction.jts:3.0.0.b66
Module Characteristics : List of Jars implementing the module
Jar : file:/home/gfuser/GlassFish/glassfish7/glassfish/modules/jts.jar
Module Characteristics : Provides to following services
Module Characteristics : List of imported modules
Imports : org.glassfish.transaction.jts:3.0.0.b66
Module : com.sun.enterprise.tiger-types-osgi:0.3.96
Module : org.glassfish.bean-validator:3.0.0.JBoss-400Beta3A
Module : org.glassfish.core.kernel:3.0.0.b66
Module Characteristics : Provides to following services
Module Characteristics : List of imported modules
Imports : org.glassfish.core.kernel:3.0.0.b66
Module Characteristics : List of Jars implementing the module
Jar : file:/home/gfuser/GlassFish/glassfish7/glassfish/modules/kernel.jar
Module : org.glassfish.common.util:3.0.0.b66
Module Characteristics : List of Jars implementing the module
Jar : file:/home/gfuser/GlassFish/glassfish7/glassfish/modules/common-util.jar
Module Characteristics : Provides to following services
Module Characteristics : List of imported modules
Imports : org.glassfish.common.util:3.0.0.b66
...
Command list-modules executed successfully
list-network-listeners
Lists the existing network listeners
Description
The list-network-listeners
subcommand lists the existing network
listeners. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Restricts the listing to network listeners for a specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the network listeners for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the network listeners for the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the network listeners for all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the network listeners for the specified server instance.
list-nodes
Lists all Eclipse GlassFish nodes in a domain
Description
The list-nodes
subcommand lists all Eclipse GlassFish nodes in a
domain.
By default, the subcommand displays the following information for each node that is listed:
-
The name of the node
-
The type of the node, which is one of the following types:::
CONFIG
-
The node does not support remote communication.
DCOM
-
The node supports communication over the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote protocol.
SSH
-
The node supports communication over secure shell (SSH).
-
The name of the host that the node represents
The --long
option of the subcommand specifies whether the nodes are
listed in long format. In long format, the following additional
information about each node is displayed:
-
The path to the parent of the base installation directory of Eclipse GlassFish on the host that the node represents
-
A comma-separated list of the names of the Eclipse GlassFish instances that reside on the node
If the --terse
option of the
asadmin
(1M) utility is true
and the
--long
option of the subcommand is false
, the subcommand lists only
the name of each node.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-l
-
Specifies whether the nodes are listed in long format.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
The nodes are listed in long format.
false
-
The nodes are listed in short format (default).
Examples
Example 1 Listing Eclipse GlassFish Nodes
This example displays the name, type, and host for all Eclipse GlassFish
nodes in the domain domain1
.
asadmin> list-nodes
localhost-domain1 CONFIG localhost
sj02 SSH sj02.example.com
sj01 SSH sj01.example.com
devnode CONFIG localhost
Command list-nodes executed successfully.
Example 2 Listing Only the Names of Eclipse GlassFish Nodes
This example uses the --terse
option of the asadmin
utility to list
only the names of the Eclipse GlassFish nodes in the domain domain1
.
asadmin> list-nodes --terse=true
localhost-domain1
sj02
sj01
devnode
Example 3 Listing Eclipse GlassFish Nodes in Long Format
This example lists the Eclipse GlassFish nodes in the domain domain1
in long format.
asadmin> list-nodes --long=true
NODE NAME TYPE NODE HOST INSTALL DIRECTORY REFERENCED BY
localhost-domain1 CONFIG localhost /export/glassfish7
sj02 SSH sj02.example.com /export/glassfish7 pmd-i2, yml-i2
sj01 SSH sj01.example.com /export/glassfish7 pmd-i1, yml-i1
devnode CONFIG localhost /export/glassfish7 pmdsa1
Command list-nodes executed successfully.
list-nodes-config
Lists all Eclipse GlassFish nodes that do not support remote communication in a domain
Description
The list-nodes-config
subcommand lists all Eclipse GlassFish nodes
that do not support remote communication in a domain.
To list all nodes in a domain regardless of the type of the node, run
the |
By default, the subcommand displays the following information for each node that is listed:
-
The name of the node
-
The type of the node, which is
CONFIG
-
The name of the host that the node represents
The --long
option of the subcommand specifies whether the nodes are
listed in long format. In long format, the following additional
information about each node is displayed:
-
The path to the parent of the base installation directory of Eclipse GlassFish on the host that the node represents
-
A comma-separated list of the names of the Eclipse GlassFish instances that reside on the node
If the --terse
option of the
asadmin
(1M) utility is true
and the
--long
option of the subcommand is false
, the subcommand lists only
the name of each node.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-l
-
Specifies whether the nodes are listed in long format.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
The nodes are listed in long format.
false
-
The nodes are listed in short format (default).
Examples
Example 1 Listing Eclipse GlassFish Nodes
This example displays the name, type, and host for all Eclipse GlassFish
nodes that do not support remote communication in the domain domain1
.
asadmin> list-nodes-config
localhost-domain1 CONFIG localhost
devnode CONFIG localhost
Command list-nodes-config executed successfully.
Example 2 Listing Only the Names of Eclipse GlassFish Nodes
This example uses the --terse
option of the asadmin
utility to list
only the names of the Eclipse GlassFish nodes that do not support remote
communication in the domain domain1
.
asadmin> list-nodes-config --terse=true
localhost-domain1
devnode
Example 3 Listing Eclipse GlassFish Nodes in Long Format
This example lists the Eclipse GlassFish nodes that do not support
remote communication in the domain domain1
in long format.
asadmin> list-nodes-config --long=true
NODE NAME TYPE NODE HOST INSTALL DIRECTORY REFERENCED BY
localhost-domain1 CONFIG localhost /export/glassfish7
devnode CONFIG localhost /export/glassfish7 pmdsa1
Command list-nodes-config executed successfully.
list-nodes-dcom
Lists all Eclipse GlassFish nodes that support communication over DCOM in a domain
Description
The list-nodes-dcom
subcommand lists all Eclipse GlassFish nodes that
support communication over the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM)
remote protocol. The DCOM protocol is available only on Windows systems.
To list all nodes in a domain regardless of the type of the node, run
the |
By default, the subcommand displays the following information for each node that is listed:
-
The name of the node
-
The type of the node, which is
DCOM
-
The name of the host that the node represents
The --long
option of the subcommand specifies whether the nodes are
listed in long format. In long format, the following additional
information about each node is displayed:
-
The path to the parent of the base installation directory of Eclipse GlassFish on the host that the node represents
-
A comma-separated list of the names of the Eclipse GlassFish instances that reside on the node
If the --terse
option of the
asadmin
(1M) utility is true
and the
--long
option of the subcommand is false
, the subcommand lists only
the name of each node.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-l
-
Specifies whether the nodes are listed in long format.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
The nodes are listed in long format.
false
-
The nodes are listed in short format (default).
Examples
Example 1 Listing Eclipse GlassFish Nodes
This example displays the name, type, and host for all Eclipse GlassFish nodes that support communication over DCOM in a domain.
asadmin> list-nodes-dcom
xkyd DCOM xkyd.example.com
wpmdl2 DCOM wpmdl2.example.com
wpmdl1 DCOM wpmdl1.example.com
Command list-nodes-dcom executed successfully.
Example 2 Listing Only the Names of Eclipse GlassFish Nodes
This example uses the --terse
option of the asadmin
utility to list
only the names of the Eclipse GlassFish nodes that support communication
over DCOM in a domain.
asadmin> list-nodes-dcom --terse=true
xkyd
wpmdl2
wpmdl1
Example 3 Listing Eclipse GlassFish Nodes in Long Format
This example lists the Eclipse GlassFish nodes that support communication over DCOM in a domain in long format.
asadmin> list-nodes-dcom --long=true
NODE NAME TYPE NODE HOST INSTALL DIRECTORY REFERENCED BY
xkyd DCOM xkyd.example.com C:\glassfish7
wpmdl2 DCOM wpmdl2.example.com C:\glassfish7 wdi2
wpmdl1 DCOM wpmdl1.example.com C:\glassfish7 wdi1
Command list-nodes-dcom executed successfully.
list-nodes-ssh
Lists all Eclipse GlassFish nodes that support communication over SSH in a domain
Description
The list-nodes-ssh
subcommand lists all Eclipse GlassFish nodes that
support communication over secure shell (SSH) in a domain.
To list all nodes in a domain regardless of the type of the node, run
the |
By default, the subcommand displays the following information for each node that is listed:
-
The name of the node
-
The type of the node, which is
SSH
-
The name of the host that the node represents
The --long
option of the subcommand specifies whether the nodes are
listed in long format. In long format, the following additional
information about each node is displayed:
-
The path to the parent of the base installation directory of Eclipse GlassFish on the host that the node represents
-
A comma-separated list of the names of the Eclipse GlassFish instances that reside on the node
If the --terse
option of the
asadmin
(1M) utility is true
and the
--long
option of the subcommand is false
, the subcommand lists only
the name of each node.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-l
-
Specifies whether the nodes are listed in long format. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The nodes are listed in long format.
false
-
The nodes are listed in short format (default).
Examples
Example 1 Listing Eclipse GlassFish Nodes
This example displays the name, type, and host for all Eclipse GlassFish nodes that support communication over SSH in a domain.
asadmin> list-nodes-ssh
sj02 SSH sj02.example.com
sj01 SSH sj01.example.com
Command list-nodes-ssh executed successfully.
Example 2 Listing Only the Names of Eclipse GlassFish Nodes
This example uses the --terse
option of the asadmin
utility to list
only the names of the Eclipse GlassFish nodes that support communication
over SSH in a domain.
asadmin> list-nodes-ssh --terse=true
sj02
sj01
Example 3 Listing Eclipse GlassFish Nodes in Long Format
This example lists the Eclipse GlassFish nodes that support communication over SSH in a domain in long format.
asadmin> list-nodes-ssh --long=true
NODE NAME TYPE NODE HOST INSTALL DIRECTORY REFERENCED BY
sj02 SSH sj02.example.com /export/glassfish7 pmd-i-sj02, yml-i-sj02
sj01 SSH sj01.example.com /export/glassfish7 pmd-i-sj01, yml-i-sj01
Command list-nodes-ssh executed successfully.
list-password-aliases
Lists all password aliases
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
list-persistence-types
Lists registered persistence types for HTTP sessions and SFSB instances
Description
The list-persistence-types
subcommand lists registered persistence
types for HTTP sessions and stateful session bean (SFSB) instances. The
built-in persistence types are memory
, file
, and replicated
. The
memory
type does not apply to SFSB instances.
Other persistence types can be added using the StrategyBuilder
class.
For more information, see the Eclipse GlassFish Add-On Component Development Guide.
To set the persistence type for HTTP sessions, use the set
subcommand
to set the persistence-type
attribute. For example:
asadmin> set c1-config.availability-service.web-container-availability.persistence-type=file
To set the persistence type for SFSB instances without availability
enabled, use the set
subcommand to set the sfsb-persistence-type
attribute. For example:
asadmin> set c1-config.availability-service.ejb-container-availability.sfsb-persistence-type=file
To set the persistence type for SFSB instances with availability
enabled, use the set
subcommand to set the sfsb-ha-persistence-type
attribute. For example:
asadmin> set
c1-config.availability-service.ejb-container-availability.sfsb-ha-persistence-type=replicated
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--type
-
Specifies the type of sessions for which persistence types are listed. Allowed values are as follows:
-
web
— Lists persistence types for HTTP sessions. -
ejb
— Lists persistence types for SFSB instances.
-
list-protocol-filters
Lists the existing protocol filters
Description
The list-protocol-filters
subcommand lists the existing protocol
filters. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
- target
-
Restricts the listing to protocol filters for a specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the protocol filters for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the protocol filters for the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the protocol filters for all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the protocol filters for the specified server instance.
list-protocol-finders
Lists the existing protocol finders
Description
The list-protocol-finders
subcommand lists the existing protocol
finders. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
- target
-
Restricts the listing to protocol finders for a specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the protocol finders for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the protocol finders for the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the protocol finders for all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the protocol finders for the specified server instance.
list-protocols
Lists the existing protocols
Description
The list-protocols
subcommand lists the existing protocols. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Restricts the listing to protocols for a specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the protocols for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the protocols for the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the protocols for all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the protocols for the specified server instance.
list-resource-adapter-configs
Lists the names of the current resource adapter configurations
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-resource-adapter-configs [--help]
[--raname raname] [--verbose {false|true}]
Description
This command lists the configuration information in the domain.xml
for
the connector module. It lists an entry called resource-adapter-config
in the domain.xml
file. If the --raname
option is specified, only
the resource adapter configurations for the specified connector module
are listed.
This command is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--raname
-
Specifies the connector module name.
--verbose
-
Lists the properties that are configured. Default value is false.
list-resource-refs
Lists existing resource references
Description
The list-resource-refs
subcommand lists all resource references in a
cluster or an unclustered server instance. This effectively lists all
the resources (for example, JDBC resources) available in the JNDI tree
of the specified target.
The target instance or instances in the cluster need not be running or available for this subcommand to succeed.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
The target for which you are listing the resource references. Valid targets are as follows:
server
-
Lists the resource references for the default server instance and is the default target.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the resource references for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the resource references for the named unclustered server instance.
list-secure-admin-internal-users
Lists the user names that the Eclipse GlassFish DAS and instances use to authenticate with each other and to authorize admin operations.
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-secure-admin-internal-users [--help]
[--long={false|true}]
[--output output]
[--header={false|true}]
[name]
Description
The list-secure-admin-internal-users
subcommand lists the user names
that the Eclipse GlassFish DAS and instances use to authenticate with
each other and to authorize admin operations.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-l
-
Displays detailed information about each internal user. The default value is
false.
--output
-o
-
Displays specific details about each internal user. Use a comma-separated list to specify the details you want to display and their order. The values are case-insensitive. Possible values are as follows:
username
-
Displays the user name for the internal user.
password-alias
-
Displays the password alias for the internal user.
--header
-h
-
Specifies whether column headings are displayed when the
--long
option is used. The default value istrue
. To suppress the headings, set the--header
option tofalse
.
Examples
Example 1 Listing the User Name for Secure Admin
This example lists the user names that the Eclipse GlassFish DAS and instances use to authenticate with each other and to authorize admin operations.
asadmin> list-secure-admin-internal-users
Command list-secure-admin-internal-users executed successfully.
list-secure-admin-principals
Lists the certificates for which Eclipse GlassFish accepts admin requests from clients.
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-secure-admin-principals [--help]
[--long={false|true}]
[--output output]
[--header={false|true}]
[name]
Description
The list-secure-admin-principals
subcommand lists the certificates for
which Eclipse GlassFish accepts admin requests from clients.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-l
-
Displays detailed information about the certificates for which Eclipse GlassFish accepts admin requests from clients. The default value is
false
. --output
-o
-
Displays specific details about the certificates for which Eclipse GlassFish accepts admin requests from clients. Use a comma-separated list to specify the details you want to display and their order. The values are case-insensitive. Possible values are as follows:
DN
-
Displays the distinguished name (DN) of each certificate.
--header
-h
-
Specifies whether column headings are displayed when the
--long
option is used. The default value istrue
. To suppress the headings, set the--header
option tofalse
.
Operands
- name
-
The distinguished name of the certificate, specified as a comma-separated list in quotes. For example:
"CN=system.amer.oracle.com,OU=GlassFish,O=Oracle Corporation,L=Santa Clara,ST=California,C=US"
.
Examples
Example 1 Listing the Certificates
This example lists the certificates for which Eclipse GlassFish accepts admin requests from clients.
asadmin> list-secure-admin-principals
CN=localhost,OU=GlassFish,O=Oracle Corporation,L=Santa Clara,ST=California,C=US
CN=localhost-instance,OU=GlassFish,O=Oracle Corporation,L=Santa Clara,ST=California,C=US
Command list-secure-admin-principals executed successfully.
list-sub-components
Lists EJB or servlet components in a deployed module or module of a deployed application
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-sub-components [--help]
[--type type]
[--appname appname] [--resources]
modulename
Description
The list-sub-components
subcommand lists EJB or servlet components in
a deployed module or in a module of a deployed application. If a module
is not specified, all modules are listed. The --appname
option
functions only when the specified module is stand-alone. To display a
specific module in an application, you must specify the module name with
the --appname
option.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--type
-
Specifies the type of component to be listed. The options are
ejbs
andservlets
. If nothing is specified, then all of the components are listed. --appname
-
Identifies the name of the application. This option is required when the desired output is the subcomponents of an embedded module of a deployed application.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. For more information about module and application versions, see " Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide. --resources
-
Lists the application-scoped resources for each subcomponent.
Operands
- modulename
-
Specifies the name of the module containing the subcomponent.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. For more information about module and application versions, see "Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
list-supported-cipher-suites
Enables administrators to list the cipher suites that are supported and available to a specified Eclipse GlassFish target
Description
The list-supported-cipher-suites
subcommand enables administrators to
list the cipher suites that are supported and available to a specified
Eclipse GlassFish target. The cipher suites that may be available in
addition to the default SSL/TLS providers that are bundled with
Eclipse GlassFish packages will vary depending on the third-party
provider.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which you want to list cipher suites. The following values are valid:
server
-
Lists the cipher suites for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration_name
-
Lists the cipher suites for the specified configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the cipher suites for all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance_name
-
Lists the cipher suites for a specified server instance.
Examples
Example 1 Listing cipher suites
The following example shows how to list cipher suites for the default domain.
asadmin> list-supported-cipher-suites
SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5
SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA
TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
SSL_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
SSL_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
SSL_DHE_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
SSL_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
SSL_DHE_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
SSL_DHE_DSS_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_RC4_40_MD5
SSL_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA
SSL_DHE_RSA_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA
SSL_DHE_DSS_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA
SSL_RSA_WITH_NULL_MD5
SSL_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA
SSL_DH_anon_WITH_RC4_128_MD5
TLS_DH_anon_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
SSL_DH_anon_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
SSL_DH_anon_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
SSL_DH_anon_EXPORT_WITH_RC4_40_MD5
SSL_DH_anon_EXPORT_WITH_DES40_CBC_SHA
Command list-supported-cipher-suites executed successfully.
list-system-properties
Lists the system properties of the domain, configuration, cluster, or server instance
Description
Shared or clustered server instances will often need to override attributes defined in their referenced configuration. Any configuration attribute in a server instance can be overridden through a system property of the corresponding name. This list-system-properties subcommand lists the system properties of a domain, configuration, cluster, or server instance.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
This restricts the listing to system properties for a specific target. Valid values are:
- domain
-
Lists the system properties defined for the domain.
- configuration_name
-
Lists the system properties for the named configuration as well as those the cluster inherits from the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Lists the system properties defined for the named cluster as well as those the cluster. inherits from its configuration and the domain.
- instance_name
-
Lists the system properties defined for the named server instance as well as those the server inherits from its cluster (if the instance is clustered), its configuration, and the domain.
list-threadpools
Lists all the thread pools
Description
The list-threadpools
subcommand lists the Eclipse GlassFish thread pools.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
This operand specifies the target for which you are listing thread pools. This operand is required. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the thread pools for the default Eclipse GlassFish instance
server
. - configuration-name
-
Lists the thread pools for the named configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the thread pools for every instance in the cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the thread pools for a particular instance.
list-timers
Lists all of the persistent timers owned by server instance(s)
Description
The list-timers
subcommand lists the persistent timers owned by a
specific server instance or a cluster of server instances. This command
is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
The target is either a standalone server instance or a cluster. If the target is the stand-alone instance, then the number of timers owned by the instance is listed. If the target is a cluster, then the number of timers owned by each instance in the cluster is listed. The default target is
server
, the default server instance.
See Also
Using the Timer Service in The Jakarta EE Tutorial
"EJB Timer Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Development Guide
list-transports
Lists the existing transports
Description
The list-transports
subcommand lists the existing transports. This
subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Restricts the listing to transports for a specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the transports for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the transports for the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the transports for all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the transports for the specified server instance.
list-virtual-servers
Lists the existing virtual servers
Description
The list-virtual-servers
subcommand lists the existing virtual
servers. This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- target
-
Restricts the listing to virtual servers for a specified target. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Lists the virtual servers for the default server instance. This is the default value.
- configuration-name
-
Lists the virtual servers for the specified configuration.
- cluster-name
-
Lists the virtual servers for all server instances in the specified cluster.
- instance-name
-
Lists the virtual servers for the specified server instance.
list-web-context-param
Lists servlet context-initialization parameters of a deployed web application or module
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-web-context-param [--help]
[--name=context-param-name] application-name[/module]
Description
The list-web-context-param
subcommand lists the servlet
context-initialization parameters of one of the following items:
-
A deployed web application
-
A web module in a deployed Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Jakarta EE) application
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The list-web-context-param
subcommand lists only parameters that have
previously been set by using the
set-web-context-param
(1)
subcommand. The subcommand does not list parameters that are set only in
the application’s deployment descriptor.
For each parameter, the following information is displayed:
-
The name of the parameter
-
The value to which the parameter is set
-
The value of the
--ignoreDescriptorItem
option of theset-web-context-param
subcommand that was specified when the parameter was set -
The description of the parameter or
null
if no description was specified when the parameter was set
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--name
-
The name of the servlet context-initialization parameter that is to be listed. If this option is omitted, all parameters of the application that have previously been set are listed.
Operands
- application-name
-
The name of the application. This name can be obtained from the Administration Console or by using the
list-applications
(1) subcommand.
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs. - module
-
The relative path to the module within the application’s enterprise archive (EAR) file. The path to the module is specified in the
module
element of the application’sapplication.xml
file.
module is required only if the servlet context-initialization parameter applies to a web module of a Jakarta EE application. If specified, module must follow application-name, separated by a slash (/
).
For example, theapplication.xml
file for themyApp
application might specify the following web module:<module> <web> <web-uri>myWebModule.war</web-uri> </web> </module>
The module would be specified as the operand of this command as
myApp/myWebModule.war
.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Servlet Context-Initialization Parameters for a Web
Application
This example lists all servlet context-initialization parameters of the
web application basic-ezcomp
that have been set by using the
set-web-context-param
subcommand. Because no description was specified
when the javax.faces.PROJECT_STAGE
parameter was set, null
is
displayed instead of a description for this parameter.
asadmin> list-web-context-param basic-ezcomp
javax.faces.STATE_SAVING_METHOD = client ignoreDescriptorItem=false
//The location where the application's state is preserved
javax.faces.PROJECT_STAGE = null ignoreDescriptorItem=true //null
Command list-web-context-param executed successfully.
list-web-env-entry
Lists environment entries for a deployed web application or module
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] list-web-env-entry [--help]
[--name=env-entry-name] application-name[/module]
Description
The list-web-env-entry
subcommand lists the environment entries for
one of the following items:
-
A deployed web application
-
A web module in a deployed Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Jakarta EE) application
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The list-web-env-entry
subcommand lists only entries that have
previously been set by using the
set-web-env-entry
(1)
subcommand. The subcommand does not list environment entries that are
set only in the application’s deployment descriptor.
For each entry, the following information is displayed:
-
The name of the entry
-
The Java type of the entry
-
The value to which the entry is set
-
The value of the
--ignoreDescriptorItem
option of theset-web-env-entry
subcommand that was specified when the entry was set -
The description of the entry or
null
if no description was specified when the entry was set
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--name
-
The name of the environment entry that is to be listed. The name is a JNDI name relative to the
java:comp/env
context. The name must be unique within a deployment component. If this option is omitted, all environment entries that have previously been set for the application are listed.
Operands
- application-name
-
The name of the application. This name can be obtained from the Administration Console or by using the
list-applications
(1) subcommand.
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs. - module
-
The relative path to the module within the application’s enterprise archive (EAR) file. The path to the module is specified in the
module
element of the application’sapplication.xml
file.
module is required only if the environment entry applies to a web module of a Jakarta EE application. If specified, module must follow application-name, separated by a slash (/
).
For example, theapplication.xml
file for themyApp
application might specify the following web module:<module> <web> <web-uri>myWebModule.war</web-uri> </web> </module>
:: The module would be specified as the operand of this command as
myApp/myWebModule.war
.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Environment Entries for a Web Application
This example lists all environment entries that have been set for the
web application hello
by using the set-web-env-entry
subcommand.
Because no description was specified when the Hello Port
environment
entry was set, null
is displayed instead of a description for this
entry.
asadmin> list-web-env-entry hello
Hello User (java.lang.String) = techscribe ignoreDescriptorItem=false
//User authentication for Hello appplication
Hello Port (java.lang.Integer) = null ignoreDescriptorItem=true //null
Command list-web-env-entry executed successfully.
login
Logs you into a domain
Description
The purpose of the login
subcommand is to ease domain administration
by letting you log into a particular domain. If Eclipse GlassFish
domains are created on various machines (locally), you can run the
asadmin
utility from any of these machines and manage domains located
elsewhere (remotely). This is especially useful when a particular
machine is chosen as an administration client that manages multiple
domains and servers.
The login
subcommand prompts you for the administrator user name and
password. After successful login, the .asadminpass
file is created in
your home directory. (This is the same file that is modified when you
run the create-domain
subcommand with the --savelogin
option.) The
literal host name is stored, and no resolution with the DNS is
attempted. If a domain is being administered from other machines, it is
sufficient to run the login
subcommand once. You do not need to
specify the asadmin
utility options --user
and --passwordfile
when
you run additional remote subcommands on that domain. After you have
logged into a domain, you still need to provide the host and port for
any subsequent remote subcommands unless you chose the default values
for --host
(localhost) and --port
(4848) options.
Subsequent use of same subcommand with the same parameters will result
in overwriting the contents of the .asadminpass
file for the given
administration host and port. You can decide to overwrite the file or to
reject such a login.
Login information is saved permanently and can be used across multiple domain restarts.
There is no logout
subcommand. If you want to log in to another
domain, run the login
subcommand and specify new values for the
asadmin
utility options --host
and --port
.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Examples
Example 1 Logging Into a Domain on a Remote Machine
This example logs into a domain located on another machine. Options are
specified before the login
subcommand.
asadmin --host foo --port 8282 login
Please enter the admin user name>admin
Please enter the admin password>
Trying to authenticate for administration of server at host [foo]
and port [8282] ...
Login information relevant to admin user name [admin] for host [foo]
and admin port [8282] stored at [/.asadminpass] successfully.
Make sure that this file remains protected. Information stored in this
file will be used by asadmin commands to manage associated domain.
Example 2 Logging Into a Domain on the Default Port of Localhost
This example logs into a domain on mylhost
on the default port.
Options are specified before the login
subcommand.
asadmin --host myhost login
Please enter the admin user name>admin
Please enter the admin password>
Trying to authenticate for administration of server
at host [myhost] and port [4848] ...
An entry for login exists for host [myhost] and port [4848], probably
from an earlier login operation.
Do you want to overwrite this entry (y/n)?y
Login information relevant to admin user name [admin] for host [myhost]
and admin port [4848] stored at [/home/joe/.asadminpass] successfully.
Make sure that this file remains protected. Information stored in this
file will be used by asadmin commands to manage associated domain.
migrate-timers
Moves EJB timers when a clustered instance was stopped or has crashed
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] migrate-timers [--help]
[--target target_server_name]
server_name
Description
The migrate-timers
subcommand moves EJB timers to a specified server
when a server instance stops or crashes, if automatic timer migration is
not enabled in the cluster configuration. This subcommand is supported
in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This is the target server instance. If this option is not specified, then DAS will find a server instance or multiple server instances. A migration notification will be sent to the selected server instances.
--destination
-
This option is deprecated. It works exactly as the
--target
option does.
Operands
- server_name
-
This is the server instance on which the timers are currently located. This server instance should not be running during the migration process.
monitor
Displays monitoring data for commonly used components and services
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] monitor [--help]
--type type
[--filename filename]
[--interval interval]
[--filter filter]
instance-name
Description
The monitor
subcommand displays statistics for commonly monitored
Eclipse GlassFish components and services. The --type
option must be
used to specify the object for which statistics are to be displayed.
Data is displayed continuously in a tabular form, or the data can be
displayed at a particular time interval by using the --interval
option.
Before a given component or service can be monitored, monitoring must be enabled (set to HIGH or LOW) for the component or service by using the Administration Console, the enable-monitoring subcommand, or the set subcommand.
The monitor subcommand has options for filtering the results and
capturing the output in a Comma Separated Values (CSV) file. The output
appears in a table format. To view the legend of the table header, type h
.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--type
-
The component or service to monitor. This option is required. No default value is defined.
httplistener
-
For this type, the attribute
server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.http-service
must be set to LOW or HIGH.
Displays the following statistics for the HTTP listener service:ec
-
The total number errors in the processing of HTTP requests.
mt
-
The longest response time (in milliseconds) for the processing of a single HTTP request.
pt
-
The total amount of time (in milliseconds) that the HTTP listener service has spent in processing HTTP requests.
rc
-
The total number of requests that the HTTP listener service has processed.
jvm
-
For this type, the attribute
server.server-config.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.jvm
must be set to LOW or HIGH.
Displays the following statistics for the Virtual Machine for the Java platform (Java Virtual Machine or JVM machine)UpTime
-
The number of milliseconds that the JVM machine has been running since it was last started.
min
-
The initial amount of memory (in bytes) that the JVM machine requests from the operating system for memory management during startup.
max
-
The maximum amount of memory that can be used for memory management.
low
-
Retained for compatibility with other releases.
high
-
Retained for compatibility with other releases.
count
-
The amount of memory (in bytes) that is guaranteed to be available for use by the JVM machine.
webmodule
-
For this type, the attribute
server.server-config.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.web-container
must be set to LOW or HIGH.
Displays the following statistics for all deployed web modules:asc
-
The number of currently active sessions.
ast
-
The total number of sessions that are currently active or have been active previously.
rst
-
The total number of rejected sessions.
st
-
The total number of sessions that have been created.
ajlc
-
The number of currently active JavaServer Pages ( JSP) technology pages that are loaded.
mjlc
-
The maximum number of JSP technology pages that were active at any time simultaneously.
tjlc
-
Total number of JSP technology pages that have been loaded.
aslc
-
The number of currently active Java servlets that are loaded.
mslc
-
The maximum number of Java servlets that were active at any time simultaneously.
tslc
-
The total number of Java servlets that have been loaded.
--filename
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--interval
-
The interval in seconds before capturing monitoring attributes. The interval must be greater than 0. The monitoring attributes are displayed on
stdout
until you type Control-C orq
. The default value is 30. --filter
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
Operands
- instance-name
-
The server instance for which to view monitoring data. The default value is
server
.
Examples
Example 1 Displaying Monitoring Statistics by Interval
This example displays monitoring data for the JVM machine every 2000 seconds.
asadmin> monitor --type=jvm --interval 2000 server
JVM Monitoring
UpTime(ms) Heap and NonHeap Memory(bytes)
current min max low high count
957843 29523968 188284928 0 0 60370944
q
Command monitor executed successfully.
Example 2 Filtering the Monitoring Data
This example uses the filter option to show http-listener-1
statistics.
asadmin> monitor --type httplistener --filter http-listener-1 server
HTTP Listener Monitoring: http-listener-1
br bs c200 c2xx c302 c304 c3xx c400 c401 c403 c404 c4xx c503 c5xx coc co
ctc ctb ec moc mst mt mtm mst pt rc
0 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 0 0 1 20 20 2 2 6 3
To see the legend for the table headings, type h
.
******************************************************************************************
* br = Cumulative value of the Bytes received by each of the Request Processors *
* bs = Cumulative value of the Bytes sent by each of the Request Processors *
* c200 = Number of responses with a status code equal to 200 *
* c2xx = Number of responses with a status code in the 2xx range *
* c302 = Number of responses with a status code equal to 302 *
* c304 = Number of responses with a status code equal to 304 *
* c3xx = Number of responses with a status code in the 3xx range *
* c400 = Number of responses with a status code equal to 400 *
* c401 = Number of responses with a status code equal to 401 *
* c403 = Number of responses with a status code equal to 403 *
* c404 = Number of responses with a status code equal to 404 *
* c4xx = Number of responses with a status code equal to 4xx *
* c504 = Number of responses with a status code equal to 504 *
* c5xx = Number of responses with a status code equal to 5xx *
* coc = Number of open connections *
* co = Number of responses with a status code outside the 2xx, 3xx, 4xx, and 5xx range *
* ctc = Number of request processing threads currently in the listener thread pool *
* ctb = Number of request processing threads currently in use in the listener thread *
* pool serving requests *
* ec = Number of responses with a status code equal to 400 *
* moc = Maximum number of open connections *
* mst = Minimum number of request processing threads that will be created at listener *
* startup time and maintained as spare threads above the current thread count *
* mt = Maximum number of request processing threads that are created by the listener *
* mtm = Provides the longest response time for a request - not a cumulative value, but *
* the largest response time from among the response times *
* pt = Cumulative value of the times taken to process each request. The processing *
* time is the average of request processing times over the request count *
* rc = Cumulative number of the requests processed so far *
******************************************************************************************
multimode
Allows multiple subcommands to be run while preserving environment settings and remaining in the asadmin utility
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] multimode [--help]
[--file filename]
[--printprompt={true|false}] [--encoding encode]
Description
The multimode
subcommand processes asadmin
subcommands sequentially
in a single session. The command-line interface prompts for a
subcommand, runs that subcommand, displays the results of that
subcommand, and then prompts for the next subcommand. All the asadmin
options set in multimode apply to subsequent commands until the
multimode session is exited. You exit multimode
by typing exit
,
quit
, or Ctrl-D.
You can use the export
subcommand to set your environment, or use the
unset
subcommand to remove environment variables from the multimode
environment.
You can also provide subcommands by passing a previously prepared list
of subcommands from a file or standard input (pipe). When you use a
file, you can include comment lines in the file by entering the hash
symbol (#
) as the first character of the line.
You can invoke multimode
from within a multimode session. When you
exit the second multimode environment, you return to your original
multimode environment.
All the remote asadmin
utility options can be supplied when invoking
the multimode
subcommand. The settings will apply as defaults for all
subcommands that are run within the multimode session. For a list of the
asadmin
utility options, see the
asadmin
(1M) help page.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--file
-f
-
Reads the subcommands in the specified file.
--printprompt
-
Controls printing of the
asadmin
prompt. By default, this option is set to the same value as the--interactive
asadmin
utility option. Normally you will not need to specify this option. Default is true. --encoding
-
Specifies the character set for the file to be decoded. By default, the system character set is used.
osgi
Delegates the command line to the Apache Felix Gogo remote shell for the execution of OSGi shell commands
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] osgi [--help]
[--session session]
[--session-id session-id]
[--instance instance]
[command_line]
Description
The osgi
subcommand delegates the command line to the Apache Felix
Gogo remote shell for the execution of OSGi shell commands. Commands are
executed by the remote shell and results are returned by the asadmin
utility. The remote shell is provided with Eclipse GlassFish and used to
administer and inspect the OSGi runtime.
Multiple command-line sessions can be created. Use the --session
and
--session-id
options to run commands in a specific command-line
session. If no session is specified, a new session is created to run
commands and closed when execution completes.
A related subcommand is the osgi-shell
subcommand, which enables you
to run multiple commands from a file or run commands interactively. For
more information about the osgi-shell
subcommand, see the
osgi-shell
(1) help page.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the
osgi
subcommand. --session
-
Performs command-line session operations. Valid values are:
new
-
Creates a new session and returns a session ID.
stop
-
Stops the session with the specified session ID.
list
-
Lists all active sessions.
execute
-
Runs a command in the session with the specified session ID.
--session-id
-
Specifies the session ID for command-line session operations.
--instance
-
Specifies the server instance to which the command is being delegated.
The default is the domain administration server (DAS). The DAS must be running to run a command on another instance.
Operands
- command_line
-
The complete command-line syntax as provided for commands in the Apache Felix Gogo remote shell.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Apache Felix Gogo Remote Shell Commands
This example lists the Apache Felix Gogo remote shell commands that can
be used with the osgi
subcommand.
Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> osgi help
felix:bundlelevel
felix:cd
felix:frameworklevel
felix:headers
felix:help
felix:inspect
felix:install
felix:lb
felix:log
felix:ls
felix:refresh
felix:resolve
...
gogo:cat
gogo:each
gogo:echo
gogo:format
gogo:getopt
gogo:gosh
gogo:grep
...
Command osgi executed successfully.
Example 2 Running a Remote Shell Command
This example runs the Felix Remote Shell Command lb
without any
arguments to list all installed OSGi bundles.
Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> osgi lb
START LEVEL 2
ID|State |Level|Name
0|Active | 0|System Bundle
1|Active | 1|Metro Web Services API OSGi Bundle
2|Active | 1|jakarta.annotation API
3|Active | 1|jaxb-api
...
Command osgi executed successfully.
Example 3 Running Commands That Create and Target a Specific Command-Line Session
This example runs commands that create and target a specific command-line session.
Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> osgi --session new
9537e570-0def-4f2e-9c19-bc8f51a8082f
...
asadmin> osgi --session list
9537e570-0def-4f2e-9c19-bc8f51a8082f
...
asadmin> osgi --session execute --session-id 9537e570-0def-4f2e-9c19-bc8f51a8082f lb
START LEVEL 2
ID|State |Level|Name
0|Active | 0|System Bundle
1|Active | 1|Metro Web Services API OSGi Bundle
2|Active | 1|jakarta.annotation API
3|Active | 1|jaxb-api
...
asadmin> osgi --session stop --session-id 9537e570-0def-4f2e-9c19-bc8f51a8082f
Command osgi executed successfully.
osgi-shell
Provides interactive access to the Apache Felix Gogo remote shell for the execution of OSGi shell commands
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] osgi-shell [--help]
[--file file]
[--printprompt={false|true}]
[--encoding encoding]
Description
The osgi-shell
subcommand provides interactive access to the Apache
Felix Gogo remote shell for the execution of OSGi shell commands. The
remote shell is provided with Eclipse GlassFish and used to administer
and inspect the OSGi runtime.
OSGi shell commands are executed on the server and results are printed on the client. Because the shell is interactive, no operands are accepted. Scripting is supported, which means that multiple commands can be executed in sequence from a text file.
A related subcommand is the osgi
subcommand, which passes a single
command to the remote shell for execution. Results are returned by the
asadmin
utility. For more information about the osgi
subcommand, see
the osgi
(1) help page.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only. Unlike other local subcommands, however, the domain administration server (DAS) and the server instance whose shell is being accessed must be running.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--file
-f
-
Reads the commands in the specified file.
--printprompt
-
Controls printing of the shell prompt. The default value is
true
, which means the shell prompt is displayed. --encoding
-
Specifies the character set for the file to be decoded. By default, the system character set is used.
Examples
Example 1 Listing Apache Felix Gogo Remote Shell Commands
This example lists Apache Felix Gogo remote shell commands.
Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> osgi-shell
Use "exit" to exit and "help" for online help.
gogo$ help
felix:bundlelevel
felix:cd
felix:frameworklevel
felix:headers
felix:help
felix:inspect
felix:install
felix:lb
felix:log
felix:ls
...
gogo:cat
gogo:each
gogo:echo
gogo:format
gogo:getopt
gogo:gosh
gogo:grep
...
gogo$
Example 2 Running a Remote Shell Command
This example runs the Felix Remote Shell Command lb
without any
arguments to list all installed OSGi bundles.
Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> osgi-shell
Use "exit" to exit and "help" for online help.
gogo$ lb
START LEVEL 2
ID|State |Level|Name
0|Active | 0|System Bundle
1|Active | 1|Metro Web Services API OSGi Bundle
2|Active | 1|jakarta.annotation API
3|Active | 1|jaxb-api
...
gogo$
ping-connection-pool
Tests if a connection pool is usable
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] ping-connection-pool [--help]
pool_name
[--appname application [--modulename module]
Description
The ping-connection-pool
subcommand tests if an existing JDBC or
connector connection pool is usable . For example, if you create a new
JDBC connection pool for an application that is expected to be deployed
later, the JDBC pool is tested with this subcommand before deploying the
application.
Before testing availability of a connection pool, you must create the connection pool with authentication and ensure that the server or database is started.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Application Scoped Resources
The ping-connection-pool
subcommand can target resources that are
scoped to a specific application or module, as defined in the
glassfish-resources.xml
for the GlassFish domain.
-
To reference the
jndi-name
for an application scoped resource, perform the lookup using thejava:app
prefix. -
To reference the
jndi-name
for a module scoped resource, perform the lookup using thejava:module
prefix.
The jndi-name
for application-scoped-resources or
module-scoped-resources are specified using the format
java:app/
jdbc/myDataSource or
java:module/
jdbc/myModuleLevelDataSource.
This naming scope is defined in the Jakarta EE 6 Specification
(http://download.oracle.com/javaee/6/api/
).
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--appname
-
Name of the application in which the application scoped resource is defined.
--modulename
-
Name of the module in which the module scoped resource is defined.
ping-node-dcom
Tests if a node that is enabled for communication over DCOM is usable
Description
The ping-node-dcom
subcommand tests if a node that is enabled for
communication over the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote
protocol is usable. The DCOM protocol is available only on Windows
systems. This subcommand requires DCOM to be configured on the machine
where the domain administration server (DAS) is running and on the
machine where the node resides. You may run this command from any
machine that can contact the DAS.
If the node is usable, the subcommand displays a confirmation that the subcommand could connect to the node through DCOM. This confirmation includes the name of the host that the node represents.
Optionally, the subcommand can also validate the node to determine if
the asadmin
(1M) utility can run on the
host that the node represents. To validate a node, the subcommand runs
the version
(1) subcommand. If the node is
valid, the subcommand displays the version that the version
subcommand
returns.
The node that is specified as the operand of this subcommand must be
enabled for communication over DCOM. If the node is not enabled for
communication over DCOM, an error occurs. To determine whether a node is
enabled for communication over DCOM, use the
list-nodes
(1) subcommand.
To test whether a node that is enabled for communication over secure
shell (SSH) is usable, use the
|
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--validate
-
Specifies whether the subcommand validates the node. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The node is validated.
false
-
The node is not validated (default).
Operands
- node-name
-
The name of the node to test. The node must be enabled for communication over DCOM. Otherwise, an error occurs.
Examples
Example 1 Testing if a DCOM-Enabled Node Is Usable
This example tests if the DCOM-enabled node wpmd2
is usable.
asadmin> ping-node-dcom wpmdl2
Successfully made DCOM connection to node wpmdl2 (wpmdl2.example.com)
Command ping-node-dcom executed successfully.
Example 2 Validating a DCOM-Enabled Node
This example validates the DCOM-enabled node adc-node
.
asadmin> ping-node-dcom --validate=true adc-node
Successfully made DCOM connection to node adc-node (adc-node.example.com)
GlassFish version found at C:\glassfish7:
Using locally retrieved version string from version class.
Version = Eclipse GlassFish 7.0.0 (build 18)
Command version executed successfully.
Command ping-node-dcom executed successfully.
ping-node-ssh
Tests if a node that is enabled for communication over SSH is usable
Description
The ping-node-ssh
subcommand tests if a node that is enabled for
communication over secure shell (SSH) is usable. This subcommand
requires secure shell (SSH) to be configured on the machine where the
domain administration server (DAS) is running and on the machine where
the node resides. You may run this command from any machine that can
contact the DAS.
If the node is usable, the subcommand displays a confirmation that the subcommand could connect to the node through SSH. This confirmation includes the name of the host that the node represents.
Optionally, the subcommand can also validate the node to determine if
the asadmin
(1M) utility can run on the
host that the node represents. To validate a node, the subcommand runs
the version
(1) subcommand. If the node is
valid, the subcommand displays the version that the version
subcommand
returns.
The node that is specified as the operand of this subcommand must be
enabled for communication over SSH. If the node is not enabled for
communication over SSH, an error occurs. To determine whether a node is
enabled for communication over SSH, use the
list-nodes
(1) subcommand.
To test whether a node that is enabled for communication over the
Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote protocol is usable, use
the |
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--validate
-
Specifies whether the subcommand validates the node. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The node is validated.
false
-
The node is not validated (default).
Operands
- node-name
-
The name of the node to test. The node must be enabled for communication over SSH. Otherwise, an error occurs.
Examples
Example 1 Testing if an SSH-Enabled Node Is Usable
This example tests if the SSH-enabled node sj03-node
is usable.
asadmin> ping-node-ssh sj03-node
Successfully made SSH connection to node sj03-node (sj03.example.com)
Command ping-node-ssh executed successfully.
Example 2 Validating an SSH-Enabled Node
This example validates the SSH-enabled node adc-node
.
asadmin> ping-node-ssh --validate=true adc-node
Successfully made SSH connection to node adcnode (adc.example.com)
GlassFish version found at /export/glassfish7:
Using locally retrieved version string from version class.
Version = Eclipse GlassFish 7.0.0 (build 2021-12-10T19:08:14+0100)
Command version executed successfully.
Command ping-node-ssh executed successfully.
recover-transactions
Manually recovers pending transactions
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] recover-transactions [--help]
[--transactionlogdir transaction_log_dir]
[--target target_server_name] server_name
Description
The recover-transactions
subcommand manually recovers pending
transactions.
For an installation of multiple server instances, you can run the
recover-transactions
subcommand from a surviving server instance to
recover transactions after a server failure. To use this subcommand in
this way, the following conditions must be met:
-
Delegated transaction recovery is disabled.
-
Transaction logs are stored on a shared file system or in a database that is accessible to all server instances.
For a stand-alone server, do not use this subcommand to recover
transactions after a server failure. For a stand-alone server, the
recover-transactions
subcommand can recover transactions only when a
resource fails, but the server is still running. If a stand-alone server
fails, only the full startup recovery process can recover transactions
that were pending when the server failed.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--transactionlogdir
-
The location of the transaction logs for a server for which transaction recovery is requested. This option applies only if transaction logs are stored on a shared file system.
--target
-
The target server that performs the recovery for the server that is specified by the server_name operand. The target server should be running.
--destination
-
This option is deprecated. It works exactly as the
--target
option does.
Operands
- server_name
-
For a stand-alone server, the value of this operand is typically
server
. Transactions are recovered only if a resource fails, but the server is still running.For an installation of multiple server instances, the value of this operand is the name of the server for which the recovery is required. The in-flight transactions on this server will be recovered. If this server is running, recovery is performed by the same server. In this situation, the
--transactionlogdir
and--target
options should be omitted. If the server is not running, the--target
option is required, and the--transactionlogdir
option is also required if transaction logs are stored on a shared file system.
Examples
See Also
"Administering Transactions" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
"Transactions" in The Jakarta EE Tutorial
redeploy
Redeploys the specified component
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] redeploy [--help]
--name component_name
[--upload={true|false}]
[--retrieve local_dirpath]
[--dbvendorname dbvendorname]
[--createtables={true|false}|--dropandcreatetables={true|false}]
[--uniquetablenames={true|false}]
[--deploymentplan deployment_plan]
[--altdd alternate_deploymentdescriptor]
[--runtimealtdd runtime_alternate_deploymentdescriptor]
[--deploymentorder deployment_order]
[--enabled={true|false}]
[--generatermistubs={false|true}]
[--contextroot context_root]
[--precompilejsp={true|false}]
[--verify={false|true}]
[--virtualservers virtual_servers]
[--availabilityenabled={false|true}]
[--asyncreplication={true|false}]
[--lbenabled={true|false}]
[--keepstate={false|true}]
[--libraries jar_file[,jar_file]*]
[--target target]
[--type pkg-type]
[--properties(name=value)[:name=value]*]
[file_archive|filepath]
Description
The redeploy
subcommand redeploys an enterprise application, web
application, module based on the Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB)
specification (EJB module), connector module, or application client
module that is already deployed or already exists. The redeploy
subcommand preserves the settings and other options with which the
application was originally deployed. The application must already be
deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--virtualservers
-
One or more virtual server IDs. Multiple IDs are separated by commas.
--contextroot
-
Valid only if the archive is a web module. It is ignored for other archive types; it will be the value specified by default-context-path in web.xml, if specified; defaults to filename without extension.
--precompilejsp
-
By default this option does not allow the JSP to be precompiled during deployment. Instead, JSPs are compiled during runtime. Default is
false
. --verify
-
If set to true and the required verifier packages are installed from the Update Tool, the syntax and semantics of the deployment descriptor is verified. Default is
false
. --name
-
Name of the deployable component.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. For more information about module and application versions, see "Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide. --upload
-
Specifies whether the subcommand uploads the file to the DAS. In most situations, this option can be omitted. Valid values are as follows:
false
-
The subcommand does not upload the file and attempts to access the file through the specified file name. If the DAS cannot access the file, the subcommand fails.
For example, the DAS might be running as a different user than the administration user and does not have read access to the file. In this situation, the subcommand fails if the--upload
option isfalse
. true
-
The subcommand uploads the file to the DAS over the network connection.
The default value depends on whether the DAS is on the host where the subcommand is run or is on a remote host.
-
If the DAS is on the host where the subcommand is run, the default is
false
. -
If the DAS is on a remote host, the default is
true
.
If a directory filepath is specified, this option is ignored.
--retrieve
-
Retrieves the client stub JAR file from the server machine to the local directory.
--dbvendorname
-
Specifies the name of the database vendor for which tables are created. Supported values include
db2
,mssql
,oracle
,derby
,javadb
,postgresql
, andsybase
, case-insensitive. If not specified, the value of thedatabase-vendor-name
attribute inglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
is used. If no value is specified, a connection is made to the resource specified by thejndi-name
subelement of thecmp-resource
element in theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file, and the database vendor name is read. If the connection cannot be established, or if the value is not recognized, SQL-92 compliance is presumed. --createtables
-
If specified as true, creates tables at deployment of an application with unmapped CMP beans. If specified as false, tables are not created. If not specified, the value of the
create-tables-at-deploy
entry in thecmp-resource
element of theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file determines whether or not tables are created. No unique constraints are created for the tables. --dropandcreatetables
-
If specified as true when the component is redeployed, the tables created by the previous deployment are dropped before creating the new tables. Applies to deployed applications with unmapped CMP beans. If specified as false, tables are neither dropped nor created. If not specified, the tables are dropped if the
drop-tables-at-undeploy
entry in thecmp-resource
element of theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file is set to true, and the new tables are created if thecreate-tables-at-deploy
entry in thecmp-resource
element of theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file is set to true. --uniquetablenames
-
Guarantees unique table names for all the beans and results in a hash code added to the table names. This is useful if you have an application with case-sensitive bean names. Applies to applications with unmapped CMP beans.
--deploymentplan
-
Deploys the deployment plan, which is a JAR file that contains Eclipse GlassFish descriptors. Specify this option when deploying a pure EAR file. A pure EAR file is an EAR without Eclipse GlassFish descriptors.
--altdd
-
Deploys the application using a Jakarta EE standard deployment descriptor that resides outside of the application archive. Specify an absolute path or a relative path to the alternate deployment descriptor file. The alternate deployment descriptor overrides the top-level deployment descriptor packaged in the archive. For example, for an EAR, the
--altdd
option overridesapplication.xml
. For a standalone module, the--altdd
option overrides the top-level module descriptor such asweb.xml
. --runtimealtdd
-
Deploys the application using a Eclipse GlassFish runtime deployment descriptor that resides outside of the application archive. Specify an absolute path or a relative path to the alternate deployment descriptor file. The alternate deployment descriptor overrides the top-level deployment descriptor packaged in the archive. For example, for an EAR, the
--runtimealtdd
option overridesglassfish-application.xml
. For a standalone module, the--runtimealtdd
option overrides the top-level module descriptor such asglassfish-web.xml
. Applies to Eclipse GlassFish deployment descriptors only (glassfish-*.xml
); the name of the alternate deployment descriptor file must begin withglassfish-
. Does not apply tosun-*.xml
deployment descriptors, which are deprecated. --deploymentorder
-
Specifies the deployment order of the application. This is useful if the application has dependencies and must be loaded in a certain order at server startup. The deployment order is specified as an integer. The default value is 100. Applications with lower numbers are loaded before applications with higher numbers. For example, an application with a deployment order of 102 is loaded before an application with a deployment order of 110. If a deployment order is not specified, the default value of 100 is assigned. If two applications have the same deployment order, the first application to be deployed is the first application to be loaded at server startup.
The deployment order is typically specified when the application is first deployed but can also be specified or changed after initial deployment using theset
subcommand. You can view the deployment order of an application using theget
subcommand. --enabled
-
Allows users to access the application. If set to
false
, users will not be able to access the application. This option enables the application on the specified target instance or cluster. If you deploy to the targetdomain
, this option is ignored, since deploying to the domain doesn’t deploy to a specific instance or cluster. The default istrue
. --generatermistubs
-
If set to
true
, static RMI-IIOP stubs are generated and put into theclient.jar
. If set tofalse
, the stubs are not generated. Default isfalse
. --availabilityenabled
-
This option controls whether high-availability is enabled for web sessions and for stateful session bean (SFSB) checkpointing and potentially passivation. If set to false (default) all web session saving and SFSB checkpointing is disabled for the specified application, web application, or EJB module. If set to true, the specified application or module is enabled for high-availability. Set this option to true only if high availability is configured and enabled at higher levels, such as the server and container levels.
--asyncreplication
-
This option controls whether web session and SFSB states for which high availability is enabled are first buffered and then replicated using a separate asynchronous thread. If set to true (default), performance is improved but availability is reduced. If the instance where states are buffered but not yet replicated fails, the states are lost. If set to false, performance is reduced but availability is guaranteed. States are not buffered but immediately transmitted to other instances in the cluster.
--lbenabled
-
This option controls whether the deployed application is available for load balancing. The default is true.
--keepstate
-
This option controls whether web sessions, SFSB instances, and persistently created EJB timers are retained between redeployments.
The default is false. This option is supported only on the default server instance, namedserver
. It is not supported and ignored for any other target.
Some changes to an application between redeployments prevent this feature from working properly. For example, do not change the set of instance variables in the SFSB bean class.
For web applications, this feature is applicable only if in theglassfish-web-app.xml
file thepersistence-type
attribute of thesession-manager
element isfile
.
For stateful session bean instances, the persistence type without high availability is set in the server (thesfsb-persistence-type
attribute) and must be set tofile
, which is the default and recommended value.
If any active web session, SFSB instance, or EJB timer fails to be preserved or restored, none of these will be available when the redeployment is complete. However, the redeployment continues and a warning is logged.
To preserve active state data, Eclipse GlassFish serializes the data and saves it in memory. To restore the data, the class loader of the newly redeployed application deserializes the data that was previously saved. --libraries
-
A comma-separated list of library JAR files. Specify the library JAR files by their relative or absolute paths. Specify relative paths relative to domain-dir`/lib/applibs`. The libraries are made available to the application in the order specified.
--target
-
Specifies the target to which you are deploying. Valid values are:
server
-
Deploys the component to the default server instance
server
and is the default value. domain
-
Deploys the component to the domain. If
domain
is the target for an initial deployment, the application is deployed to the domain, but no server instances or clusters reference the application. Ifdomain
is the target for a redeployment, and dynamic reconfiguration is enabled for the clusters or server instances that reference the application, the referencing clusters or server instances automatically get the new version of the application. If redeploying, and dynamic configuration is disabled, the referencing clusters or server instances do not get the new version of the application until the clustered or standalone server instances are restarted. - cluster_name
-
Deploys the component to every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Deploys the component to a particular stand-alone server instance.
--type
-
The packaging archive type of the component that is being deployed. Possible values are as follows:
car
-
The component is packaged as a CAR file.
ear
-
The component is packaged as an EAR file.
ejb
-
The component is an EJB packaged as a JAR file.
osgi
-
The component is packaged as an OSGi bundle.
rar
-
The component is packaged as a RAR file.
war
-
The component is packaged as a WAR file.
--properties
or--property
-
Optional keyword-value pairs that specify additional properties for the deployment. The available properties are determined by the implementation of the component that is being deployed or redeployed. The
--properties
option and the--property
option are equivalent. You can use either option regardless of the number of properties that you specify.
You can specify the following properties for a deployment:jar-signing-alias
-
Specifies the alias for the security certificate with which the application client container JAR file is signed. Java Web Start will not run code that requires elevated permissions unless it resides in a JAR file signed with a certificate that the user’s system trusts. For your convenience, Eclipse GlassFish signs the JAR file automatically using the certificate with this alias from the domain’s keystore. Java Web Start then asks the user whether to trust the code and displays the Eclipse GlassFish certificate information. To sign this JAR file with a different certificate, add the certificate to the domain keystore, then use this property. For example, you can use a certificate from a trusted authority, which avoids the Java Web Start prompt, or from your own company, which users know they can trust. Default is
s1as
, the alias for the self-signed certificate created for every domain. java-web-start-enabled
-
Specifies whether Java Web Start access is permitted for an application client module. Default is true.
compatibility
-
Specifies the Eclipse GlassFish release with which to be backward compatible in terms of JAR visibility requirements for applications. The only allowed value is
v2
, which refers to Sun Java System Application Server version 2 or Sun Java System Application Server version 9.1 or 9.1.1. Beginning in Jakarta EE 6, the Jakarta EE platform specification imposed stricter requirements than Jakarta EE 5 did on which JAR files can be visible to various modules within an EAR file. In particular, application clients must not have access to EJB JAR files or other JAR files in the EAR file unless references use the standard Java SE mechanisms (extensions, for example) or the Jakarta EE library-directory mechanism. Setting this property tov2
removes these restrictions. keepSessions={false|true}
-
Superseded by the
--keepstate
option.
This property can by used to specify whether active sessions of the application that is being redeployed are preserved and then restored when the redeployment is complete. Applies to HTTP sessions in a web container. Default isfalse
.:false
-
Active sessions of the application are not preserved and restored (default).
true
-
Active sessions of the application are preserved and restored.
If any active session of the application fails to be preserved or restored, none of the sessions will be available when the redeployment is complete. However, the redeployment continues and a warning is logged.
To preserve active sessions, Eclipse GlassFish serializes the sessions and saves them in memory. To restore the sessions, the class loader of the newly redeployed application deserializes any sessions that were previously saved.
preserveAppScopedResources
-
If set to
true
, preserves any application-scoped resources and restores them during redeployment. Default isfalse
.
Other available properties are determined by the implementation of the component that is being redeployed.
For components packaged as OSGi bundles (--type=osgi
), thedeploy
subcommand accepts properties arguments to wrap a WAR file as a WAB (Web Application Bundle) at the time of deployment. The subcommand looks for a key namedUriScheme
and, if present, uses the key as a URL stream handler to decorate the input stream. Other properties are used in the decoration process. For example, the Eclipse GlassFish OSGi web container registers a URL stream handler namedwebbundle
, which is used to wrap a plain WAR file as a WAB. For more information about usage, see the related example in thedeploy
(1) help page.
Operands
- file_archive|filepath
-
The operand can specify a directory or an archive file. The path to the archive that contains the application that is being redeployed. This path can be a relative path or an absolute path.
The archive can be in either of the following formats:-
An archive file, for example,
/export/JEE_apps/hello.war
. If the--upload
option is set totrue
, this is the path to the deployable file on the local client machine.
If the--upload
option is set tofalse
, this is the absolute path to the file on the server machine. -
A directory that contains the exploded format of the deployable archive. This is the absolute path to the directory on the server machine.
If you specify a directory, the--upload
option is ignored.
Whether this operand is required depends on how the application was originally deployed:
-
If the application was originally deployed from a file, the archive-path operand is required. The operand must specify an archive file.
-
If the application was originally deployed from a directory, the archive-path operand is optional.
-
Examples
Example 1 Redeploying a Web Application From a File
This example redeploys the web application hello
from the hello.war
file in the current working directory. The application was originally
deployed from a file. Active sessions of the application are to be
preserved and then restored when the redeployment is complete.
asadmin> redeploy --name hello --properties keepSessions=true hello.war
Application deployed successfully with name hello.
Command redeploy executed successfully
remove-library
Removes one or more library JAR files from Eclipse GlassFish
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] remove-library [--help]
[--type={common|ext|app}]
library-name [library-name ... ]
Description
The remove-library
subcommand removes one or more library JAR files
from Eclipse GlassFish.
The --type
option specifies the library type and the Eclipse GlassFish
directory from which the library is removed.
The library-name operand is the name of the JAR file that contains the library to be removed. To specify multiple libraries, specify multiple names separated by spaces.
The library archive file is removed from the DAS. For common and extension libraries, you must restart the DAS so the library removals are picked up by the server runtime. To remove the libraries from other server instances, synchronize the instances with the DAS by restarting them. This command is not supported on the Windows operating system. |
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--type
-
Specifies the library type and the Eclipse GlassFish directory from which the library is removed. Valid values are as follows:
common
-
Removes the library files from the Common class loader directory, domain-dir
/lib
. This is the default. ext
-
Removes the library files from the Java optional package directory, domain-dir`/lib/ext`.
app
-
Removes the library files from the application-specific class loader directory, domain-dir`/lib/applibs`.
For more information about these directories, see "Class Loaders" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Development Guide.
See Also
"Class Loaders" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Development Guide
restart-domain
Restarts the DAS of the specified domain
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] restart-domain [--help]
[--debug ={true|false}]
[--domaindir domaindir]
[--force={true|false}] [--kill={false|true}]
[domain-name]
Description
The restart-domain
subcommand stops and then restarts the domain
administration server (DAS) of the specified domain. If a domain is not
specified, the default domain is assumed. If the domains directory
contains two or more domains, the domain-name operand must be specified.
If the DAS is not already running, the subcommand attempts to start it.
The restart-domain
subcommand does not exit until the subcommand has
verified that the domain has been stopped and restarted.
This subcommand is supported in local or remote mode. If you specify a host name, the subcommand assumes you are operating in remote mode, which means you must correctly authenticate to the remote server. In local mode, you normally do not need to authenticate to the server as long as you are running the subcommand as the same user who started the server.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--debug
-
Specifies whether the domain is restarted with Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html) debugging enabled. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The domain is restarted with JPDA debugging enabled and the port number for JPDA debugging is displayed.
false
-
The domain is restarted with JPDA debugging disabled (default).
The default is the current setting of this option for the domain that is being restarted.
--domaindir
-
The domain root directory, which contains the directory of the domain that is to be restarted. If specified, the path must be accessible in the file system. The default location of the domain root directory is as-install
/domains
. --force
-
Specifies whether the domain is forcibly stopped immediately before it is restarted. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The domain is forcibly stopped immediately (default).
false
-
The subcommand waits until all threads that are associated with the domain are exited before stopping the domain.
--kill
-
Specifies whether the domain is killed before it is restarted by using functionality of the operating system to terminate the domain process. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
The domain is not killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the Java platform to terminate the domain process (default).
true
-
The domain is killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the operating system to terminate the domain process.
Operands
- domain-name
-
The name of the domain you want to restart. Default is the name specified during installation, usually
domain1
.
See Also
Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA)
(https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html
)
restart-instance
Restarts a running Eclipse GlassFish instance
Description
The restart-instance
subcommand restarts a running Eclipse GlassFish
instance. This subcommand requires secure shell (SSH) to be configured
on the machine where the domain administration server (DAS) is running
and on the machine where the instance resides.
SSH is not required if the instance resides on a node of type |
You may run this subcommand from any machine that can contact the DAS.
The subcommand can restart any Eclipse GlassFish instance, regardless of
how the instance was created. For example, this subcommand can restart
an instance that was created by using the
create-local-instance
(1)
subcommand.
When this subcommand restarts an instance, the DAS synchronizes the instance with changes since the last synchronization as follows:
-
For the
config
directory, the DAS synchronizes the instance with all changes. -
For the
applications
directory anddocroot
directory, only a change to a top-level subdirectory causes the DAS to synchronize all files under that subdirectory.If a file below a top level subdirectory is changed without a change to a file in the top level subdirectory, full synchronization is required. In normal operation, files below the top level subdirectories of these directories are not changed. If an application is deployed and undeployed, full synchronization is not necessary to update the instance with the change.
If different synchronization behavior is required, the instance must be stopped and restarted by using following sequence of subcommands:
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--debug
-
Specifies whether the instance is restarted with Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA)(https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html) debugging enabled. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The instance is restarted with JPDA debugging enabled and the port number for JPDA debugging is displayed.
false
-
The instance is restarted with JPDA debugging disabled.
The default is the current setting of this option for the instance that is being restarted.
Operands
- instance-name
-
The name of the Eclipse GlassFish instance to restart. If the instance is not running, the subcommand displays a warning message and attempts to start the instance.
See Also
create-instance
(1),
create-local-instance
(1),
delete-instance
(1),
delete-local-instance
(1),
restart-local-instance
(1),
setup-ssh
(1),
start-instance
(1),
start-local-instance
(1),
stop-instance
(1),
stop-local-instance
(1)
Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html)
restart-local-instance
Restarts a running Eclipse GlassFish instance on the host where the subcommand is run
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] restart-local-instance [--help]
[--nodedir nodedir] [--node node]
[--debug={false|true}]
[--force={true|false}] [--kill={false|true}]
[instance-name]
Description
The restart-local-instance
subcommand restarts a Eclipse GlassFish
instance on the host where the subcommand is run. This subcommand does
not require secure shell (SSH) to be configured. You must run this
command from the host where the instance resides.
The subcommand can restart any Eclipse GlassFish instance, regardless of
how the instance was created. For example, this subcommand can restart
an instance that was created by using the
create-instance
(1) subcommand.
The restart-local-instance
subcommand does not contact the domain
administration server (DAS) to determine the node on which the instance
resides. To determine the node on which the instance resides, the
subcommand searches the directory that contains the node directories. If
multiple node directories exist, the node must be specified as an option
of the subcommand.
When this subcommand restarts an instance, the DAS synchronizes the instance with changes since the last synchronization as follows:
-
For the
config
directory, the DAS synchronizes the instance with all changes. -
For the
applications
directory anddocroot
directory, only a change to a top-level subdirectory causes the DAS to synchronize all files under that subdirectory.If a file below a top level subdirectory is changed without a change to a file in the top level subdirectory, full synchronization is required. In normal operation, files below the top level subdirectories of these directories are not changed. If an application is deployed and undeployed, full synchronization is not necessary to update the instance with the change.
If different synchronization behavior is required, the instance must be stopped and restarted by using following sequence of subcommands:
This subcommand is supported in local mode. However, to synchronize the instance with the DAS, this subcommand must be run in remote mode.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodedir
-
Specifies the directory that contains the instance’s node directory. The instance’s files are stored in the instance’s node directory. The default is as-install
/nodes
. --node
-
Specifies the node on which the instance resides. This option may be omitted only if the directory that the
--nodedir
option specifies contains only one node directory. Otherwise, this option is required. --debug
-
Specifies whether the instance is restarted with Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html) debugging enabled. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The instance is restarted with JPDA debugging enabled and the port number for JPDA debugging is displayed.
false
-
The instance is restarted with JPDA debugging disabled (default).
The default is the current setting of this option for the instance that is being restarted.
--force
-
Specifies whether the instance is forcibly stopped immediately before it is restarted. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The instance is forcibly stopped immediately (default).
false
-
The subcommand waits until all threads that are associated with the instance are exited before stopping the instance.
--kill
-
Specifies whether the instance is killed before it is restarted by using functionality of the operating system to terminate the instance process. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
The instance is not killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the Java platform to terminate the instance process (default).
true
-
The instance is killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the operating system to terminate the instance process.
Operands
- instance-name
-
The name of the Eclipse GlassFish instance to restart. If the instance is not running, the subcommand displays a warning message and attempts to start the instance.
See Also
create-instance
(1),
create-local-instance
(1),
delete-instance
(1),
delete-local-instance
(1),
restart-instance
(1),
start-instance
(1),
start-local-instance
(1),
stop-instance
(1),
stop-local-instance
(1)
Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html)
restore-domain
Restores files from backup
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] restore-domain [--help]
[--long[={false|true}]]
[--filename backup-filename]
[--domaindir domain-root-dir]
[--backupdirbackup-directory]
[--backupconfigbackup-config-name]
[--force[={false|true}]]
[domain-name]
Description
This command restores files under the domain from a backup directory.
The restore-domain
command is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--long
-l
-
Displays detailed information about the restore operation.
The default value isfalse
. --filename
-
Specifies the name of the backup file to use as the source.
--domaindir
-
Specifies the domain root directory, the parent directory of the domain to restore. The default value is as-install
/domains
. --backupdir
-
Specifies the directory under which the backup file is stored.
The default value is as-install/domains/
domain-dir/backups
. If the domain is not in the default location, the location is domain-dir/backups
. --backupconfig
-
(Supported only in Eclipse GlassFish.) The name of the domain backup configuration in the backup directory under which the backup file is stored.
--force
-
Causes the restore operation to continue even when the name of the domain to restore does not match the name of the domain stored in the backup file.
The default value isfalse
.
rollback-transaction
Rolls back the named transaction
Description
The rollback-transaction
subcommand rolls back the named transaction.
Before you can roll back a transaction, you must do the following:
-
Enable monitoring using the
set
subcommand. For example:asadmin> set clstr1-config.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.transaction-service=HIGH
-
Use the
freeze-transaction-service
subcommand to halt in-process transactions. -
Look up the active transactions using the
get
subcommand with the--monitor
option. For example:asadmin> get --monitor inst1.server.transaction-service.activeids-current
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target on which you are rolling back the transactions. Valid values are
server
or any other clustered or stand-alone instance.
See Also
"Administering Transactions" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
"Transactions" in The Jakarta EE Tutorial
rotate-log
Rotates the log file
Description
The rotate-log
subcommand rotates the server log by renaming the file
with a timestamp name in the format `server.log_`date-and-time, and
creating a new log file. Changes take effect dynamically, that is,
server restart is not required.
The size of the log queue is configurable through the
logging.properties
file. Log rotation is based on file size or elapsed
time since the last log rotation. In some circumstances, the queue might
fill up, especially if the log level is set to FINEST
and there is
heavy activity on the server. In this case, the rotate-log
subcommand
can be used to rotate the server log immediately. This subcommand is
also useful in creating scripts for rotating the log at convenient times.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
The server, cluster, or server instance for which logs will be rotated. If this option is omitted, logs are rotated for the default server.
Operands
- target
-
Valid values are:
-
server_name - Default target is
server
. If no target is specified then logs are rotated for the server. -
cluster_name - The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name - The name of a target server instance.
-
See Also
collect-log-files
(1),
list-log-attributes
(1),
list-log-levels
(1),
set-log-attributes
(1),
set-log-levels
(1)
"Administering the Logging Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
set
Sets or deletes the values of configurable attributes
Description
The set
subcommand uses dotted names to modify or delete the values of one or
more configurable attributes.
Attributes from the monitoring hierarchy are read-only, but
configuration attributes can be modified. You can use the
list
(1) subcommand to display the dotted names
that represent individual server components and subsystems. For example,
a dotted name might be server.applications.web-module
. After you
discover the particular component or subsystem, you can then use the
get
subcommand to access the attributes. For more detailed information
on dotted names, see the
dotted-names
(5ASC) help page.
Characters that have special meaning to the shell or command interpreter, such as * (asterisk), should be quoted or escaped as appropriate to the shell, for example, by enclosing the argument in quotes. In multimode, quotes are needed only for arguments that include spaces, quotes, or backslash. |
By modifying attributes, you can enable and disable services, and
customize how an existing element functions. An asadmin
subcommand is
provided to update some elements. For example, update-password-alias
.
However, to update other elements, you must use the set
command. For
example, you create a JDBC connection pool by using the
create-jdbc-connection-pool
subcommand. To change attribute settings
later, you use the set
command.
Any change made by using the asadmin
utility subcommands or the
Administration Console are automatically applied to the associated
Eclipse GlassFish configuration file.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Operands
- attribute-name=value [attribute-name=value]
-
Identifies the full dotted name of the attribute name and its value. Multiple attribute=value pairs can be provided as multiple arguments, separated by a space. To delete a value, set the value to an empty value, e.g.
attribute-name=
Examples
Example 1 Setting a JDBC Connection Pool Attribute
This example changes the steady pool size of the DerbyPool
connection
pool to 9.
asadmin> set resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.steady-pool-size=9
Command set executed successfully.
Example 2 Enabling the Monitoring Service for a Monitorable Object
This example enables monitoring for the JVM and Thread-Pool modules.
asadmin> set server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.jvm=HIGH server.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels.thread-pool=HIGH
Command set executed successfully.
set-batch-runtime-configuration
Configures the batch runtime
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] set-batch-runtime-configuration [--help]
[--target target]
[--datasourcelookupname datasource-lookup-name]
[--executorservicelookupname executor-service-lookup-name]
Description
The set-batch-runtime-configuration
subcommand configures the batch
runtime. The runtime uses a data source and a managed executor service
to execute batch jobs. Batch runtime configuration data is stored in the
config
element in domain.xml
.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which to configure the batch runtime. Valid values are as follows:
server
-
Configures the batch runtime for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - cluster-name
-
Configures the batch runtime for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance-name
-
Configures the batch runtime for a particular server instance.
--datasourcelookupname
-d
-
The JNDI lookup name of the data source to be used to store job information. The default data source is
jdbc/__TimerPool
.
Do not change the data source after the first batch job has been submitted to the batch runtime for execution. If the data source must be changed, stop and restart the domain and then make the change before any jobs are started or restarted. However, once the data source has been changed, information stored in the previous data source becomes inaccessible. --executorservicelookupname
-x
-
The JNDI lookup name of the managed executor service to be used to provide threads to jobs. The default managed executor service is
concurrent/__defaultManagedExecutorService
.
The managed executor service can be changed after a batch job has been submitted to the batch runtime without impacting execution of the job.
Examples
Example 1 Configuring the Batch Runtime
The following example configures the batch runtime for the default
server instance to use an existing managed executor service named
concurrent/myExecutor
.
asadmin> set-batch-runtime-configuration --executorservicelookupname concurrent/myExecutor
Command set-batch-runtime-configuration executed successfully.
set-log-attributes
Sets the logging attributes for one or more loggers
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] set-log-attributes [--help]
[--target=target]
attribute-name=attribute-value[:attribute-name=attribute-value]*
Description
The set-log-attributes
subcommand sets logging attributes for one or
more handlers or formatters. The attributes you can set correspond
to the attributes that are available in the logging.properties
file
for the domain.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
The server domain, instance, or cluster for which logger attributes will be set. If this option is omitted, attributes are set for the default server.
Operands
- target
-
Valid values are:
-
server_name - Default target is
server
. If no target is specified then log attributes are set for the server. -
cluster_name - The name of a target cluster.
-
instance_name - The name of a target server instance.
-
- attribute-name
-
The fully scoped name of the logging attribute. The
list-log-attributes
subcommand can be used to list the names of all currently defined attributes. - attribute-value
-
The value to apply to the specified attribute.
Refer to "Administering the Logging Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide for complete explanations of supported attribute values. Uselist-log-attributes
(1) to get current set of attributes.
Examples
Example 1 Setting the Maximum Number of Log History Files to Maintain
This example sets to 8 the maximum number of log history files for the server as a whole.
asadmin set-log-attributes --target=server \
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.rotation.maxArchiveFiles=8
org.glassfish.main.jul.handler.GlassFishLogHandler.rotation.maxArchiveFiles logging attribute value set to 8.
The logging attributes are saved successfully for server.
Command set-log-attributes executed successfully.
See Also
asadmin
(1M)
collect-log-files
(1),
list-log-attributes
(1),
list-log-levels
(1),
rotate-log
(1),
set-log-levels
(1)
"Administering the Logging Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
set-log-file-format
Sets the formatter to be used for the server log file
Description
The set-log-file-format
subcommand sets the formatter to be used for
the server log file for the specified target.
Eclipse GlassFish provides the ULF (UniformLogFormatter), ODL (Oracle
Diagnostics Logging) and OneLine (OneLineFormatter) formatters.
A custom formatter can also be used by specifying the fully
qualified name of a class that extends the
java.util.logging.Formatter
class.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
Specifies the target for which the formatter is being set. Specify the name of the server domain, instance, or cluster. If this option is omitted, logger attributes are set for the default server.
Operands
- formatter
-
Specifies the fomatter to be used for the server log file. Valid values are ULF, ODL, OneLine or the fully qualified name of the custom formatter class to be used to render the log files. The default value is ODL.
See Also
"Administering the Logging Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
set-log-levels
Sets the log level for one or more loggers
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] set-log-levels [--help]
[--target=target]
logger-name=logger-level[:logger-name=logger-level]*
Description
The set-log-levels
subcommand sets the log level for one or more
loggers. Changes take effect with some latency for the reconfiguration.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
The server instance or cluster for which log levels will be set. Valid values are:
-
server
- The default server instance. If no target is specified then log levels are set for the default server instance. -
cluster-name - The name of a cluster.
-
instance-name - The name of a standalone server instance.
-
Operands
- logger-name
-
The name of the logger. The
list-log-levels
subcommand can be used to list the names of the current loggers. - logger-level
-
The level to set for the logger. Log level values are
SEVERE
,WARNING
,INFO
,CONFIG
,FINE
,FINER
, andFINEST
. The default setting isINFO
.
Examples
Example 1 Setting a Log Level for a Logger
This example sets the log level of the web container logger to
WARNING
.
asadmin> set-log-levels jakarta.enterprise.system.container.web=WARNING
Command set-log-level executed successfully.
Example 2 Setting the Log Level for Multiple Loggers
This example sets the log level of the web container logger to FINE
and the log level of the EJB container logger to SEVERE
:
asadmin set-log-levels jakarta.enterprise.system.container.web=FINE:
jakarta.enterprise.system.container.ejb=SEVERE
Command set-log-level executed successfully.
See Also
collect-log-files
(1),
list-log-attributes
(1),
list-log-levels
(1),
rotate-log
(1),
set-log-attributes
(1)
"Administering the Logging Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
setup-local-dcom
Sets up DCOM on a host
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] setup-local-dcom [--help]
[--verbose={false|true}]
--force={false|true}
Description
The setup-local-dcom
subcommand sets up the Distributed Component
Object Model (DCOM) remote protocol on the host where the subcommand is
run. The DCOM remote protocol is available only on Windows systems.
This subcommand must be run by the operating-system-level administrator user on the host where DCOM is being set up. Before running this command, ensure that items in the Windows operating system are set as described in " Windows Operating System Settings" in Eclipse GlassFish High Availability Administration Guide.
Setting up DCOM on a host ensures that scripts can be run on the host from a remote host. To run scripts on the host from a remote host, the Windows user must be allowed full control over some Windows registry keys.
In some versions of Windows, only the user NT SERVICE\TrustedInstaller
has full control over these Windows registry keys. If the version of
Windows on a host is configured in this way, this subcommand modifies
these keys to allow full control over them for the Windows user.
This subcommand might modify the permissions of some keys in the Windows registry. Before running this command, back up the Windows registry. |
By default, the subcommand prompts you to confirm that you want to
update the Windows registry. To run the subcommand without being
prompted, set the --force
option to true
.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--verbose
-v
-
Specifies whether the subcommand displays information about the operations that are performed to set up DCOM on the host.
Possible values are as follows:false
-
No information about the operations that are performed to set up DCOM is displayed (default).
true
-
The subcommand displays information about the operations that are performed to set up DCOM on the host.
--force
-f
-
Specifies whether the subcommand prompts you to confirm that you want to update the Windows registry.
Possible values are as follows:false
-
You are prompted to confirm that you want to update the Windows registry (default).
true
-
The subcommand forcibly updates the Windows registry without prompting you.
Examples
Example 1 Setting Up DCOM on a Host
This example sets up DCOM on the host where the subcommand is run.
asadmin> setup-local-dcom
Caution: This command might modify the permissions of some keys in the Windows
registry.
Before running this command, back up the Windows registry.
The modification allows the Windows user full control over these keys.
Are you sure that you want to edit the Windows registry? If so, type yes in full: yes
Command setup-local-dcom executed successfully.
See Also
"Windows Operating System Settings" in Eclipse GlassFish High Availability Administration Guide
setup-ssh
Sets up an SSH key on specified hosts
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] setup-ssh [--help]
[--sshport ssh-port] [--sshuser ssh-user]
[--sshkeyfile ssh-keyfile] [--sshpublickeyfile ssh-public-keyfile]
[--generatekey={false|true}]
host-list
Description
The setup-ssh
subcommand sets up a secure shell (SSH) key on the hosts
that are specified as the operand of the subcommand. This key enables
Eclipse GlassFish to use public-key authentication for authentication of
the user’s SSH login on remote hosts.
SSH ensures that Eclipse GlassFish clusters that span multiple hosts can be administered centrally. When a user runs a subcommand for cluster administration that acts on multiple hosts, the subcommand is propagated from the domain administration server (DAS) host to remote hosts. To propagate subcommands that act on a Eclipse GlassFish instance that is not running, or on a node where no instances are running, Eclipse GlassFish uses SSH. SSH provides confidentiality and security for data that is exchanged between the DAS and remote hosts.
Public-key authentication uses an SSH key pair that comprises the following keys:
-
A private key, which is stored in a secure location on the DAS host and which may be protected with a passphrase
-
The public key, which is stored on all the remote hosts with which the DAS communicates
The subcommand does not require any configuration information from the DAS and does not modify the configuration of the DAS.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Prerequisites for Using the setup-ssh
Subcommand
To use the setup-ssh
subcommand, the SSH user must be able to use SSH
to log in to remote hosts where SSH is to be set up. Specifically, the
following prerequisites must be met:
-
The
ssh
(1) client is installed on the DAS host and is accessible through the DAS user’s path. -
The
sshd
(1M) daemon is installed and running on all hosts where an SSH key is to be set up. -
The user that the
--sshuser
option specifies has an SSH login on all hosts where an SSH key is to be set up. -
The
ssh-keygen
(1) utility is installed on the DAS host either at the default location or in a location that is defined in the DAS user’s path. -
On Windows systems, the SSH package for Cygwin (http://www.cygwin.com/) or an MKS Software (http://www.mkssoftware.com/) toolkit that provides SSH is installed.
Behavior of the setup-ssh
Subcommand
The subcommand sets up SSH connectivity between the DAS host and remote hosts by automating the following tasks:
-
Generating an SSH key pair. If no SSH key pair exists, the default behavior of the subcommand is to prompt the user to generate an SSH key pair. The SSH key pair is generated without an encryption passphrase. If a passphrase-protected key pair is required, the key pair must be generated manually by using the SSH command
ssh-keygen
(1). -
Distributing the public key. The subcommand appends the content of the public key file to the user-home
/.ssh/authorized_keys
file on each remote host. By default, the subcommand locates the public key file in the user-home/.ssh
directory on the host where the subcommand is run. If the user-home/.ssh/authorized_keys
file does not exist on a host, the subcommand creates the file. user-home is the user’s home directory on a host.To distribute the public key, authentication of the user’s SSH login is required. If the private key is protected by a passphrase, the passphrase is also required. By default, the subcommand prompts the user for the password and, if necessary, the passphrase. To distribute the public key without being prompted, run the subcommand as follows:
-
Set the
--interactive
option of theasadmin
(1M) utility tofalse
. -
Set the
--passwordfile
option of theasadmin
utility to a file in which theAS_ADMIN_SSHPASSWORD
entry specifies the SSH user’s password for logging in to the specified hosts. -
If a passphrase is required, ensure that the file that
--passwordfile
option of theasadmin
utility specifies also contains an entry forAS_ADMIN_SSHKEYPASSPHRASE
.
If public key authentication is already set up on a host, the subcommand informs the user that public key authentication is already set up and does not distribute the key to the host.
-
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--sshport
-
The port to use for SSH connections to the host where SSH is being set up. The default is 22.
--sshuser
-
The SSH user on the remote host that is to run the process for setting up SSH on that host. The default is the user that is running this subcommand. To ensure that the DAS can read this user’s SSH private key file, specify the user that is running the DAS process.
--sshkeyfile
-
The absolute path to the SSH private key file for user that the
--sshuser
option specifies. This file is used for authentication to thesshd
daemon on the host.
The user that is running this subcommand must be able to reach the path to the key file and read the key file.
The default is a key file in the user’s.ssh
directory on the host where the subcommand is run. If multiple key files are found, the subcommand uses the following order of preference:-
id_rsa
-
id_dsa
-
identity
-
--sshpublickeyfile
-
The absolute path to the SSH public key file for user that the
--sshuser
option specifies. The content of the public key file is appended to the user’s.ssh/authorized_keys
file on each host where SSH is being set up. If the.ssh/authorized_keys
file does not exist on a host, the subcommand creates the file.
The user that is running this subcommand must be able to reach the path to the key file and read the key file.
The default is a key file in the user’s.ssh
directory on the host where the subcommand is run. If multiple key files are found, the subcommand uses the following order of preference:-
id_rsa.pub
-
id_dsa.pub
-
identity.pub
-
--generatekey
-
Specifies whether the subcommand generates the SSH key files without prompting the user. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The subcommand generates the SSH key files without prompting the user.
false
-
The behavior of the subcommand depends on whether the SSH key files exist:
-
If the SSH key files exist, the subcommand does not generate the files.
-
If the SSH key files do not exist, the behavior of the subcommand depends on the value of the
--interactive
option of theasadmin
utility:-
If the
--interactive
option istrue
, the subcommand prompts the user to create the files. -
If the
--interactive
option isfalse
, the subcommand fails. This value is the default.
-
-
Operands
- host-list
-
A space-separated list of the names of the hosts where an SSH key is to be set up.
Examples
Example 1 Setting Up an SSH Key
This example sets up an SSH key for the user gfuser
on the hosts
sj03
and sj04
. The key file is not generated but is copied from the
user’s .ssh
directory on the host where the subcommand is running.
asadmin> setup-ssh sj03 sj04
Enter SSH password for gfuser@sj03>
Copied keyfile /home/gfuser/.ssh/id_rsa.pub to gfuser@sj03
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj03 using keyfile /home/gfuser/.ssh/id_rsa
Copied keyfile /home/gfuser/.ssh/id_rsa.pub to gfuser@sj04
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj04 using keyfile /home/gfuser/.ssh/id_rsa
Command setup-ssh executed successfully.
Example 2 Generating and Setting Up an SSH Key
This example generates and sets up an SSH key for the user gfuser
on
the hosts sua01
and sua02
.
asadmin> setup-ssh --generatekey=true sua01 sua02
Enter SSH password for gfuser@sua01>
Created directory /home/gfuser/.ssh
/usr/bin/ssh-keygen successfully generated the identification /home/gfuser/.ssh/id_rsa
Copied keyfile /home/gfuser/.ssh/id_rsa.pub to gfuser@sua01
Successfully connected to gfuser@sua01 using keyfile /home/gfuser/.ssh/id_rsa
Copied keyfile /home/gfuser/.ssh/id_rsa.pub to gfuser@sua02
Successfully connected to gfuser@sua02 using keyfile /home/gfuser/.ssh/id_rsa
Command setup-ssh executed successfully.
See Also
Cygwin Information and Installation (http://www.cygwin.com/
), MKS
Software (http://www.mkssoftware.com/
)
set-web-context-param
Sets a servlet context-initialization parameter of a deployed web application or module
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] set-web-context-param [--help]
--name=context-param-name
{--value=value|--ignoredescriptoritem={false|true}}
[--description=description] application-name[/module]
Description
The set-web-context-param
subcommand sets a servlet
context-initialization parameter of one of the following items:
-
A deployed web application
-
A web module in a deployed Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Jakarta EE) application
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs.
This subcommand enables you to change the configuration of a deployed application without the need to modify the application’s deployment descriptors and repackage and redeploy the application.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--name
-
The name of the servlet context-initialization parameter that is to be set.
--value
-
The value to which the servlet context-initialization parameter is to be set. Either the
--value
option or the--ignoredescriptoritem
option must be set. --ignoredescriptoritem
-
Specifies whether the servlet context-initialization parameter is ignored if it is set in the application’s deployment descriptor. When a parameter is ignored, the application behaves as if the parameter had never been set in the application’s deployment descriptor. The behavior of an application in this situation depends on the application.
The possible values are as follows:false
-
The value is not ignored (default).
true
-
The value is ignored.
Either the
--value
option or the--ignoredescriptoritem
option must be set.Do not use the
--ignoredescriptoritem
option to unset a servlet context-initialization parameter that has previously been set by using theset-web-context-param
subcommand. Instead, use theunset-web-context-param
(1) subcommand for this purpose. --description
-
An optional textual description of the context parameter that is being set.
Operands
- application-name
-
The name of the application. This name can be obtained from the Administration Console or by using the
list-applications
(1) subcommand.
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs. - module
-
The relative path to the module within the application’s enterprise archive (EAR) file. The path to the module is specified in the
module
element of the application’sapplication.xml
file.
module is required only if the servlet context-initialization parameter applies to a web module of a Jakarta EE application. If specified, module must follow application-name, separated by a slash (/
).
For example, theapplication.xml
file for themyApp
application might specify the following web module:<module> <web> <web-uri>myWebModule.war</web-uri> </web> </module>
The module would be specified as the operand of this command as
myApp/myWebModule.war
.
Examples
Example 1 Setting a Servlet Context-Initialization Parameter for a Web Application
This example sets the servlet context-initialization parameter
javax.faces.STATE_SAVING_METHOD
of the web application basic-ezcomp
to client
. The description
The location where the application’s state is preserved
is provided
for this parameter.
asadmin> set-web-context-param --name=javax.faces.STATE_SAVING_METHOD
--description="The location where the application's state is preserved"
--value=client basic-ezcomp
Command set-web-context-param executed successfully.
Example 2 Ignoring a Servlet Context-Initialization Parameter That Is Defined in a Deployment Descriptor
This example ignores the servlet context-initialization parameter
javax.faces.PROJECT_STAGE
of the web application basic-ezcomp
.
asadmin> set-web-context-param --name=javax.faces.PROJECT_STAGE
--ignoredescriptoritem=true
basic-ezcomp
Command set-web-context-param executed successfully.
set-web-env-entry
Sets an environment entry for a deployed web application or module
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] set-web-env-entry [--help]
--name=env-entry-name --type=env-entry-type
{--value=value|--ignoredescriptoritem={true|false}}
[--description=description] application-name[/module]
Description
The set-web-env-entry
subcommand sets an environment entry for one of
the following items:
-
A deployed web application
-
A web module in a deployed Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Jakarta EE) application
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs.
An application uses the values of environment entries to customize its behavior or presentation.
This subcommand enables you to change the configuration of a deployed application without the need to modify the application’s deployment descriptors and repackage and redeploy the application.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--name
-
The name of the environment entry that is to be set. The name is a JNDI name relative to the
java:comp/env
context. The name must be unique within a deployment component. --type
-
The fully-qualified Java type of the environment entry value that is expected by the application’s code. This type must be one of the following Java types:
-
java.lang.Boolean
-
java.lang.Byte
-
java.lang.Character
-
java.lang.Double
-
java.lang.Float
-
java.lang.Integer
-
java.lang.Long
-
java.lang.Short
-
java.lang.String
-
--value
-
The value to which the environment entry is to be set. If the
--type
isjava.lang.Character
, the value must be a single character. Otherwise, the value must be a string that is valid for the constructor of the specified type.
Either the--value
option or the--ignoredescriptoritem
option must be set. --ignoredescriptoritem
-
Specifies whether the environment entry is ignored if it is set in the application’s deployment descriptor. When an environment entry is ignored, the application behaves as if the entry had never been set in the application’s deployment descriptor. The behavior of an application in this situation depends on the application.
The possible values are as follows:false
-
The value is not ignored (default).
true
-
The value is ignored.
Either the
--value
option or the--ignoredescriptoritem
option must be set.Do not use the
--ignoredescriptoritem
option to unset an environment entry that has previously been set by using theset-web-env-entry
subcommand. Instead, use theunset-web-env-entry
(1) subcommand for this purpose. --description
-
An optional textual description of the environment entry that is being set.
Operands
- application-name
-
The name of the application. This name can be obtained from the Administration Console or by using the
list-applications
(1) subcommand.
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs. - module
-
The relative path to the module within the application’s enterprise archive (EAR) file. The path to the module is specified in the
module
element of the application’sapplication.xml
file.
module is required only if the environment entry applies to a web module of a Jakarta EE application. If specified, module must follow application-name, separated by a slash (/
).
For example, theapplication.xml
file for themyApp
application might specify the following web module:<module> <web> <web-uri>myWebModule.war</web-uri> </web> </module>
The module would be specified as the operand of this command as
myApp/myWebModule.war
.
Examples
Example 1 Setting an Environment Entry for a Web Application
This example sets the environment entry Hello User
of the application
hello to techscribe
. The Java type of this entry is
java.lang.String
.
asadmin> set-web-env-entry --name="Hello User"
--type=java.lang.String --value=techscribe
--description="User authentication for Hello appplication" hello
Command set-web-env-entry executed successfully.
Example 2 Ignoring an Environment Entry That Is Defined in a
Deployment Descriptor
This example ignores the environment entry Hello Port
of the web
application hello
.
asadmin> set-web-env-entry --name="Hello Port"
--type=java.lang.Integer --ignoredescriptoritem=true hello
Command set-web-env-entry executed successfully.
show-component-status
Displays the status of the deployed component
Description
The show-component-status
subcommand gets the status (either enabled
or disabled) of the deployed component.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target on which you are showing the component status. Valid values are:
server
-
Shows the component status for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. domain
-
Shows the component status for the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Shows the component status for the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Shows the component status for a clustered or stand-alone server instance.
Operands
- component-name
-
The name of the component whose status is to be listed.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. To list multiple versions, you can use an asterisk (*
) as a wildcard character. For more information about module and application versions, see "Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
start-cluster
Starts a cluster
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] start-cluster [--help]
[--autohadboverride={true|false}]
[--verbose={false|true}] cluster-name
Description
The start-cluster
subcommand starts a cluster by starting all
Eclipse GlassFish instances in the cluster that are not already running.
This subcommand requires the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM)
remote protocol or secure shell (SSH) to be configured on the host where
the domain administration server (DAS) is running and on all hosts where
instances in the cluster reside.
If all instances reside on the same host as the DAS, DCOM or SSH is not
required. You might require to start a cluster in which instances reside
on hosts where DCOM or SSH is not configured that are remote from the
DAS. In this situation, run the
|
You may run this subcommand from any host that can contact the DAS.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--autohadboverride
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
--verbose
-
Specifies whether additional status information is displayed when the cluster is started. Valid values are as follows:
true
-
Displays the command to start each instance in the cluster and whether the attempt to start each instance succeeded.
false
-
Displays no additional status information (default).
Examples
Example 1 Staring a Cluster
This example starts the cluster ymlcluster
. Additional status
information is displayed when the cluster is started.
asadmin> start-cluster --verbose ymlcluster
start-instance yml-i-sr1-usca-02
start-instance yml-i-sr1-usca-01
The command start-instance executed successfully for:
yml-i-sr1-usca-02 yml-i-sr1-usca-01
Command start-cluster executed successfully.
start-database
Starts the Java DB
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] start-database [--help]
[--jvmoptions jvm-options] [--suspend={true|false}]
[--dbhost host] [--dbport port-no]
[--dbhome db-file-path]
[--dbname name] [sqlfilename sql-file-path]
[--dbuser] [--passwordfile password-file-path]
Description
The start-database
subcommand starts the Java DB server that is
available for use with Eclipse GlassFish. Java DB is based upon Apache
Derby. Use this subcommand only for working with applications deployed
to the server.
When you start Java DB server by using the start-database
subcommand,
the database server is started in Network Server mode. Clients
connecting to it must use the Java DB ClientDriver. For details on
connecting to the database, refer to the Apache Derby documentation.
When the database server starts, or a client connects to it successfully, the following files are created:
-
The
derby.log
file that contains the database server process log along with its standard output and standard error information -
The database files that contain your schema (for example, database tables)
These files are created at the location that is specified by the
--dbhome
option. To create the database files at a particular
location, you must set the --dbhome
option. If the --dbhome
option
is not specified, the start-database
subcommand determines where to
create these files as follows:
-
If the current working directory contains a file that is named
derby.log
, thestart-database
subcommand creates the files in the current working directory. -
Otherwise, the
start-database
subcommand creates the files in the as-install/databases
directory.
The start-database
subcommand starts the database process, even if it
cannot write to the log file.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--jvmoptions
-
A space-separated list of command-line options that are passed to the Java application launcher when the database is started. By default, no options are passed.
The format of an option depends on whether the option has a name and a value or only a name:-
If the option has a name and a value, the format is option-name=value.
-
If the option has only a name, the format is option-name. For example,
-Xmx512m
.
-
--suspend
-s
-
Specifies whether the domain is started with Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/11/docs/specs/jpda/conninv.html) debugging enabled and suspend the newly started VM before the main class loads. When a debugger connects, it can send a JDWP command to resume the suspended VM. With debugging enabled extra exceptions can be printed. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The instance is started with JPDA debugging enabled and a suspendPolicy of
SUSPEND_ALL
. The port number for JPDA debugging is displayed. false
-
The instance is started with JPDA debugging disabled (default).
--dbhost
-
The host name or IP address of the Java DB server process. The default is the IP address 0.0.0.0, which denotes all network interfaces on the host where you run the
start-database
subcommand. --dbport
-
The port number where the Java DB server listens for client connections. This port must be available for the listen socket, otherwise the database server will not start. The default is 1527.
--dbhome
-
The absolute path to the directory where the database files and the
derby.log
file are created. If the--dbhome
option is not specified, thestart-database
subcommand determines where to create these files as follows:-
If the current working directory contains a file that is named
derby.log
, thestart-database
subcommand creates the files in the current working directory. -
Otherwise, the
start-database
subcommand creates the files in the as-install/databases
directory.
-
--dbname
-
The name of the database that should be used to initialize when
sqlfilename
is specified. --sqlfilename
-
Path to a file containing SQL statements to be executed after starting up the Java DB. Each statement should be separated by a ";". Statements may be put on new lines. The file encoding to be used is UTF-8. This file is only taken into consideration when
dbname
is specified. --dbuser
-
The user name of the Java DB user that is to execute init SQL statements. This option is used only when
dbname
andsqlfilename
are specified. If this option is omitted the DB schema used for the init SQL statements is owned by the default user. Must be combined with the generalpasswordfile
option of which the file it points to must contain theAS_ADMIN_DBPASSWORD
key with as value the password associated with the user.To create the database files at a particular location, you must set the
--dbhome
option.
Examples
Example 1 Starting Java DB
This example starts Java DB on the host host1
and port 5001.
asadmin> start-database --dbhost host1 --dbport 5001 --terse=true
Starting database in the background. Log redirected to
/opt/SUNWappserver/databases/derby.log.
Example 2 Starting Java DB With Options for the Java Application
Launcher
This example starts Java DB with the options for setting the minimum heap memory size to 128 megabytes and the maximum heap memory size to 512 megabytes.
asadmin> start-database --jvmoptions="-Xms128m -Xmx512m" --terse=true
Starting database in the background.
Log redirected to /export/glassfish7/glassfish/databases/derby.log.
Exit Status
The exit status applies to errors in executing the asadmin
utility.
For information on database errors, see the derby.log
file. This file
is located in the directory you specify by using the --dbhome
option
when you run the start-database
subcommand. If you did not specify
--dbhome
, the value of DERBY_INSTALL
defaults to as-install/javadb
.
- 0
-
subcommand executed successfully
- 1
-
error in executing the subcommand
See Also
"Administering Database Connectivity" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
For more information about the Java application launcher, see the reference page for the operating system that you are using:
-
Oracle Solaris and Linux: java - the Java application launcher (
http://docs.oracle.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/tools/solaris/java.html
) -
Windows: java - the Java application launcher (
http://docs.oracle.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/tools/windows/java.html
)
start-domain
Starts the DAS of the specified domain
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] start-domain [--help]
[--debug={true|false}] [--suspend={true|false}] [--domaindir domain-dir]
[--dry-run={true|false}] [--upgrade={true|false}]
[--verbose={true|false}] [--watchdog={true|false}]
[domain-name]
Description
The start-domain
subcommand starts the domain administration server
(DAS) of the specified domain. If a domain is not specified, the default
domain is assumed. If the domains directory contains two or more
domains, the domain-name operand must be specified.
On the Windows platform, processes can bind to the same port. To avoid this problem, do not start multiple domains with the same port number at the same time. |
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
In Eclipse GlassFish, the To provide the new admin user password, you can use the |
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--debug
-d
-
Specifies whether the domain is started with Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/11/docs/specs/jpda/conninv.html) debugging enabled. With debugging enabled extra exceptions can be printed. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The instance is started with JPDA debugging enabled and the port number for JPDA debugging is displayed.
false
-
The instance is started with JPDA debugging disabled (default).
--suspend
-s
-
Specifies whether the domain is started with Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/11/docs/specs/jpda/conninv.html) debugging enabled and suspend the newly started VM before the main class loads. When a debugger connects, it can send a JDWP command to resume the suspended VM. With debugging enabled extra exceptions can be printed. Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The instance is started with JPDA debugging enabled and a suspendPolicy of
SUSPEND_ALL
. The port number for JPDA debugging is displayed. false
-
The instance is started with JPDA debugging disabled (default).
--dry-run
-n
-
Suppresses actual starting of the domain. Instead,
start-domain
displays the full java command that would be used to start the domain, including all options. Reviewing this command can be useful to confirm JVM options and when troubleshooting startup issues.
The default value isfalse
. --domaindir
-
The domain root directory, which contains the directory of the domain that is to be restarted. If specified, the path must be accessible in the file system. The default location of the domain root directory is as-install
/domains
. --upgrade
-
Specifies whether the configuration of the domain administration server (DAS) is upgraded to the current release. Normally, if the subcommand detects that the configuration is from an older release of Eclipse GlassFish, the configuration is upgraded automatically before being started. You should not need to use this option explicitly.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
When the domain is started, the configuration is modified to be compatible with this release of Eclipse GlassFish, and the Eclipse GlassFish process stops.
false
-
The configuration of the DAS is not updated (default).
--verbose
-v
-
Specifies whether detailed information about the domain is displayed in the console window where the subcommand is run.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
Detailed startup messages and log messages about the domain are displayed in the console window where the subcommand is run. If the domain is later restarted by running the
restart-domain
(1) subcommand from a different console window, messages continue to be displayed in the original console window.
You can kill the Eclipse GlassFish process by typingCTRL-C
in the console window.
You can kill the Eclipse GlassFish process and obtain a thread dump for the server by typing one of the following key combinations in the console window:-
CTRL-\
on UNIX systems -
CTRL-Break
on Windows systems
-
false
-
Detailed information is not displayed (default).
--watchdog
-w
-
Specifies whether limited information about the domain is displayed in the console window where the subcommand is run. The
--watchdog
option is similar to--verbose
but does not display the detailed startup messages and log messages. This option is useful when running theasadmin
utility in the background or with no attached console.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
Limited information is displayed in the console window.
false
-
Limited information is not displayed in the console window (default).
Operands
- domain-name
-
The unique name of the domain you want to start.
This operand is optional if only one domain exists in the Eclipse GlassFish installation.
Examples
Example 1 Starting a Domain
This example starts mydomain4
in the default domains directory.
asadmin> start-domain mydomain4
Waiting for DAS to start. ...........
Started domain: mydomain4
Domain location: /myhome/glassfish7/glassfish/domains/mydomain4
Log file: /myhome/glassfish7/glassfish/domains/mydomain4/logs/server.log
Admin port for the domain: 4848
Command start-domain executed successfully.
See Also
Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/11/docs/specs/jpda/conninv.html)
start-instance
Starts a Eclipse GlassFish instance
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] start-instance [--help]
[--debug={false|true}] [--sync={normal|full|none}]
instance-name
Description
The start-instance
subcommand starts a Eclipse GlassFish instance.
This subcommand requires the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM)
remote protocol or secure shell (SSH) to be configured on the machine
where the domain administration server (DAS) is running and on the
machine where the instance resides.
DCOM or SSH is not required if the instance resides on a node of type
|
You may run this subcommand from any machine that can contact the DAS.
The subcommand can start any Eclipse GlassFish instance, regardless of
how the instance was created. For example, this subcommand can start an
instance that was created by using the
create-local-instance
(1)
subcommand.
This command is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--debug
-
Specifies whether the instance is started with Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html) debugging enabled.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
The instance is started with JPDA debugging enabled and the port number for JPDA debugging is displayed.
false
-
The instance is started with JPDA debugging disabled (default).
--sync
-
The type of synchronization between the DAS and the instance’s files when the instance is started.
Possible values are as follows:none
-
The DAS does not synchronize the instance’s files with any changes. This type of synchronization minimizes the time that is required to start the instance.
normal
-
The DAS synchronizes the instance with changes since the last synchronization as follows:
-
For the
config
directory, the DAS synchronizes the instance with all changes. -
For the
applications
directory anddocroot
directory, only a change to a top-level subdirectory causes the DAS to synchronize all files under that subdirectory.
If a file below a top level subdirectory is changed without a change to a file in the top level subdirectory, full synchronization is required. In normal operation, files below the top level subdirectories of these directories are not changed. If an application is deployed and undeployed, full synchronization is not necessary to update the instance with the change.
This value is the default. -
full
-
The DAS synchronizes the instance with all of the instance’s files, regardless of whether the files have changed since the last synchronization. This type of synchronization might delay the startup of the instance while the DAS updates all files in the instance’s directories.
Examples
Example 1 Starting a Eclipse GlassFish Instance
This example starts the Eclipse GlassFish instance pmdsa1
.
asadmin> start-instance pmdsa1
Waiting for the server to start ..............................
Successfully started the instance: pmdsa1
instance Location: /export/glassfish7/glassfish/nodes/localhost/pmdsa1
Log File: /export/glassfish7/glassfish/nodes/localhost/pmdsa1/logs/server.log
Admin Port: 24848
Command start-local-instance executed successfully.
The instance, pmdsa1, was started on host localhost
Command start-instance executed successfully.
Example 2 Starting a Eclipse GlassFish Instance With JPDA Debugging
Enabled
This example starts the Eclipse GlassFish instance ymlsa1
with JPDA
debugging enabled.
asadmin> start-instance --debug=true ymlsa1
Waiting for the server to start ...............................
Successfully started the instance: ymlsa1
instance Location: /export/glassfish7/glassfish/nodes/localhost/ymlsa1
Log File: /export/glassfish7/glassfish/nodes/localhost/ymlsa1/logs/server.log
Admin Port: 24849
Debugging is enabled. The debugging port is: 29010
Command start-local-instance executed successfully.
The instance, ymlsa1, was started on host localhost
Command start-instance executed successfully.
See Also
create-instance
(1),
create-local-instance
(1),
delete-instance
(1),
delete-local-instance
(1),
setup-ssh
(1),
start-domain
(1),
start-local-instance
(1),
stop-domain
(1),
stop-instance
(1),
stop-local-instance
(1),
validate-dcom
(1)
Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA)
(https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html
)
start-local-instance
Starts a Eclipse GlassFish instance on the host where the subcommand is run
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] start-local-instance [--help]
[--nodedir node-dir] [--node node]
[--debug={false|true}] [--dry-run={true|false}]
[--sync={normal|full|none}]
[--verbose={false|true}] [--watchdog={true|false}]
[instance-name]
Description
The start-local-instance
subcommand starts a Eclipse GlassFish
instance on the host where the subcommand is run. This subcommand does
not require the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote
protocol or secure shell (SSH) to be configured. You must run this
command from the host where the instance resides.
The subcommand can start any Eclipse GlassFish instance, regardless of
how the instance was created. For example, this subcommand can start an
instance that was created by using the
create-instance
(1)
subcommand.
The start-local-instance
subcommand does not contact the domain
administration server (DAS) to determine the node on which the instance
resides. To determine the node on which the instance resides, the
subcommand searches the directory that contains the node directories. If
multiple node directories exist, the node must be specified as an option
of the subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in local mode. However, to synchronize the instance with the DAS, this subcommand must be run in remote mode.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodedir
-
Specifies the directory that contains the instance’s node directory. The instance’s files are stored in the instance’s node directory. The default is as-install
/nodes
. --node
-
Specifies the node on which the instance resides. This option may be omitted only if the directory that the
--nodedir
option specifies contains only one node directory. Otherwise, this option is required. --debug
-d
-
Specifies whether the instance is started with Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html) debugging enabled.
Possible values are as follows:
true
-
The instance is started with JPDA debugging enabled and the port number for JPDA debugging is displayed.
false
-
The instance is started with JPDA debugging disabled (default).
--dry-run
-n
-
Suppresses actual starting of the instance. Instead,
start-local-instance
displays the full command that would be used to start the instance, including all options. Reviewing this command can be useful when troubleshooting startup issues.
The default value isfalse
. --sync
-
The type of synchronization between the DAS and the instance’s files when the instance is started.
Possible values are as follows:none
-
The DAS does not synchronize the instance’s files with any changes. This type of synchronization minimizes the time that is required to start the instance.
normal
-
The DAS synchronizes the instance with changes since the last synchronization as follows:
-
For the
config
directory, the DAS synchronizes the instance with all changes. -
For the
applications
directory anddocroot
directory, only a change to a top-level subdirectory causes the DAS to synchronize all files under that subdirectory.
-
If a file below a top level subdirectory is changed without a change to a file in the top level subdirectory, full synchronization is required. In normal operation, files below the top level subdirectories of these directories are not changed. If an application is deployed and undeployed, full synchronization is not necessary to update the instance with the change.
This value is the default.full
-
The DAS synchronizes the instance with all of the instance’s files, regardless of whether the files have changed since the last synchronization. This type of synchronization might delay the startup of the instance while the DAS updates all files in the instance’s directories.
If the DAS is not running or is unreachable from the host where you are running this subcommand, do not set the
--sync
option tofull
. To perform a full synchronization, the subcommand removes the instance’s cache. If the DAS cannot be contacted to replace the cache, the subcommand fails and the instance cannot be restarted until it is resynchronized with the DAS.
--verbose
-v
-
Specifies whether detailed information about the instance is displayed in the console window where the subcommand is run.
Possible values are as follows:
true
-
Detailed startup messages and log messages about the instance are displayed in the console window where the subcommand is run. If the instance is later restarted by running the
restart-local-instance
(1) subcommand from a different console window, messages continue to be displayed in the original console window.
You can kill the Eclipse GlassFish process by typingCTRL-C
in the console window.
You can kill the Eclipse GlassFish process and obtain a thread dump for the server by typing one of the following key combinations in the console window:-
CTRL-\
on UNIX systems -
CTRL-Break
on Windows systems
-
false
-
Detailed information is not displayed (default).
--watchdog
-w
-
Specifies whether limited information about the instance is displayed in the console window where the subcommand is run. The
--watchdog
option is similar to--verbose
but does not display the detailed startup messages and log messages. This option is useful when running theasadmin
utility in the background or with no attached console.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
Limited information is displayed in the console window.
false
-
Limited information is not displayed in the console window (default).
Examples
Example 1 Starting an Instance Locally
This example starts the instance yml-i-sj01
on the host where the
subcommand is run.
asadmin> start-local-instance --node sj01 yml-i-sj01
Waiting for the server to start .................................
Successfully started the instance: yml-i-sj01
instance Location: /export/glassfish7/glassfish/nodes/sj01/yml-i-sj01
Log File: /export/glassfish7/glassfish/nodes/sj01/yml-i-sj01/logs/server.log
Admin Port: 24849
Command start-local-instance executed successfully.
See Also
create-instance
(1),
create-local-instance
(1),
delete-instance
(1),
delete-local-instance
(1),
restart-instance
(1),
restart-local-instance
(1),
start-domain
(1),
start-instance
(1),
stop-domain
(1),
stop-instance
(1),
stop-local-instance
(1)
Java Platform Debugger Architecture (JPDA) (https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/17/docs/specs/jpda/jpda.html)
stop-cluster
Stops a Eclipse GlassFish cluster
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] stop-cluster [--help]
[--verbose={false|true}]
[--kill={false|true}]
[--autohadboverride={true|false}]
cluster-name
Description
The stop-cluster
subcommand stops a Eclipse GlassFish cluster by
stopping all running Eclipse GlassFish instances in the cluster.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--verbose
-
Specifies whether additional progress messages about the status of instances in the cluster are displayed while the cluster is being stopped.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
Additional progress messages about the status of instances in the cluster are displayed.
false
-
No messages about the status of instances in the cluster are displayed.
--kill
-
Specifies whether each instance in the cluster is killed by using functionality of the operating system to terminate the instance process.
Possible values are as follows:false
-
No instances are killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the Java platform to terminate each instance process (default).
true
-
Each instance is killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the operating system to terminate each instance process.
--autohadboverride
-
Do not specify this option. This option is retained for compatibility with earlier releases. If you specify this option, a syntax error does not occur. Instead, the subcommand runs successfully and displays a warning message that the option is ignored.
Examples
Example 1 Stopping a Cluster
This example stops the cluster pmdcluster
. Additional progress
messages about the status of instances in the cluster are displayed
while the cluster is being stopped.
asadmin> stop-cluster --verbose pmdcluster
stop-instance pmd-i-sj01
stop-instance pmd-i-sj02
The command stop-instance executed successfully for: pmd-i-sj01 pmd-i-sj02
Command stop-cluster executed successfully.
stop-database
Stops the Java DB
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] stop-database [--help]
[--dbuser db-user]
[--dbhost host] [--dbport port-no]
Description
The stop-database
subcommand stops a process of the Java DB server.
Java DB server is available for use with Eclipse GlassFish and is based
upon Apache Derby. The database is typically started with the
start-database
(1)
subcommand. A single host can have multiple database server processes
running on different ports. The stop-database
subcommand stops the
database server process for the specified port only.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--dbuser
-
The user name of the Java DB user that is to stop the server process. This option is required only when Java DB user authentication is enabled.
If this option is omitted, no user is specified. By default, Java DB user authentication is disabled, so no user or password is required. --dbhost
-
The host name or IP address of the Java DB server process. The default is the IP address 0.0.0.0, which denotes all network interfaces on the host where you run the
stop-database
subcommand. --dbport
-
The port number where the Java DB server listens for client connections. The default is 1527.
Exit Status
The exit status applies to errors in executing the asadmin
utility.
For information on database errors, see the derby.log
file. This file
is located in the directory you specify by using the --dbhome
option
when you run the start-database
subcommand. If you did not specify
--dbhome
, the value of DERBY_INSTALL
defaults to
as-install/javadb
.
- 0
-
command executed successfully
- 1
-
error in executing the command
See Also
"Administering Database Connectivity" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
stop-domain
Stops the Domain Administration Server of the specified domain
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] stop-domain [--help]
[--domaindir domaindir]
[--force={true|false}] [--kill={false|true}]
[domain-name]
Description
The stop-domain
subcommand stops the Domain Administration Server
(DAS) of the specified domain. If the domain directory is not specified,
the domain in the default domains directory is stopped. If there are two
or more domains in the domains directory, the domain-name operand must
be specified.
This subcommand is supported in local or remote mode. If you specify a host name, the subcommand assumes you are operating in remote mode, which means you must correctly authenticate to the remote server. In local mode, you normally do not need to authenticate to the server as long as you are running the subcommand as the same user who started the server.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--domaindir
-
Specifies the directory of the domain that is to be stopped. If specified, the path must be accessible in the file system. If not specified, the domain in the default as-install
/domains
directory is stopped. --force
-
Specifies whether the domain is forcibly stopped immediately.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
The domain is forcibly stopped immediately (default).
false
-
The subcommand waits until all threads that are associated with the domain are exited before stopping the domain.
--kill
-
Specifies whether the domain is killed by using functionality of the operating system to terminate the domain process.
Possible values are as follows:false
-
The domain is not killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the Java platform to terminate the domain process (default).
true
-
The domain is killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the operating system to terminate the domain process.
Operands
- domain-name
-
The name of the domain you want to stop. Default is the name specified during installation, usually
domain1
.
stop-instance
Stops a running Eclipse GlassFish instance
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] stop-instance [--help]
[--force={false|true}] [--kill={false|true}]
instance-name
Description
The stop-instance
subcommand stops a running Eclipse GlassFish instance.
The subcommand can stop any Eclipse GlassFish instance, regardless of
how the instance was created. For example, this subcommand can stop an
instance that was created by using the
create-local-instance
(1) subcommand.
This command is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--force
-
Specifies whether the instance is forcibly stopped immediately.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
The instance is forcibly stopped immediately (default).
false
-
The subcommand waits until all threads that are associated with the instance are exited before stopping the instance.
--kill
-
Specifies whether the instance is killed by using functionality of the operating system to terminate the instance process.
Possible values are as follows:false
-
The instance is not killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the Java platform to terminate the instance process (default).
true
-
The instance is killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the operating system to terminate the instance process.
stop-local-instance
Stops a Eclipse GlassFish instance on the machine where the subcommand is run
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] stop-local-instance [--help]
[--nodedir node-dir] [--node node]
[--force={true|false}] [--kill={false|true}]
[instance-name]
Description
The stop-local-instance
subcommand stops a Eclipse GlassFish instance
on the machine where the subcommand is run. This subcommand does not
require secure shell (SSH) to be configured. You must run this command
from the machine where the instance resides.
The subcommand can stop any Eclipse GlassFish instance, regardless of
how the instance was created. For example, this subcommand can stop an
instance that was created by using the
create-instance
(1) subcommand.
The stop-local-instance
subcommand does not contact the DAS to
determine the node on which the instance resides. To determine the node
on which the instance resides, the subcommand searches the directory
that contains the node directories. If multiple node directories exist,
the node must be specified as an option of the subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in local mode.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodedir
-
Specifies the directory that contains the instance’s node directory. The instance’s files are stored in the instance’s node directory. The default is as-install
/nodes
. --node
-
Specifies the node on which the instance resides. This option may be omitted only if the directory that the
--nodedir
option specifies contains only one node directory. Otherwise, this option is required. --force
-
Specifies whether the instance is forcibly stopped immediately.
Possible values are as follows:true
-
The instance is forcibly stopped immediately (default).
false
-
The subcommand waits until all threads that are associated with the instance are exited before stopping the instance.
--kill
-
Specifies whether the instance is killed by using functionality of the operating system to terminate the instance process.
Possible values are as follows:false
-
The instance is not killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the Java platform to terminate the instance process (default).
true
-
The instance is killed. The subcommand uses functionality of the operating system to terminate the instance process.
undeploy
Removes a deployed component
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] undeploy [--help]
[--target target] [--droptables={true|false}]
[--cascade={false|true}] name
Description
The undeploy
subcommand uninstalls a deployed application or module
and removes it from the repository.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--cascade
-
If set to
true
, deletes all the connection pools and connector resources associated with the resource adapter being undeployed. If set tofalse
, the undeploy fails if any pools and resources are still associated with the resource adapter. Then, either those pools and resources must be deleted explicitly, or the option must be set totrue
. If the option is set tofalse
, and if there are no pools and resources still associated with the resource adapter, the resource adapter is undeployed. This option is applicable to connectors (resource adapters) and applications. Default value is false. --droptables
-
If set to true, drops the tables that the application created by using CMP beans during deployment. If set to false, tables are not dropped. If not specified, the value of the
drop-tables-at-deploy
entry in thecmp-resource
element of theglassfish-ejb-jar.xml
file determines whether or not tables are dropped. Default value is true. --target
-
Specifies the target from which you are undeploying. Valid values are:
server
-
Undeploys the component from the default server instance
server
and is the default value. domain
-
Undeploys the component from the domain.
- cluster_name
-
Undeploys the component from every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Undeploys the component from a particular stand-alone server instance.
Operands
- name
-
Name of the deployed component.
The name can include an optional version identifier, which follows the name and is separated from the name by a colon (:
). The version identifier must begin with a letter or number. It can contain alphanumeric characters plus underscore (_
), dash (-
), and period (.
) characters. To delete multiple versions, you can use an asterisk (*
) as a wildcard character. For more information about module and application versions, see " Module and Application Versions" in Eclipse GlassFish Application Deployment Guide.
Examples
Example 1 Undeploying an Enterprise Application
This example undeploys an enterprise application named Cart.ear
.
asadmin> undeploy Cart
Command undeploy executed successfully.
unfreeze-transaction-service
Resumes all suspended transactions
Description
The unfreeze-transaction-service
subcommand restarts the transaction
subsystem and resumes all in-flight transactions. Invoke this subcommand
on an already frozen transaction subsystem. This subcommand is supported
in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--target
-
This option specifies the target on which you are unfreezing the transaction service. Valid values are:
server
-
Unfreezes the transaction service for the default server instance
server
and is the default value. - configuration_name
-
Unfreezes the transaction service for all server instances that use the named configuration.
- cluster_name
-
Unfreezes the transaction service for every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Unfreezes the transaction service for a particular server instance.
See Also
"Administering Transactions" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
"Transactions" in The Jakarta EE Tutorial
uninstall-node
Uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish software from specified hosts
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] uninstall-node [--help]
[--installdir as-install-parent]
[--sshport ssh-port] [--sshuser ssh-user]
[--sshkeyfile ssh-keyfile]
[--force={false|true}]
host-list
Description
The uninstall-node
subcommand uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish software
from the hosts that are specified as the operand of the subcommand. This
subcommand requires secure shell (SSH) to be configured on the host
where the subcommand is run and on each host where the Eclipse GlassFish
software is being uninstalled.
This subcommand is equivalent to the
|
By default, if any node except the predefined node localhost-
domain
resides on any host from which Eclipse GlassFish software is being
uninstalled, the subcommand fails. To uninstall the Eclipse GlassFish
software from a host on which user-defined nodes reside, set the
--force
option to true
. If the --force
option is true
, the
subcommand removes the entire content of the parent of the base
installation directory.
If a file under the parent of the base installation directory is open, the subcommand fails.
If multiple hosts are specified, the configuration of the following items must be the same on all hosts:
-
Parent of the base installation directory for the Eclipse GlassFish software
-
SSH port
-
SSH user
-
SSH key file
The subcommand does not modify the configuration of the domain administration server (DAS).
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--installdir
-
The absolute path to the parent of the base installation directory where the Eclipse GlassFish software is installed on each host, for example,
/export/glassfish7/
.
The user that is running this subcommand must have write access to the specified directory. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The specified directory must contain the installation of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The default is the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host where this subcommand is run. --sshport
-
The port to use for SSH connections to the host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be uninstalled. The default is 22.
--sshuser
-
The user on the host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be uninstalled that is to run the process for connecting through SSH to the host. The default is the user that is running this subcommand. To ensure that the DAS can read this user’s SSH private key file, specify the user that is running the DAS process.
--sshkeyfile
-
The absolute path to the SSH private key file for user that the
--sshuser
option specifies. This file is used for authentication to thesshd
daemon on the host.
The user that is running this subcommand must be able to reach the path to the key file and read the key file.
The default is a key file in the user’s.ssh
directory. If multiple key files are found, the subcommand uses the following order of preference:-
id_rsa
-
id_dsa
-
identity
-
--force
-
Specifies whether the subcommand uninstalls the Eclipse GlassFish software from a host even if a user-defined node resides on the host. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
If a user-defined node resides on a host, the software is not uninstalled and the subcommand fails (default).
If the--force
option isfalse
, the subcommand removes only the Eclipse GlassFish software files. Other content if the parent of the base installation directory, such as configuration files, are not removed. true
-
The subcommand uninstalls the Eclipse GlassFish software from the host even if a user-defined node resides on the host.
If the
--force
option istrue
, the subcommand removes the entire content of the parent of the base installation directory.
Operands
- host-list
-
A space-separated list of the names of the hosts from which the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be uninstalled.
Examples
Example 1 Uninstalling Eclipse GlassFish Software From the Default Location
This example uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish software on the hosts
sj03.example.com
and sj04.example.com
from the default location.
asadmin> uninstall-node sj03 sj04
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj03.example.com using keyfile /home/gfuser
/.ssh/id_rsa
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj04.example.com using keyfile /home/gfuser
/.ssh/id_rsa
Command uninstall-node executed successfully.
Example 2 Forcibly Uninstalling Eclipse GlassFish Software
This example uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish software on the host
sj02.example.com
.
The software is uninstalled even if a user-defined node resides on the
host. The entire content of the /export/glassfish7
directory is
removed.
Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> uninstall-node --force --installdir /export/glassfish7 sj02.example.com
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj02.example.com using keyfile /home/gfuser
/.ssh/id_rsa
Force removing file /export/glassfish7/mq/lib/help/en/add_overrides.htm
Force removing file /export/glassfish7/mq/lib/help/en/add_connfact.htm
...
Force removing directory /export/glassfish7/glassfish/lib/appclient
Force removing directory /export/glassfish7/glassfish/lib
Force removing directory /export/glassfish7/glassfish
Command uninstall-node executed successfully.
uninstall-node-dcom
Uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish software from specified DCOM-enabled hosts
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] uninstall-node-dcom [--help]
[--installdir as-install-parent]
[--windowsuser windows-user] [--windowsdomain windows-domain]
[--force={false|true}]
host-list
Description
The uninstall-node-dcom
subcommand uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish
software from the hosts that are specified as the operand of the
subcommand. This subcommand requires the Distributed Component Object
Model (DCOM) remote protocol to be configured on the host where the
subcommand is run and on each host where the Eclipse GlassFish software
is being uninstalled.
To uninstall Eclipse GlassFish software on hosts that use secure shell
(SSH), use the
|
By default, if any node except the predefined node localhost-
domain
resides on any host from which Eclipse GlassFish software is being
uninstalled, the subcommand fails. To uninstall the Eclipse GlassFish
software from a host on which user-defined nodes reside, set the
--force
option to true
. If the --force
option is true
, the
subcommand removes the entire content of the parent of the base
installation directory.
If a file under the parent of the base installation directory is open, the subcommand fails.
If multiple hosts are specified, the configuration of the following items must be the same on all hosts:
-
Parent of the base installation directory for the Eclipse GlassFish software
-
Windows user
-
Windows domain
The subcommand does not modify the configuration of the domain administration server (DAS).
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--installdir
-
The absolute path to the parent of the base installation directory where the Eclipse GlassFish software is installed on each host, for example,
C:\glassfish7
.
The user that is running this subcommand must have write access to the specified directory. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The specified directory must contain the installation of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The default is the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host where this subcommand is run. --windowsuser
-w
-
The user on this node’s host that is to run the process for connecting to the host through DCOM. The default is the user that is running the DAS process.
--windowsdomain
-d
-
The name of the Windows domain that contains the user that the
--windowsuser
option specifies. The default is the name of the host on which the subcommand is run. --force
-
Specifies whether the subcommand uninstalls the Eclipse GlassFish software from a host even if a user-defined node resides on the host. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
If a user-defined node resides on a host, the software is not uninstalled and the subcommand fails (default).
If the--force
option isfalse
, the subcommand removes only the Eclipse GlassFish software files. Other content if the parent of the base installation directory, such as configuration files, are not removed. true
-
The subcommand uninstalls the Eclipse GlassFish software from the host even if a user-defined node resides on the host.
If the
--force
option istrue
, the subcommand removes the entire content of the parent of the base installation directory.
Operands
- host-list
-
A space-separated list of the names of the hosts from which the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be uninstalled.
Examples
Example 1 Uninstalling Eclipse GlassFish Software From the Default Location
This example uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish software on the hosts
wpmdl1.example.com
and wpmdl2.example.com
from the default location.
asadmin> uninstall-node-dcom wpmdl1 wpmdl2
Command uninstall-node-dcom executed successfully.
Example 2 Forcibly Uninstalling Eclipse GlassFish Software
This example uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish software on the host
xkyd.example.com
.
The software is uninstalled even if a user-defined node resides on the
host. The entire content of the C:\glassfish7
directory is removed.
asadmin> uninstall-node-dcom --force --installdir C:\glassfish7 xkyd.example.com
Command uninstall-node-dcom executed successfully.
uninstall-node-ssh
Uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish software from specified SSH-enabled hosts
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] uninstall-node-ssh [--help]
[--installdir as-install-parent]
[--sshport ssh-port] [--sshuser ssh-user]
[--sshkeyfile ssh-keyfile]
[--force={false|true}]
host-list
Description
The uninstall-node-ssh
subcommand uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish
software from the hosts that are specified as the operand of the
subcommand. This subcommand requires secure shell (SSH) to be configured
on the host where the subcommand is run and on each host where the
Eclipse GlassFish software is being uninstalled.
This subcommand is equivalent to the
|
By default, if any node except the predefined node localhost-
domain
resides on any host from which Eclipse GlassFish software is being
uninstalled, the subcommand fails. To uninstall the Eclipse GlassFish
software from a host on which user-defined nodes reside, set the
--force
option to true
. If the --force
option is true
, the
subcommand removes the entire content of the parent of the base
installation directory.
If a file under the parent of the base installation directory is open, the subcommand fails.
If multiple hosts are specified, the configuration of the following items must be the same on all hosts:
-
Parent of the base installation directory for the Eclipse GlassFish software
-
SSH port
-
SSH user
-
SSH key file
The subcommand does not modify the configuration of the domain administration server (DAS).
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--installdir
-
The absolute path to the parent of the base installation directory where the Eclipse GlassFish software is installed on each host, for example,
/export/glassfish7/
.
The user that is running this subcommand must have write access to the specified directory. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The specified directory must contain the installation of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The default is the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host where this subcommand is run. --sshport
-
The port to use for SSH connections to the host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be uninstalled. The default is 22.
--sshuser
-
The user on the host where the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be uninstalled that is to run the process for connecting through SSH to the host. The default is the user that is running this subcommand. To ensure that the DAS can read this user’s SSH private key file, specify the user that is running the DAS process.
--sshkeyfile
-
The absolute path to the SSH private key file for user that the
--sshuser
option specifies. This file is used for authentication to thesshd
daemon on the host.
The user that is running this subcommand must be able to reach the path to the key file and read the key file.
The default is a key file in the user’s.ssh
directory. If multiple key files are found, the subcommand uses the following order of preference:-
id_rsa
-
id_dsa
-
identity
-
--force
-
Specifies whether the subcommand uninstalls the Eclipse GlassFish software from a host even if a user-defined node resides on the host. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
If a user-defined node resides on a host, the software is not uninstalled and the subcommand fails (default).
If the--force
option isfalse
, the subcommand removes only the Eclipse GlassFish software files. Other content if the parent of the base installation directory, such as configuration files, are not removed. true
-
The subcommand uninstalls the Eclipse GlassFish software from the host even if a user-defined node resides on the host.
If the
--force
option istrue
, the subcommand removes the entire content of the parent of the base installation directory.
Operands
- host-list
-
A space-separated list of the names of the hosts from which the Eclipse GlassFish software is to be uninstalled.
Examples
Example 1 Uninstalling Eclipse GlassFish Software From the Default Location
This example uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish software on the hosts
sj03.example.com
and sj04.example.com
from the default location.
asadmin> uninstall-node-ssh sj03 sj04
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj03.example.com using keyfile /home/gfuser
/.ssh/id_rsa
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj04.example.com using keyfile /home/gfuser
/.ssh/id_rsa
Command uninstall-node-ssh executed successfully.
Example 2 Forcibly Uninstalling Eclipse GlassFish Software
This example uninstalls Eclipse GlassFish software on the host
sj02.example.com
.
The software is uninstalled even if a user-defined node resides on the
host. The entire content of the /export/glassfish7
directory is
removed.
Some lines of output are omitted from this example for readability.
asadmin> uninstall-node-ssh --force --installdir /export/glassfish7 sj02.example.com
Successfully connected to gfuser@sj02.example.com using keyfile /home/gfuser
/.ssh/id_rsa
Force removing file /export/glassfish7/mq/lib/help/en/add_overrides.htm
Force removing file /export/glassfish7/mq/lib/help/en/add_connfact.htm
...
Force removing directory /export/glassfish7/glassfish/lib/appclient
Force removing directory /export/glassfish7/glassfish/lib
Force removing directory /export/glassfish7/glassfish
Command uninstall-node-ssh executed successfully.
unset
Removes one or more variables from the multimode environment
Description
The unset
subcommand removes one or more environment variables that
are set for the multimode environment. After removal, the variables and
their associated values no longer apply to the multimode environment.
To list the environment variables that are set, use the export
subcommand without options. If the export
subcommand lists no
environment variables, no environment variables are set.
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
Examples
Example 1 Listing the Environment Variables That Are Set
This example uses the export
subcommand to list the environment
variables that have been set.
asadmin> export
AS_ADMIN_USER = admin
AS_ADMIN_HOST = bluestar
AS_ADMIN_PREFIX = server1.jms-service
AS_ADMIN_PORT = 8000
Command export executed successfully
unset-web-context-param
Unsets a servlet context-initialization parameter of a deployed web application or module
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] unset-web-context-param [--help]
--name=context-param-name application-name[/module]
Description
The unset-web-context-param
subcommand unsets a servlet
context-initialization parameter of one of the following items:
-
A deployed web application
-
A web module in a deployed Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Jakarta EE) application
When a parameter is unset, its value reverts to the value, if any, that is set in the application’s deployment descriptor.
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The parameter must have previously been set by using the
set-web-context-param
subcommand. Otherwise, an error occurs.
Do not use the |
This subcommand enables you to change the configuration of a deployed application without the need to modify the application’s deployment descriptors and repackage and redeploy the application.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--name
-
The name of the servlet context-initialization parameter that is to be unset. This parameter must have previously been set by using the
set-web-context-param
subcommand. Otherwise, an error occurs.
Operands
- application-name
-
The name of the application. This name can be obtained from the Administration Console or by using the
list-applications
(1) subcommand.
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs. - module
-
The relative path to the module within the application’s enterprise archive (EAR) file. The path to the module is specified in the
module
element of the application’sapplication.xml
file.
module is required only if the servlet context-initialization parameter applies to a web module of a Jakarta EE application. If specified, module must follow application-name, separated by a slash (/
).
For example, theapplication.xml
file for themyApp
application might specify the following web module:<module> <web> <web-uri>myWebModule.war</web-uri> </web> </module>
The module would be specified as the operand of this command as
myApp/myWebModule.war
.
Examples
Example 1 Unsetting a Servlet Context-Initialization Parameter for a Web Application
This example unsets the servlet context-initialization parameter
javax.faces.STATE_SAVING_METHOD
of the web application basic-ezcomp
.
The parameter reverts to the value, if any, that is defined in the
application’s deployment descriptor.
asadmin> unset-web-context-param
--name=javax.faces.STATE_SAVING_METHOD basic-ezcomp
Command unset-web-context-param executed successfully.
unset-web-env-entry
Unsets an environment entry for a deployed web application or module
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] unset-web-env-entry [--help]
--name=env-entry-name application-name[/module]
Description
The unset-web-env-entry
subcommand unsets an environment entry for one
of the following items:
-
A deployed web application
-
A web module in a deployed Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Jakarta EE) application
When an entry is unset, its value reverts to the value, if any, that is set in the application’s deployment descriptor.
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs.
The entry must have previously been set by using the
set-web-env-entry
(1)
subcommand. Otherwise, an error occurs.
Do not use the |
This subcommand enables you to change the configuration of a deployed application without the need to modify the application’s deployment descriptors and repackage and redeploy the application.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--name
-
The name of the environment entry that is to be unset. The name is a JNDI name relative to the
java:comp/env
context. The name must be unique within a deployment component. This entry must have previously been set by using theset-web-env-entry
subcommand. Otherwise, an error occurs.
Operands
- application-name
-
The name of the application. This name can be obtained from the Administration Console or by using the
list-applications
(1) subcommand.
The application must already be deployed. Otherwise, an error occurs. - module
-
The relative path to the module within the application’s enterprise archive (EAR) file. The path to the module is specified in the
module
element of the application’sapplication.xml
file.
module is required only if the environment entry applies to a web module of a Jakarta EE application. If specified, module must follow application-name, separated by a slash (/
).
For example, theapplication.xml
file for themyApp
application might specify the following web module:<module> <web> <web-uri>myWebModule.war</web-uri> </web> </module>
The module would be specified as the operand of this command as
myApp/myWebModule.war
.
Examples
Example 1 Unsetting an Environment Entry for a Web Application
This example unsets the environment entry Hello User
of the web
application hello
. The entry reverts to the value, if any, that is
defined in the application’s deployment descriptor.
asadmin> unset-web-env-entry --name="Hello User" hello
Command unset-web-env-entry executed successfully.
update-connector-security-map
Modifies a security map for the specified connector connection pool
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] update-connector-security-map [--help]
--poolname connector_connection_pool_name
[--addprincipals principal_name1[,principal_name2]*]
[--addusergroups user_group1[,user_group2]*]
[--removeprincipals principal_name1[,principal_name2]*]
[--removeusergroups user_group1[,user_group2]*]
[--mappedusername username]
mapname
Description
The update-connector-security-map
subcommand modifies a security map
for the specified connector connection pool.
For this subcommand to succeed, you must have first created a connector
connection pool using the create-connector-connection-pool
subcommand.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--poolname
-
Specifies the name of the connector connection pool to which the security map that is to be updated belongs.
--addprincipals
-
Specifies a comma-separated list of EIS-specific principals to be added. Use either the
--addprincipals
or--addusergroups
options, but not both in the same command. --addusergroups
-
Specifies a comma-separated list of EIS user groups to be added. Use either the
--addprincipals
or--addusergroups
options, but not both in the same command. --removeprincipals
-
Specifies a comma-separated list of EIS-specific principals to be removed.
--removeusergroups
-
Specifies a comma-separated list of EIS user groups to be removed.
--mappedusername
-
Specifies the EIS username.
update-connector-work-security-map
Modifies a work security map for the specified resource adapter
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] update-connector-work-security-map [--help]
--raname raname
[--addprincipals eis-principal1=server-principal1[, eis-principal2=server-principal2]*]
[--addgroups eis-group1=server-group1[, eis-group2=server-group2]*]
[--removeprincipals eis-principal1[,eis-principal2]*]
[--removegroups eis-group1[, eis-group2]*]
mapname
Description
The update-connector-work-security-map
subcommand modifies a security
map for the specified resource adapter.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--addgroups
-
Specifies a comma-separated list of EIS groups to be added. Use either the
--addprincipals
option or the--addgroups
option, but not both. --addprincipals
-
Specifies a comma-separated list of EIS-specific principals to be added. Use either the
--addprincipals
option or the--addgroups
option, but not both. --removegroups
-
Specifies a comma-separated list of EIS groups to be removed.
--removeprincipals
-
Specifies a comma-separated list of EIS-specific principals to be removed.
--raname
-
Indicates the connector module name with which the work security map is associated.
update-file-user
Updates a current file user as specified
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] update-file-user [--help]
[--groups user_groups[:user_groups]*]
[--target target
[--authrealmname authrealm_name]
username
Description
Th update-file-user
subcommand updates an existing entry in the
keyfile using the specified user name, password and groups. Multiple
groups can be entered by separating them, with a colon (:).
If a new password is not provided, this subcommand fails if secure administration is enabled and the user being updated is an administrative user.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--groups
-
This is the name of the group to which the file user belongs.
--authrealmname
-
Name of the authentication realm where the user to be updated can be found.
--target
-
This option helps specify the target on which you are updating a file user. Valid values are:
server
-
Updates the file user in the default server instance. This is the default value.
- cluster_name
-
Updates the file user on every server instance in the cluster.
- instance_name
-
Updates the file user on a specified sever instance.
update-node-config
Updates the configuration data of a node
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] update-node-config [--help]
[--nodehost node-host]
[--installdir as-install-parent] [--nodedir node-dir]
node-name
Description
The update-node-config
subcommand updates the configuration data of a node.
This subcommand can update any node, regardless of whether the node is enabled for remote communication. If a node that is enabled for remote communication is updated, the node is not enabled for remote communication after the update.
Options of this subcommand specify the new values of the node’s configuration data. The default for these options is to leave the existing value unchanged.
This subcommand does not require the Distributed Component Object Model (DCOM) remote protocol or secure shell (SSH) to be configured to update the node. You may run this subcommand from any host that can contact the DAS.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodehost
-
The name of the host that the node is to represent after the node is updated.
--installdir
-
The full path to the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host, for example,
/export/glassfish7
. --nodedir
-
The path to the directory that is to contain Eclipse GlassFish instances that are created on the node. If a relative path is specified, the path is relative to the as-install directory, where as-install is the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host.
See Also
create-node-config
(1),
create-node-dcom
(1),
create-node-ssh
(1),
delete-node-config
(1),
delete-node-dcom
(1),
delete-node-ssh
(1),
install-node
(1),
install-node-dcom
(1),
install-node-ssh
(1),
list-nodes
(1),
uninstall-node
(1),
uninstall-node-dcom
(1),
uninstall-node-ssh
(1),
update-node-dcom
(1),
update-node-ssh
(1)
update-node-dcom
Updates the configuration data of a node
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] update-node-dcom [--help]
[--nodehost node-host]
[--installdir as-install-parent] [--nodedir node-dir]
[--windowsuser windows-user] [--windowsdomain windows-domain]
[--force={false|true}]
node-name
Description
The update-node-dcom
subcommand updates the configuration data of a
node. This subcommand requires the Distributed Component Object Model
(DCOM) remote protocol to be configured on the host where the domain
administration server (DAS) is running and on the host where the node
resides. The DCOM protocol is available only on Windows systems.You may
run this subcommand from any host that can contact the DAS.
This subcommand can update any node, regardless of whether the node is enabled for remote communication. If the node is not enabled for remote communication, the subcommand enables DCOM communication for the node and updates any other specified configuration data.
Options of this subcommand specify the new values of the node’s configuration data. The default for most options is to leave the existing value unchanged. However, if this subcommand is run to enable DCOM communication for a node, default values are applied if any of the following options is omitted:
-
--windowsuser
-
--windowsdomain
By default, the subcommand fails and the node is not updated if the DAS
cannot contact the node’s host through DCOM. To force the node to be
updated even if the host cannot be contacted through DCOM, set the
--force
option to true
.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodehost
-
The name of the host that the node is to represent after the node is updated.
--installdir
-
The full path to the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host, for example,
/export/glassfish7/
. --nodedir
-
The path to the directory that is to contain Eclipse GlassFish instances that are created on the node. If a relative path is specified, the path is relative to the as-install directory, where as-install is the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host.
--windowsuser
-w
-
The user on this node’s host that is to run the process for connecting to the host through DCOM. The default depends on whether this subcommand is run to enable DCOM communication for the node:
-
If the node is already enabled for communication over DCOM, the default is to leave the user unchanged.
-
If this subcommand is run to enable DCOM communication for the node, the default is the user that is running the DAS process.
If the
--nodehost
option is set tolocalhost
, the--windowsuser
option is ignored. -
--windowsdomain
-d
-
The name of the Windows domain that contains the user that the
--windowsuser
option specifies. The default depends on whether this subcommand is run to enable DCOM communication for the node:-
If the node is already enabled for communication over DCOM, the default is to leave the domain unchanged.
-
If this subcommand is run to enable DCOM communication for the node, the default is the name of the host on which the subcommand is run.
-
--force
-
Specifies whether the node is updated even if validation of the node’s parameters fails. To validate a node’s parameters, the DAS must be able to contact the node’s host through DCOM. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
The node is not updated if validation of the node’s parameters fails (default).
true
-
The node is updated even if validation of the node’s parameters fails.
Examples
Example 1 Updating the Host That a Node Represents
This example updates the host that the node wpmdl1
represents to
wj01
.
asadmin> update-node-dcom --nodehost wj01 wpmdl1
Command update-node-dcom executed successfully.
Example 2 Forcing the Update of a Node
This example forces the update of the node xkyd
to enable the node to
communicate over DCOM.
asadmin> update-node-dcom --force xkyd
Warning: some parameters appear to be invalid.
Could not find a remote Glassfish installation on host: xkyd.example.com at
C:\glassfish7\glassfish
Continuing with node update due to use of --force.
Command update-node-dcom executed successfully.
See Also
create-node-config
(1),
create-node-dcom
(1),
create-node-ssh
(1),
delete-node-config
(1),
delete-node-dcom
(1),
delete-node-ssh
(1),
install-node
(1),
install-node-dcom
(1),
install-node-ssh
(1),
list-nodes
(1),
uninstall-node
(1),
uninstall-node-dcom
(1),
uninstall-node-ssh
(1),
update-node-config
(1),
update-node-ssh
(1)
update-node-ssh
Updates the configuration data of a node
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] update-node-ssh [--help]
[--nodehost node-host]
[--installdir as-install-parent] [--nodedir node-dir]
[--sshport ssh-port] [--sshuser ssh-user]
[--sshkeyfile ssh-keyfile]
[--force={false|true}]
node-name
Description
The update-node-ssh
subcommand updates the configuration data of a
node. This subcommand requires secure shell (SSH) to be configured on
the machine where the domain administration server (DAS) is running and
on the machine where the node resides. You may run this subcommand from
any machine that can contact the DAS.
This subcommand can update any node, regardless of whether the node is enabled for remote communication. If the node is not enabled for remote communication, the subcommand enables SSH communication for the node and updates any other specified configuration data.
Options of this subcommand specify the new values of the node’s configuration data. The default for most options is to leave the existing value unchanged. However, if this subcommand is run to enable SSH communication for a node, default values are applied if any of the following options is omitted:
-
--sshport
-
--sshuser
-
--sshkeyfile
By default, the subcommand fails and the node is not updated if the DAS
cannot contact the node’s host through SSH. To force the node to be
updated even if the host cannot be contacted through SSH, set the
--force
option to true
.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--nodehost
-
The name of the host that the node is to represent after the node is updated.
--installdir
-
The full path to the parent of the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host, for example,
/export/glassfish7
. --nodedir
-
The path to the directory that is to contain Eclipse GlassFish instances that are created on the node. If a relative path is specified, the path is relative to the as-install directory, where as-install is the base installation directory of the Eclipse GlassFish software on the host.
--sshport
-
The port to use for SSH connections to this node’s host. The default depends on whether this subcommand is run to enable SSH communication for the node:
-
If the node is already enabled for communication over SSH, the default is to leave the port unchanged.
-
If this subcommand is run to enable SSH communication for the node, the default port is 22.
If the
--nodehost
is set tolocalhost
, the--sshport
option is ignored. -
--sshuser
-
The user on this node’s host that is to run the process for connecting to the host through SSH. The default depends on whether this subcommand is run to enable SSH communication for the node:
-
If the node is already enabled for communication over SSH, the default is to leave the user unchanged.
-
If this subcommand is run to enable SSH communication for the node, the default is the user that is running the DAS process.
If the
--nodehost
option is set tolocalhost
, the--sshuser
option is ignored. -
--sshkeyfile
-
The absolute path to the SSH private key file for user that the
--sshuser
option specifies. This file is used for authentication to thesshd
daemon on the node’s host.Eclipse GlassFish also supports password authentication through the
AS_ADMIN_SSHPASSWORD
entry in the password file. The password file is specified in the--paswordfile
option of theasadmin
(1M) utility.If the SSH private key file is protected by a passphrase, the password file must contain the
AS_ADMIN_SSHKEYPASSPHRASE
entry.
The path to the key file must be reachable by the DAS and the key file must be readable by the DAS.
The default depends on whether this subcommand is run to enable SSH communication for the node:-
If the node is already enabled for communication over SSH, the default is to leave the key file unchanged.
-
If this subcommand is run to enable SSH communication for the node, the default is the key file in the user’s
.ssh
directory. If multiple key files are found, the subcommand uses the following order of preference:-
id_rsa
-
id_dsa
-
identity
-
-
--force
-
Specifies whether the node is updated even if validation of the node’s parameters fails. To validate a node’s parameters, the DAS must be able to contact the node’s host through SSH. Possible values are as follows:
false
-
The node is not updated if validation of the node’s parameters fails (default).
true
-
The node is updated even if validation of the node’s parameters fails.
Examples
Example 1 Updating the Host That a Node Represents
This example updates the host that the node lssh
represents to sj04
.
asadmin> update-node-ssh --nodehost sj04 lssh
Command update-node-ssh executed successfully.
Example 2 Forcing the Update of a Node
This example forces the update of the node sj01
to enable the node to
communicate over SSH.
asadmin> update-node-ssh --force sj01
Warning: some parameters appear to be invalid.
Could not connect to host sj01 using SSH.
Could not authenticate. Tried authenticating with specified key at
/home/gfuser/.ssh/id_rsa
Continuing with node update due to use of --force.
Command update-node-ssh executed successfully.
See Also
create-node-dcom
(1),
create-node-config
(1),
create-node-ssh
(1),
delete-node-config
(1),
delete-node-dcom
(1),
delete-node-ssh
(1),
install-node
(1),
install-node-dcom
(1),
install-node-ssh
(1),
list-nodes
(1),
uninstall-node
(1),
uninstall-node-dcom
(1),
uninstall-node-ssh
(1),
update-node-config
(1),
update-node-dcom
(1)
update-password-alias
Updates a password alias
Description
This subcommand updates the password alias IDs in the named target. An
alias is a token of the form ${ALIAS=password-alias-password}
. The
password corresponding to the alias name is stored in an encrypted form.
The update-password-alias
subcommand takes both a secure interactive
form (in which the user is prompted for all information) and a more
script-friendly form, in which the password is propagated on the command line.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
uptime
Returns the length of time that the DAS has been running
Description
The uptime
subcommand returns the length of time that the domain
administration server (DAS) has been running since it was last
restarted.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
validate-dcom
Tests the connection over DCOM to a remote host
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] validate-dcom [--help]
[--windowsuser windows-user] [--windowsdomain windows-domain]
[--remotetestdir remote-test-directory]
[--verbose={false|true}] host-name
Description
The validate-dcom
subcommand tests the connection over the Distributed
Component Object Model (DCOM) remote protocol to the remote host that is
specified as the operand of the subcommand. The DCOM protocol is
available only on Windows systems.
The prerequisites for running this subcommand are as follows:
-
DCOM must be configured on the host where the domain administration server (DAS) is running and on the remote host that is specified as the operand of the subcommand.
-
The following ports must be open on the remote host:
-
DCOM port 135 or 139
-
Windows Shares port 445
-
-
The Server Windows Service is enabled on the remote host.
This subcommand verifies whether the prerequisites for creating a DCOM node or creating a Eclipse GlassFish instance on a DCOM node are met. If this subcommand fails, any attempt to create a DCOM node or create an instance on a DCOM node will also fail.
You may run this command from any machine that can contact the DAS.
The subcommand tests the connection over DCOM to the remote host by performing the following operations on the remote host:
-
Resolving the host name
-
Connecting to DCOM through port 135 or 139
-
Connecting to Windows Shares through port 445
-
Copying a script that is named
delete_me.bat
in the folder that is specified by the--remotetestdir
option -
Running the script to obtain a listing of the folder in which the
delete_me.bat
was written
By default, the subcommand displays no information about the operations
that are performed to test the connection to the remote host. To display
information about these operations, set the --verbose
option to true
.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--windowsuser
-w
-
The user on the remote host that is to run the process for connecting to that host through DCOM. The default is the user that is running the DAS process.
--windowsdomain
-d
-
The name of the Windows domain that contains the user that the
--windowsuser
option specifies. The default is the name of the host on which the subcommand is run. --remotetestdir
-
Specifies the folder on the remote host in which the subcommand creates the
delete_me.bat
file. The user that the--windowsuser
option specifies must have write access to this folder. Otherwise an error occurs. The default isC:\
--verbose
-v
-
Specifies whether the subcommand displays information about the operations that are performed to test the connection to the remote host.
Possible values are as follows:false
-
No information about the operations that are performed to test the connection is displayed (default).
true
-
The subcommand displays information about the operations that are performed to test the connection.
If the
--verbose
option is true and theAS_DEBUG
environment variable is set, the subcommand also displays the command line for each process that is running on the remote host.
Examples
Example 1 Testing the Connection Over DCOM to a Remote Host
This example tests the connection over DCOM to the host wpmdl2
.
asadmin> validate-dcom --wpmdl2
Command validate-dcom executed successfully.
Example 2 Verbosely Testing the Connection Over DCOM to a Remote Host
This example tests the connection over DCOM to the host wpmdl2
and
displays information about the operations that are performed to test the
connection to the remote host.
asadmin> validate-dcom --verbose wpmdl2
Successfully resolved host name to: wpmdl2/192.168.122.106
Successfully connected to DCOM Port at port 135 on host wpmdl2.
Successfully connected to NetBIOS Session Service at port 139 on host wpmdl2.
Successfully connected to Windows Shares at port 445 on host wpmdl2.
Successfully accessed C: on wpmdl2 using DCOM.
Successfully wrote delete_me.bat to C: on wpmdl2 using DCOM.
Successfully accessed WMI (Windows Management Interface) on wpmdl2. There are 40
processes running on wpmdl2.
Successfully ran the test script on wpmdl2 using DCOM.
The script simply ran the DIR command. Here are the first few lines from the
output of the dir command on the remote machine:
C:\Windows\system32>dir C:\
Volume in drive C has no label.
Volume Serial Number is XXXX-XXX
Directory of C:\
12/05/2011 10:21 AM 63 .asadminpass
02/15/2011 01:08 PM <DIR> aroot
12/05/2011 04:43 PM 8 delete_me.bat
03/03/2011 10:36 AM <DIR> export
Command validate-dcom executed successfully.
validate-multicast
Validates that multicast transport is available for clusters
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] validate-multicast [--help]
[--multicastport multicastport]
[--multicastaddress multicastaddress]
[--bindaddress bindaddress]
[--sendperiod sendperiod]
[--timeout timeout]
[--timetolive timetolive]
[--verbose={false|true}]
Description
The validate-multicast
subcommand validates that multicast transport
is available for clusters. You should run this subcommand at the same
time on each of the hosts to be validated. This subcommand is available
in local mode.
Do not run the The |
As long as all machines see each other, multicast is validated to be
working properly across the machines. If the machines are not seeing
each other, set the --bindaddress
option explicitly to ensure that all
machines are using interface on same subnet, or increase the
--timetolive
option from the default of 4
. If these changes fail to
resolve the multicast issues, ask the network administrator to verify
that the network is configured so the multicast messages can be seen
between all the machines used to run the cluster.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--multicastport
-
The port for the multicast socket on which the Group Management Service (GMS) listens for group events. Specify a standard UDP port number in the range 2048-49151. The default is
2048
. --multicastaddress
-
The address for the multicast socket on which the GMS listens for group events. Specify a class D IP address. Class D IP addresses are in the range
224.0.0.0
to239.255.255.255
, inclusive. The address224.0.0.0
is reserved and should not be used. The default is228.9.3.1
. --bindaddress
-
The local interface to receive multicast datagram packets for the GMS. The default is to use all available binding interfaces.
On a multi-home machine (possessing two or more network interfaces), this attribute enables you to indicate which network interface is used for the GMS. This value must be a local network interface IP address. --sendperiod
-
The number of milliseconds between test messages sent between nodes. The default is
2000
. --timeout
-
The number of seconds before the subcommand times out and exits. The default is
20
. You can also exit this subcommand using Ctrl-C. --timetolive
-
The default time-to-live for multicast packets sent out on the multicast socket in order to control the scope of the multicasts. The time-to-live value must be between zero and 255 inclusive. The default is the JDK default or a minimum defined by a constant in the GMS subsystem, whichever is lower. To see the time-to-live value being used, use the
--verbose
option. --verbose
-
If used without a value or set to
true
, provides additional debugging information. The default isfalse
.
Examples
Example 1 Validating multicast transport
Run from host machine1
:
asadmin> validate-multicast
Will use port 2,048
Will use address 228.9.3.1
Will use bind address null
Will use wait period 2,000 (in milliseconds)
Listening for data...
Sending message with content "machine1" every 2,000 milliseconds
Received data from machine1 (loopback)
Received data from machine2
Exiting after 20 seconds. To change this timeout, use the --timeout command line option.
Command validate-multicast executed successfully
Run from host machine2
:
asadmin> validate-multicast
Will use port 2,048
Will use address 228.9.3.1
Will use bind address null
Will use wait period 2,000 (in milliseconds)
Listening for data...
Sending message with content "machine2" every 2,000 milliseconds
Received data from machine2 (loopback)
Received data from machine1
Exiting after 20 seconds. To change this timeout, use the --timeout command line option.
Command validate-multicast executed successfully
verify-domain-xml
Verifies the content of the domain.xml file
Synopsis
asadmin [asadmin-options] verify-domain-xml [--help]
[--domaindir domain-dir] [domain-name]
Description
Verifies the content of the domain.xml
file by checking the following:
-
That the
domain.xml
file can be parsed -
That the names for elements that have them are unique
This subcommand is supported in local mode only.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. -h
--help
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--domaindir
-
Specifies the domain root directory, where the domains are located. The path must be accessible in the file system. The default is as-install
/domains
.
version
Displays version information forEclipse GlassFish
Description
The version
subcommand displays version information for
Eclipse GlassFish. By default, if the subcommand cannot contact the
domain administration server (DAS), the subcommand retrieves the version
information locally and displays a warning message.
This subcommand is supported in remote mode and local mode.
Options
- asadmin-options
-
Options for the
asadmin
utility. For information about these options, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the subcommand.
--verbose
-v
-
If this option is set to
true
, the subcommand provides the version of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) that the server is running. The default isfalse
. --local
-
If this option is set to
true
, the subcommand obtains the version locally from the installation of Eclipse GlassFish on the host where the subcommand is run.
If this option is set tofalse
(default), the subcommand attempts to contact the DAS to obtain the version. If the attempt to contact the DAS fails, the subcommand retrieves the version locally and displays a warning message.
Examples
Example 1 Obtaining Version Information From a Running DAS
asadmin> version
Version = Eclipse GlassFish 7.0.0 (build 34)
Command version executed successfully.
Example 2 Obtaining Version Information When the DAS Cannot be Reached
asadmin> version
Version string could not be obtained from Server [localhost:4848] for some reason.
(Turn debugging on e.g. by setting AS_DEBUG=true in your environment, to see the
details).
Using locally retrieved version string from version class.
Version = Eclipse GlassFish 7.0.0 (build 34)
Command version executed successfully.
appclient
Launches the Application Client Container and invokes the client application typically packaged in the application JAR file
Synopsis
appclient [client_application_classfile | -client client_application_jar]
[-mainclass main_class_name | -name display_name]
[-xml sun-acc.xml file] [-textauth]
[-targetserver host[:port][,host[:port]...]]
[-user username] [-passwordfile password_file]
[application-options]
appclient [jvm-options]
[-mainclass main_class_name | -name display_name]
[-xml client_config_xml_file] [-textauth]
[-targetserver host[:port][,host[:port]...]]
[-user username] [-passwordfile password_file]
class-selector [application-options]
Description
Use the appclient
command to launch the Application Client Container
and invoke a client application that is typically packaged in an
application JAR file. The application client JAR file is specified and
created during deployment by the Administration Console or the
asadmin deploy
command with the --retrieve
option. You can also
retrieve the client JAR file using the asadmin get-client-stubs
command.
The Application Client Container is a set of Java classes, libraries, and other files that are required to execute a first-tier application client program on a Virtual Machine for the Java platform (JVM machine). The Application Client Container communicates with the server using RMI-IIOP.
The client JAR file that is retrieved after deploying an application
should be passed with the -client
or -jar
option when running the
appclient
utility. The client JAR file name is of the form
app-name`Client.jar`. For multiple application clients in an EAR file,
you must use the -mainclass
or -name
option to specify which client
to invoke.
If the application client is a stand-alone module or the only client in
an EAR file, the Application Client Container can find the client
without using the -mainclass
or -name
options. If you provide a
-mainclass
or -name
value that does not match what is in the client,
the Application Client Container launches the client anyway but issues a
warning that the selection did not match the information in the client.
The warning also displays what the actual main class and name values are
for the client.
Options
- jvm-options
-
optional; you can set JVM options for the client application. These can be any valid
java
command options except-client
or-jar
. JVM options can be intermixed with otherappclient
command options as long as both types of options appear before the class-selector. - client_application_classfile
-
optional; the file system pathname of the client application
.class
file. A relative pathname must be relative to the current directory. This class file must contain themain()
method to be invoked by the Application Client Container.
If you use client_application_classfile and the class is dependent on other user classes, you must also set the classpath. You can either use the-classpath
JVM option in theappclient
command or set theCLASSPATH
environment variable. For more information about setting a classpath, see Setting the Class Path, Oracle Solaris Version (http://docs.oracle.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/tools/solaris/classpath.html
) or Setting the Class Path, Windows Version (http://docs.oracle.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/tools/windows/classpath.html
). -client
-
optional; the name and location for the client JAR file.
-mainclass
-
optional; the full classname of the main client application as specified in the
Main-Class
entry in theMANIFEST.MF
file. Used for a multiple client applications. By default, uses the class specified in theclient jar
. For example,com.example.test.AppClient
. -name
-
optional; the display name for the client application. Used for multiple client applications. By default, the display name is specified in the client jar
application-client.xml
file which is identified by thedisplay-name
attribute. -xml
-
optional if using the default domain, instance, and name (
sun-acc.xml
), otherwise it is required; identifies the name and location of the client configuration XML file. If not specified, defaults to thesun-acc.xml
file in the domain-dir/config
directory. -textauth
-
optional; used to specify using text format authentication when authentication is needed.
-targetserver
-
optional; a comma-separated list of one or more server specifications for ORB endpoints. Each server specification must include at least the host. Optionally, a server specification can include the port as well. If the port is omitted from a server specification, the default value,
3700
, is used for that host. -user
-
optional; the application user who is authorized to have access to particular guarded components in the application, such as EJB components.
-passwordfile
-
optional; specifies the name, including the full path, of a file that contains the password for application clients in the following format:
PASSWORD=appclient-password
If this option is omitted, the password is specified interactively at the command prompt.
Avoid specifying a password interactively at the command prompt. Such a password can be seen by users who can run commands to display running processes and the commands to start them, such as
ps
.For security reasons, a password that is specified as an environment variable is not read by the
appclient
utility. - class-selector
-
required; you must specify the client application class using one of the following class selectors.
-jar
jar-file-
the name and location of the client JAR file. The application client JAR file is specified and created during deployment by the
asadmin deploy
command. If specified, the-classpath
setting is ignored in deference to theClass-Path
setting in the client JAR file’s manifest. - class-name
-
the fully qualified name of the application client’s main class. The Application Client Container invokes the
main
method of this class to start the client. For example,com.example.test.AppClient
.
If you use class-name as the class selector, you must also set the classpath. You can either use the-classpath
JVM option in theappclient
command or set theCLASSPATH
environment variable. For more information about setting a classpath, see Setting the Class Path, Oracle Solaris Version (http://docs.oracle.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/tools/solaris/classpath.html
) or Setting the Class Path, Windows Version (http://docs.oracle.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/tools/windows/classpath.html
).
- application-options
-
optional; you can set client application arguments.
Examples
Example 1 Using the appclient
command
appclient -xml sun-acc.xml -jar myclientapp.jar scott sample
Where: sun-acc.xml
is the name of the client configuration XML file,
myclientapp.jar
is the client application .jar
file, and scott
and
sample
are arguments to pass to the application. If sun-acc.xml
and
myclientapp.jar
are not in the current directory, you must give the
absolute path locations; otherwise the relative paths are used. The
relative path is relative to the directory where the command is being
executed.
Attributes
See
attributes
(5)
for descriptions of the following attributes:
ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
---|---|
Interface Stability |
Unstable |
asadmin
Utility for performing administrative tasks for Eclipse GlassFish
Synopsis
asadmin [--host host]
[--port port]
[--user admin-user]
[--passwordfile filename]
[--terse={true|false}]
[--secure={false|true}]
[--echo={true|false}]
[--interactive={true|false}]
[--detach={true|false}]
[--help]
[subcommand [options] [operands]]
Description
Use the asadmin
utility to perform administrative tasks for Eclipse GlassFish. You can use this utility instead of the Administration
Console interface.
Subcommands of the asadmin Utility
The subcommand identifies the operation or task that you are performing. Subcommands are case-sensitive. Each subcommand is either a local subcommand or a remote subcommand.
-
A local subcommand can be run without a running domain administration server (DAS). However, to run the subcommand and have access to the installation directory and the domain directory, the user must be logged in to the machine that hosts the domain.
-
A remote subcommand is always run by connecting to a DAS and running the subcommand there. A running DAS is required.
asadmin Utility Options and Subcommand Options
Options control the behavior of the asadmin
utility and its
subcommands. Options are also case-sensitive.
The asadmin
utility has the following types of options:
-
asadmin
utility options. These options control the behavior of theasadmin
utility, not the subcommand. Theasadmin
utility options may precede or follow the subcommand, butasadmin
utility options after the subcommand are deprecated. Allasadmin
utility options must either precede or follow the subcommand. Ifasadmin
utility options are specified both before and after the subcommand, an error occurs. For a description of theasadmin
utility options, see the "Options" section of this help information. -
Subcommand options. These options control the behavior of the subcommand, not the
asadmin
utility. Subcommand options must follow the subcommand. For a description of a subcommand’s options, see the help information for the subcommand.
A subcommand option may have the same name as an asadmin
utility
option, but the effects of the two options are different.
The asadmin
utility options and some subcommand options have a long
form and a short form.
-
The long form of an option has two dashes (
--
) followed by an option word. -
The short form of an option has a single dash (
-
) followed by a single character.
For example, the long form and the short form of the option for specifying terse output are as follows:
-
Long form:
--terse
-
Short form:
-t
Most options require argument values, except Boolean options, which toggle to enable or disable a feature.
Operands of asadmin Subcommands
Operands specify the items on which the subcommand is to act. Operands
must follow the argument values of subcommand options, and are set off
by a space, a tab, or double dashes (--
). The asadmin
utility treats
anything that follows the subcommand options and their values as an
operand.
Escape Characters in Options for the asadmin Utility
Escape characters are required in options of the asadmin
utility for
the following types of characters:
-
Meta characters in the UNIX operating system. These characters have special meaning in a shell. Meta characters in the UNIX operating system include:
\/,.!$%^&*|{}[]"'\
~;`.To disable these characters, use the backslash (
\
) escape character or enclose the entire command-line argument in single quote ('
) characters.The following examples illustrate the effect of escape characters on the
*
character. In these examples, the current working directory is the domains directory.-
The following command, without the escape character, echoes all files in the current directory:
prompt% echo * domain1 domain2
-
The following command, in which the backslash (
\
) escape character precedes thecharacter, echoes the
character:
prompt% echo \* *
-
The following command, in which the
character is enclosed in single quote (
'
) characters, echoes thecharacter:
prompt% echo '*' *
The escape character is also a special character in the UNIX operating system and in the Java language. Therefore, in the UNIX operating system and in multimode, you must apply an additional escape character to every escape character in the command line. This requirement does not apply to the Windows operating system.
For example, the backslash (
\
) UNIX operating system meta character in the option argumentTest\Escape\Character
is specified on UNIX and Windows systems as follows: -
On UNIX systems, each backslash must be escaped with a second backslash:
Test\\Escape\\Character
-
On Windows systems, no escape character is required:
Test\Escape\Character
In contexts where meta characters in the UNIX operating system are unambiguous, these characters do not require escape characters. For example, in the
set
(1) subcommand, the value that is to be set is specified as name`=value. Because name can never include an equals sign, no escape character is required to disable the equals sign. Therefore, everything after the equals sign is an uninterpreted string that the `set
subcommand uses unchanged. -
-
Spaces. The space is the separator in the command-line interface. To distinguish a space in a command-line argument from the separator in the command-line interface, the space must be escaped as follows:
-
For the UNIX operating system in single mode and multimode, and for all operating systems in multimode, use the backslash (
\
) escape character or enclose the entire command-line argument in single quote ('
) characters or double quote (") characters. -
For the Windows operating system in single mode, enclose the entire command-line argument in double quote (") characters.
-
-
Option delimiters. The
asadmin
utility uses the colon character (:
) as a delimiter for some options. The backslash (\
) escape character is required if the colon is part of any of the following items:-
A property
-
An option of the Virtual Machine for the Java platform (Java Virtual Machine or JVM machine)
For example, the operand of the subcommand
create-jvm-options
(1) specifies JVM machine options in the following format:(jvm-option-name[=jvm-option-value]) [:jvm-option-name[=jvm-option-value]]*
Multiple JVM machine options in the operand of the
create-jvm-options
subcommand are separated by the colon (:
) delimiter. If jvm-option-name or jvm-option-value contains a colon, the backslash (\
) escape character is required before the colon.The backslash (
\
) escape character is also required before a single quote ('
) character or a double quote (") character in an option that uses the colon as a delimiter.When used without single quote (') characters, the escape character disables the option delimiter in the command-line interface.
For the UNIX operating system in single mode and multimode, and for all operating systems in multimode, the colon character and the backslash character in an option that uses the colon as a delimiter must be specified as follows:
-
To pass a literal backslash to a subcommand, two backslashes are required. Therefore, the colon (
:
) must be escaped by two backslashes (\\
). -
To prevent a subcommand from treating the backslash as a special character, the backslash must be escaped. As a result, two literal backslashes (
\\
) must be passed to the subcommand. To prevent the shell from interpreting these backslashes as special characters, each backslash must be escaped. Therefore, the backslash must be specified by a total of four backslashes (\\\\
).For the Windows operating system in single mode, a backslash (
\
) is required to escape the colon (:
) and the backslash (\
) in an option that uses the colon as a delimiter.
-
Instead of using the backslash (\
) escape character, you can use the
double quote (") character or single quote (') character. The effects of
the different types of quote characters on the backslash (\
) character
are as follows:
-
Between double quote (") characters, the backslash (
\
) character is a special character. -
Between single quote (') characters, the backslash (
\
) character is not a special character.
Requirements for Using the --secure Option
The requirements for using the --secure
option are as follows:
-
The domain that you are administering must be configured for security.
-
The
security-enabled
attribute of thehttp-listener
element in the DAS configuration must be set totrue
.
To set this attribute, use the set
subcommand.
Server Restart After Creation or Deletion
When you use the asadmin
subcommands to create or delete a
configuration item, you must restart the DAS for the change to take
effect. To restart the DAS, use the
restart-domain
(1) subcommand.
Help Information for Subcommands and the asadmin Utility
To obtain help information for an asadmin
utility subcommand, specify
the subcommand of interest as the operand of the help
subcommand. For
example, to obtain help information for the
start-domain
(1) subcommand,
type:
asadmin help start-domain
If you run the help
subcommand without an operand, this help
information for the asadmin
utility is displayed.
To obtain a listing of available asadmin
subcommands, use the
list-commands
(1) subcommand.
Options
--host
-H
-
The machine name where the DAS is running. The default value is
localhost
. --port
-p
-
The HTTP port or HTTPS port for administration. This port is the port in the URL that you specify in your web browser to manage the domain. For example, in the URL
http://localhost:4949
, the port is 4949.
The default port number for administration is 4848. --user
-u
-
The user name of the authorized administrative user of the DAS.
If you have authenticated to a domain by using theasadmin login
command, you need not specify the--user
option for subsequent operations on the domain. --passwordfile
-W
-
Specifies the name, including the full path, of a file that contains password entries in a specific format.
Note that any password file created to pass as an argument by using the--passwordfile
option should be protected with file system permissions. Additionally, any password file being used for a transient purpose, such as setting up SSH among nodes, should be deleted after it has served its purpose.
The entry for a password must have theAS_ADMIN_
prefix followed by the password name in uppercase letters, an equals sign, and the password.
The entries in the file that are read by theasadmin
utility are as follows:-
AS_ADMIN_PASSWORD=
administration-password -
AS_ADMIN_MASTERPASSWORD=
master-password
The entries in this file that are read by subcommands are as follows:
-
AS_ADMIN_NEWPASSWORD=
new-administration-password (read by thestart-domain
(1) subcommand) -
AS_ADMIN_USERPASSWORD=
user-password (read by thecreate-file-user
(1) subcommand) -
AS_ADMIN_ALIASPASSWORD=
alias-password (read by thecreate-password-alias
(1) subcommand) -
AS_ADMIN_MAPPEDPASSWORD=
mapped-password (read by thecreate-connector-security-map
(1) subcommand) -
AS_ADMIN_WINDOWSPASSWORD=
windows-password (read by thecreate-node-dcom
(1),install-node-dcom
(1), andupdate-node-dcom
(1) subcommands) -
AS_ADMIN_SSHPASSWORD=
sshd-password (read by thecreate-node-ssh
(1),install-node
(1),install-node-ssh
(1), andupdate-node-ssh
(1) subcommands) -
AS_ADMIN_SSHKEYPASSPHRASE=
sshd-passphrase (read by thecreate-node-ssh
(1),install-node
(1),install-node-ssh
(1), andupdate-node-ssh
(1) subcommands) -
AS_ADMIN_JMSDBPASSWORD=
jdbc-user-password (read by theconfigure-jms-cluster
(1) subcommand)
These password entries are stored in clear text in the password file. To provide additional security, the
create-password-alias
subcommand can be used to create aliases for passwords that are used by remote subcommands. The password for which the alias is created is stored in an encrypted form. If an alias exists for a password, the alias is specified in the entry for the password as follows:AS_ADMIN_password-name=${ALIAS=password-alias-name}
For example:
AS_ADMIN_SSHPASSWORD=${ALIAS=ssh-password-alias} AS_ADMIN_SSHKEYPASSPHRASE=${ALIAS=ssh-key-passphrase-alias}
In domains that do not allow unauthenticated login, all remote subcommands must specify the administration password to authenticate to the DAS. The password can be specified by one of the following means:
-
Through the
--passwordfile
option -
Through the
login
(1) subcommand -
Interactively at the command prompt
The
login
subcommand can be used to specify only the administration password. For other passwords that remote subcommands require, use the--passwordfile
option or specify them at the command prompt.
After authenticating to a domain by using theasadmin login
command, you need not specify the administration password through the--passwordfile
option for subsequent operations on the domain. However, only theAS_ADMIN_PASSWORD
option is not required. You still must provide the other passwords, for example,AS_ADMIN_USERPASSWORD
, when required by individual subcommands, such asupdate-file-user
(1).
For security reasons, a password that is specified as an environment variable is not read by theasadmin
utility.
The master password is not propagated on the command line or an environment variable, but can be specified in the file that the--passwordfile
option specifies.
The default value forAS_ADMIN_MASTERPASSWORD
ischangeit
. -
--terse
-t
-
If true, output data is very concise and in a format that is optimized for use in scripts instead of for reading by humans. Typically, descriptive text and detailed status messages are also omitted from the output data. Default is false.
--secure
-s
-
If set to true, uses SSL/TLS to communicate with the DAS.
The default is false. --echo
-e
-
If set to true, the command-line statement is echoed on the standard output. Default is false.
--interactive
-I
-
If set to true, only the required options are prompted.
The default depends on how theasadmin
utility is run:-
If the
asadmin
utility is run from a console window, the default istrue
. -
If the
asadmin
utility is run without a console window, for example, from within a script, the default isfalse
.
-
--detach
-
If set to
true
, the specifiedasadmin
subcommand is detached and executed in the background in detach mode. The default value isfalse
.
The--detach
option is useful for long-running subcommands and enables you to execute several independent subcommands from one console or script.
The--detach
option is specified before the subcommand. For example, in single mode,asadmin --detach
subcommand.
Job IDs are assigned to subcommands that are started usingasadmin --detach
. You can use thelist-jobs
(1) subcommand to view the jobs and their job IDs, theattach
(1) subcommand to reattach to the job and view its status and output, and theconfigure-managed-jobs
(1) subcommand to configure how long information about the jobs is kept. --help
-?
-
Displays the help text for the
asadmin
utility.
Examples
Example 1 Running an asadmin
Utility Subcommand in Single Mode
This example runs the
list-applications
(1)
subcommand in single mode. In this example, the default values for all
options are used.
The example shows that the application hello
is deployed on the local
host.
asadmin list-applications
hello <web>
Command list-applications executed successfully.
Example 2 Specifying an asadmin
Utility Option With a Subcommand
This example specifies the --host
asadmin
utility option with the
list-applications
subcommand in single mode. In this example, the DAS
is running on the host srvr1.example.com
.
The example shows that the applications basic-ezcomp
, scrumtoys
,
ejb31-war
, and automatic-timer-ejb
are deployed on the host
srvr1.example.com
.
asadmin --host srvr1.example.com list-applications
basic-ezcomp <web>
scrumtoys <web>
ejb31-war <ejb, web>
automatic-timer-ejb <ejb>
Command list-applications executed successfully.
Example 3 Specifying an asadmin
Utility Option and a Subcommand Option
This example specifies the --host
asadmin
utility option and the
--type
subcommand option with the list-applications
subcommand in
single mode. In this example, the DAS is running on the host
srvr1.example.com
and applications of type web
are to be listed.
asadmin --host srvr1.example.com list-applications --type web
basic-ezcomp <web>
scrumtoys <web>
ejb31-war <ejb, web>
Command list-applications executed successfully.
Example 4 Escaping a Command-Line Argument With Single Quote Characters
The commands in this example specify the backslash (\
) UNIX operating
system meta character and the colon (:) option delimiter in the property
value c:\extras\pmdapp
.
For the UNIX operating system in single mode and multimode, and for all
operating systems in multimode, the backslash (\
) is required to
escape the backslash (\
) meta character and the colon (:) option
delimiter:
asadmin deploy --property extras.home='c\:\\extras\\pmdapp' pmdapp.war
Application deployed with name pmdapp.
Command deploy executed successfully
For the Windows operating system in single mode, the single quote ('
)
characters eliminate the need for other escape characters:
asadmin deploy --property extras.home='c:\extras\pmdapp' pmdapp.war
Application deployed with name pmdapp.
Command deploy executed successfully
Example 5 Specifying a UNIX Operating System Meta Character in an Option
The commands in this example specify the backslash (\
) UNIX operating
system meta character in the option argument Test\Escape\Character
.
For the UNIX operating system in single mode and multimode, and for all
operating systems in multimode, the backslash (\
) is required to
escape the backslash (\
) meta character:
asadmin --user admin --passwordfile gfpass create-jdbc-connection-pool
--datasourceclassname sampleClassName
--description Test\\Escape\\Character
sampleJDBCConnectionPool
For the Windows operating system in single mode, no escape character is required:
asadmin --user admin --passwordfile gfpass create-jdbc-connection-pool
--datasourceclassname sampleClassName
--description Test\Escape\Character
sampleJDBCConnectionPool
Example 6 Specifying a Command-Line Argument That Contains a Space
The commands in this example specify spaces in the operand
C:\Documents and Settings\gfuser\apps\hello.war
.
For all operating systems in single mode or multimode, the entire
operand can be enclosed in double quote ("
) characters:
asadmin deploy "C:\Documents and Settings\gfuser\apps\hello.war"
Application deployed with name hello.
Command deploy executed successfully.
For the UNIX operating system in single mode and multimode, and for all
operating systems in multimode, the entire command-line argument can be
enclosed in single quote ('
) characters:
asadmin> deploy 'C:\Documents and Settings\gfuser\apps\hello.war'
Application deployed with name hello.
Command deploy executed successfully.
Alternatively, for the UNIX operating system in single mode and
multimode, and for all operating systems in multimode, the backslash
(\
) escape character can be used before each space in the operand. In
this situation, the backslash (\
) escape character is required before
each backslash in the operand:
asadmin> deploy C:\\Documents\ and\ Settings\\gfuser\\apps\\hello.war
Application deployed with name hello.
Command deploy executed successfully.
Example 7 Specifying a Meta Character and an Option Delimiter Character in a Property
The commands in this example specify the backslash (\
) UNIX operating
system meta character and the colon (:) option delimiter character in
the --property
option of the
create-jdbc-connection-pool
(1)
subcommand.
The name and value pairs for the --property
option are as follows:
user=dbuser
passwordfile=dbpasswordfile
DatabaseName=jdbc:derby
server=http://localhost:9092
For the UNIX operating system in single mode and multimode, and for all
operating systems in multimode, a backslash (\
) is required to escape
the colon (:
) and the backslash (\
):
asadmin --user admin --passwordfile gfpass create-jdbc-connection-pool
--datasourceclassname com.derby.jdbc.jdbcDataSource
--property user=dbuser:passwordfile=dbpasswordfile:
DatabaseName=jdbc\\:derby:server=http\\://localhost\\:9092 javadb-pool
Alternatively, the entire argument to the --property
option can be
enclosed in single quote (') characters:
asadmin --user admin --passwordfile gfpass create-jdbc-connection-pool
--datasourceclassname com.derby.jdbc.jdbcDataSource
--property 'user=dbuser:passwordfile=dbpasswordfile:
DatabaseName="jdbc:derby":server="http://localhost:9092"' javadb-pool
For the Windows operating system in single mode, a backslash (\
) is
required to escape only the colon (:
), but not the backslash (\
):
asadmin --user admin --passwordfile gfpass create-jdbc-connection-pool
--datasourceclassname com.derby.jdbc.jdbcDataSource
--property user-dbuser:passwordfile-dbpasswordfile:
DatabaseName=jdbc\:derby:server=http\://localhost\:9092 javadb-pool
For all operating systems, the need to escape the colon (:
) in a value
can be avoided by enclosing the value in double quote characters or
single quote characters:
asadmin --user admin --passwordfile gfpass create-jdbc-connection-pool
--datasourceclassname com.derby.jdbc.jdbcDataSource
--property user=dbuser:passwordfile=dbpasswordfile:
DatabaseName=\"jdbc:derby\":server=\"http://localhost:9092\" javadb-pool
Example 8 Specifying an Option Delimiter and an Escape Character in a JVM Option
The commands in this example specify the following characters in the
-Dlocation=c:\sun\appserver
JVM machine option:
-
The colon (
:
) option delimiter -
The backslash (
\
) escape character
For the UNIX operating system in single mode and multimode, and for all operating systems in multimode, these characters must be specified as follows:
-
To pass a literal backslash to a subcommand, two backslashes are required. Therefore, the colon (
:
) must be escaped by two backslashes (\\
). -
To prevent the subcommand from treating the backslash as a special character, the backslash must be escaped. As a result, two literal backslashes (
\\
) must be passed to the subcommand. To prevent the shell from interpreting these backslashes as special characters, each backslash must be escaped. Therefore, the backslash must be specified by a total of four backslashes (\\\\
).
The resulting command is as follows:
asadmin create-jvm-options --target test-server
-e -Dlocation=c\\:\\\\sun\\\\appserver
For the Windows operating system in single mode, a backslash (\
) is
required to escape the colon (:
) and the backslash (\
):
asadmin create-jvm-options --target test-server
-e -Dlocation=c\:\\sun\\appserver
Example 9 Specifying an Option That Contains an Escape Character
The commands in this example specify the backslash (\
) character and
the double quote ("
) characters in the "Hello\App"\authentication
option argument.
For the UNIX operating system in single mode and multimode, and for all
operating systems in multimode, a backslash (\
) is required to escape
the double quote character ("
) and the backslash (\
):
asadmin set-web-env-entry --name="Hello User" --type=java.lang.String
--value=techscribe --description=\"Hello\\App\"\\authentication hello
For the Windows operating system in single mode, a backslash (\
) is
required to escape only the double quote ("
), but not the backslash
(\
):
asadmin set-web-env-entry --name="Hello User" --type=java.lang.String
--value=techscribe --description=\"Hello\App\"\authentication hello
Environment Variables
Environment variables modify the default values of asadmin
utility
options as shown in the following table.
Environment Variable | asadmin Utility Option |
---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attributes
See
attributes
(5)
for descriptions of the following attributes:
ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
---|---|
Interface Stability |
Unstable |
See Also
attach
(1),
configure-jms-cluster
(1),
configure-managed-jobs
(1),
create-connector-security-map
(1),
create-file-user
(1),
create-jdbc-connection-pool
(1),
create-jvm-options
(1),
create-node-dcom
(1),
create-node-ssh
(1),
create-password-alias
(1),
deploy
(1),
install-node
(1),
install-node-dcom
(1),
install-node-ssh
(1),
list-applications
(1),
list-commands
(1),
list-jobs
(1),
login
(1),
restart-domain
(1),
set
(1),
set-web-env-entry
(1),
start-domain
(1),
update-file-user
(1),
update-node-dcom
(1),
update-node-ssh
(1)
Footnote Legend
Footnote 1: The terms "Java Virtual Machine" and "JVM" mean a Virtual Machine for the Java platform.
+
The script content on this page is for navigation purposes only and does not alter the content in any way.
debug-asadmin
Variant of the asadmin
utility for performing administrative tasks for Eclipse GlassFish. This variant
is useful for debugging local admin commands the launching of Eclipse GlassFish. It suspends immediately
waiting for a debug connection to port 9008.
Synopsis
debug-asadmin [--host host]
[--port port]
[--user admin-user]
[--passwordfile filename]
[--terse={true|false}]
[--secure={false|true}]
[--echo={true|false}]
[--interactive={true|false}]
[--detach={true|false}]
[--help]
[subcommand [options] [operands]]
capture-schema
Stores the database metadata (schema) in a file for use in mapping and execution
Synopsis
capture-schema -username name -password password
[-dburl url] [-driver jdbc_driver_classname]
[-schemaname schemaname] [-table tablename]
-out filename]
Description
Stores the database metadata (schema) in a file.
Run capture-schema
as the same database user that owns the table(s),
and use that same username with the -username
option (and
-schemaname
, if required).
When running capture-schema
against an Oracle database, you should
grant the database user running the capture-schema
command the
ANALYZE ANY TABLE
privilege.
Options
-username
-
user name for authenticating access to a database.
-password
-
password for accessing the selected database.
-dburl
-
JDBC URL required by the driver for accessing a database.
-driver
-
JDBC driver classname in your
CLASSPATH
. -schemaname
-
name of the user schema being captured. If not specified, the default will capture metadata for all tables from all the schemas accessible to this user.
Specifying this parameter is highly recommended. Without this option, if more than one schema is accessible to this user, more than one table with the same name may be captured, which will cause problems when mapping CMP fields to tables.
The specified schema name must be uppercase. -table
-
name of a table; multiple table names can be specified. If no table is specified, all the tables in the database or named schema are captured.
The specified table name or names are case sensitive. Be sure to match the case of the previously created table names. -out
-
name of the output file. This option is required. If the specified output file does not contain the .dbschema suffix, it will be appended to the filename.
Examples
Example 1 Using the capture-schema
command
capture-schema -username cantiflas -password enigma
-dburl jdbc:oracle:thin:@sadbuttrue:1521:ora817
-driver oracle.jdbc.driver.OracleDriver
-schemaname CANTIFLAS -out cantiflas.dbschema
Where: sun-acc.xml
is the name of the client configuration XML file,
myclientapp.jar
is the client application .jar
file, and scott
and
sample
are arguments to pass to the application. If sun-acc.xml
and
myclientapp.jar
are not in the current directory, you must give the
absolute path locations; otherwise the relative paths are used. The
relative path is relative to the directory where the command is being
executed.
package-appclient
Packs the application client container libraries and jar files
Description
Use the package-appclient
command to pack the application client
container libraries and jar files into an appclient.jar
file, which is
created in the as-install/lib
directory on the machine on which
Eclipse GlassFish is installed. The appclient.jar
file provides an
application client container package targeted at remote hosts that do
not contain a server installation.
After copying the appclient.jar
file to a remote location, unjar or
unzip it to get a set of libraries and jar files in the appclient
directory under the current directory.
After unjarring on the client machine, modify
appclient/glassfish/config/asenv.conf
(asenv.bat
for Windows) as follows:
-
set
AS_WEBSERVICES_LIB
to path-to-appclient`/appclient/lib` -
set
AS_IMQ_LIB
to path-to-appclient`/appclient/mq/lib` -
set
AS_INSTALL
to path-to-appclient/appclient
-
set
AS_JAVA
to your JDK 7 or JRE 7 home directory -
set
AS_ACC_CONFIG
to path-to-appclient/appclient/glassfish/domains/domain1/config/sun-acc.xml
Modify appclient/glassfish/domains/domain1/config/sun-acc.xml
as follows:
-
Ensure the
DOCTYPE
file references path-to-appclient/appclient/glassfish/lib/dtds
-
Ensure that
target-server
address attribute references the server machine. -
Ensure that
target-server
port attribute references the ORB port on the remote machine. -
Ensure that
log-service
references a log file; if the user wants to put log messages to a log file.
To use the newly installed application client container, you must do the following:
-
Obtain the application client files for your target application, including the generated yourAppClient.jar file.
-
Execute the
appclient
utility:appclient -
client yourAppClient.jar
Attributes
See
attributes
(5)
for descriptions of the following attributes:
ATTRIBUTE TYPE | ATTRIBUTE VALUE |
---|---|
Interface Stability |
Unstable |
3 Eclipse GlassFish 7 Eclipse GlassFish Concepts
This section describes concepts that are related to Eclipse GlassFish administration.
application
Server-side Java applications and web services
Description
The Jakarta EE platform enables applications to access systems that are outside of the application server. Applications connect to these systems through resources. The Eclipse GlassFish infrastructure supports the deployment of many types of distributed applications and is an ideal foundation for building applications based on Service Oriented Architectures (SOA). SOA is a design methodology aimed at maximizing the reuse of application services. These features enable you to run scalable and highly available Jakarta EE applications.
configuration
The data set that determines how Eclipse GlassFish operates
Description
The configuration of Eclipse GlassFish is the data set that determines how it operates. Parts of this configuration determine the operation of specific parts of Eclipse GlassFish, such as the following:
-
Services, such as the transaction service
-
Resources, such as databases
-
Deployed applications or modules, such as web applications
-
Clusters and server instances
The term configuration is also used to describe a part of the overall configuration, such as the transaction service configuration or the configuration of a database. In clustered environments, clusters or server instances can share configurations.
Examples of configuration data are port numbers, flags that enable or disable processes, application names, and so on. Most of these data points are name/value pairs, either hard-coded attributes or more flexibly defined properties.
The hierarchical structure of the configuration is explained in the
dotted names page. You can view and change most of the Eclipse GlassFish
configuration using either the Administration Console or the asadmin
utility and its subcommands. To list the structure of all or part of the
configuration, use the list
subcommand. To view the value of one or
more attributes or properties, use the get
subcommand. To change the
value of an attribute or property, use the set
subcommand.
See Also
"Configuration Tasks" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
domain
Domains have their own configurations.
Description
A domain provides a common authentication and administration point for a collection of zero or more server instances. The administration domain encompasses several manageable resources, including instances, clusters, and their individual resources. A manageable resource, such as a server instance, may belong to only one domain.
dotted-names
Syntax for using periods to separate name elements
Description
A dotted name is an identifier for a particular Eclipse GlassFish element, such as a configurable or a monitorable object. A dotted name uses the period (.), known as dot, as a delimiter to separate the parts of an element name. The period in a dotted name is similar to the slash (/) character that delimits the levels in the absolute path name of a file in the UNIX file system.
The subcommands of the asadmin
utility use dotted names as follows:
-
The
list
subcommand provides the fully qualified dotted names of the management components' attributes. -
The
get
subcommand provides access to the attributes. -
The
set
subcommand enables you to modify configurable attributes and set properties.
The configuration hierarchy is loosely based on the domain’s schema document, and the attributes are modifiable. The attributes of the monitoring hierarchy are read-only.
The following format is used for configuration dotted names (italic indicates replaceable):
config-name`.config-element-name
.primary-key
.attribute-name `|
instance-name`.config-element-name
.primary-key
.`attribute-name
The following format is used for resource dotted names (italic indicates replaceable):
server-name`.resource-name
.primary-key
.attribute-name
`| domain.resources.`resource-name
.primary-key
.`attribute-name
The following rules apply to forming dotted names:
-
The top-level is configuration, server, or domain name. For example,
server-config
(default configuration),server
(default server), ordomain1
(default domain). -
A dot (.) always separates two sequential parts of the name.
-
A part of the name usually identifies a server subsystem or its specific instance. For example,
web-container
,log-service
,thread-pool-1
. -
If any part of the name itself contains a dot (.), then the dot must be escaped with a leading
\
(backslash) so that the.
(dot) does not act like a delimiter. For further information on escape characters, see theasadmin
(1M) help page. -
An
*
(asterisk) character can be used anywhere in the dotted name and acts like the wildcard character in regular expressions. Additionally, an*
can collapse all the parts of the dotted name. For example, a long dotted name such asthis.is.really.long.hierarchy
can be abbreviated toth*.hierarchy
. The.
(dot) always delimits the parts of the dotted name.Characters that have special meaning to the shell or command interpreter, such as * (asterisk), should be quoted or escaped as appropriate to the shell, for example, by enclosing the argument in quotes. In multimode, quotes are needed only for arguments that include spaces, quotes, or backslash.
-
The
--monitor
option of theget
andlist
subcommands selects the monitoring or configuration hierarchy. If the subcommand specifies--monitor
, the monitoring hierarchy is selected.=false
(the default), the configuration hierarchy is selected. If the subcommand specifies--monitor
=true -
If you know the complete dotted name and do not need to use a wildcard, the
list
,get
, andset
subcommands treat the name differently:-
The
list
subcommand treats a complete dotted name as the name of a parent node in the abstract hierarchy. When you specify this name to thelist
subcommand, the names of the immediate children at that level are returned. For example, the following command lists all the web modules deployed to the domain or the default server:asadmin> list server.applications.web-module
-
The
get
andset
subcommands treat a complete dotted name as the fully qualified name of the attribute of a node (whose dotted name itself is the name that you get when you remove the last part of this dotted name). When you specify this name to theget
orset
subcommand, the subcommand acts on the value of that attribute, if such an attribute exists. You will never start with this case because in order to find out the names of attributes of a particular node in the hierarchy, you must use the * wildcard character . For example, the following dotted name returns the context root of the web application deployed to the domain or default server:server.applications.web-module.JSPWiki.context-root
-
Examples
Example 1 Listing All Configurable Elements
This example lists all the configurable elements.
asadmin> list *
Output similar to the following is displayed:
applications
configs
configs.config.server-config
configs.config.server-config.admin-service
configs.config.server-config.admin-service.das-config
configs.config.server-config.admin-service.jmx-connector.system
configs.config.server-config.admin-service.property.adminConsoleContextRoot
configs.config.server-config.admin-service.property.adminConsoleDownloadLocation
configs.config.server-config.admin-service.property.ipsRoot
configs.config.server-config.ejb-container
configs.config.server-config.ejb-container.ejb-timer-service
configs.config.server-config.http-service
configs.config.server-config.http-service.access-log
configs.config.server-config.http-service.virtual-server.__asadmin
configs.config.server-config.http-service.virtual-server.server
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.iiop-listener.SSL
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.iiop-listener.SSL.ssl
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.iiop-listener.SSL_MUTUALAUTH
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.iiop-listener.SSL_MUTUALAUTH.ssl
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.iiop-listener.orb-listener-1
configs.config.server-config.iiop-service.orb
configs.config.server-config.java-config
configs.config.server-config.jms-service
configs.config.server-config.jms-service.jms-host.default_JMS_host
configs.config.server-config.mdb-container
configs.config.server-config.monitoring-service
configs.config.server-config.monitoring-service.module-monitoring-levels
...
property.administrative.domain.name
resources
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.DatabaseName
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.Password
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.PortNumber
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.User
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.connectionAttributes
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.DerbyPool.property.serverName
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.__TimerPool
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.__TimerPool.property.connectionAttributes
resources.jdbc-connection-pool.__TimerPool.property.databaseName
resources.jdbc-resource.jdbc/__TimerPool
resources.jdbc-resource.jdbc/__default
servers
servers.server.server
servers.server.server.resource-ref.jdbc/__TimerPool
servers.server.server.resource-ref.jdbc/__default
system-applications
Command list executed successfully.
Example 2 Listing All the Monitorable Objects
The following example lists all the monitorable objects.
asadmin> list --monitor *
Output similar to the following is displayed:
server
server.jvm
server.jvm.class-loading-system
server.jvm.compilation-system
server.jvm.garbage-collectors
server.jvm.garbage-collectors.Copy
server.jvm.garbage-collectors.MarkSweepCompact
server.jvm.memory
server.jvm.operating-system
server.jvm.runtime
server.network
server.network.admin-listener
server.network.admin-listener.connections
server.network.admin-listener.file-cache
server.network.admin-listener.keep-alive
server.network.admin-listener.thread-pool
server.network.http-listener-1
server.network.http-listener-1.connections
server.network.http-listener-1.file-cache
server.network.http-listener-1.keep-alive
server.network.http-listener-1.thread-pool
server.transaction-service
Command list executed successfully.
instance
An instance in Eclipse GlassFish has its own Jakarta EE configuration, Jakarta EE resources, application deployment areas, and server configuration settings
Description
Eclipse GlassFish creates one server instance, called server
at the
time of installation. You can delete the server instance and create
a new instance with a different name.
For many users, one server instance meets their needs. However, depending upon your environment, you might want to create additional server instances. For example, in a development environment you can use different server instances to test different Eclipse GlassFish configurations, or to compare and test different application deployments. Because you can easily add or delete a server instance, you can use them to create temporary "sandbox" areas to experiment with while developing.
logging
Capturing information on Eclipse GlassFish runtime events
Description
Logging is the process by which Eclipse GlassFish captures data about events that occur during Eclipse GlassFish operation. Eclipse GlassFish components and application components generate logging data, which is saved in the server log, typically domain-dir`/logs/server.log`. The server log is the first source of information if Eclipse GlassFish problems occur.
The server log is rotated when the file reaches the specified size in
bytes, or the specified time has elapsed. The file can also be rotated
manually by using the rotate-log
subcommand.
In addition to the server log, the domain-dir/logs
directory contains
two other kinds of logs:
-
HTTP service access logs, located in the
/access
subdirectory -
Transaction service logs, located in the
/tx
subdirectory
Logging levels can be configured by using the Administration Console or
the set-log-levels
subcommand. Additional properties can be set by
using the Administration Console or by editing the logging.properties
file. The default logging.properties
file is typically located in
domain-dir/config
.
Although application components can use the Apache Commons Logging Library to record messages, the platform standard JSR 047 API is recommended for better log configuration.
See Also
"Administering the Logging Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
monitoring
Reviewing the runtime state of components and services deployed in Eclipse GlassFish
Description
Monitoring is the process of reviewing the statistics of a system to improve performance or solve problems. By monitoring the state of various components and services deployed in Eclipse GlassFish, performance bottlenecks can be identified, failures can be anticipated, and runtime standards can be established and observed. Data gathered by monitoring can also be useful in performance tuning and capacity planning.
The Eclipse GlassFish monitoring service is enabled by default, that is,
the monitoring-enabled
attribute of the monitoring-service
element
is set to true. Once the monitoring service is enabled, a deployed
module can then be enabled for monitoring by setting its monitoring
level to HIGH or LOW (default is OFF). Monitoring can be configured
dynamically by using the Administration Console or the
enable-monitoring
and the disable-monitoring
subcommands. The set
subcommand can also be used with dotted names to enable or disable
monitoring. However, a server restart is required for changes made by
using the set
subcommand to take affect.
Monitoring data can be viewed by using the Administration Console or by
using the subcommands of the asadmin
utility.
-
The
monitor
subcommand displays monitoring data for a given type, similar to the UNIXtop
command. The data is presented at given intervals. -
The
list
andget
subcommands display comprehensive data. Both use dotted names to specify monitorable objects.
Alternate tools for monitoring Eclipse GlassFish components and services include JConsole and the REST interface.
The Monitoring Scripting Client or DTrace Monitoring can be used to start the available monitoring probes. Using these tools is helpful in identifying performance issues during runtime. Monitoring Scripting Client or DTrace Monitoring are only usable if their modules are present.
See Also
"Administering the Monitoring Service" in Eclipse GlassFish Administration Guide
passwords
Securing and managing Eclipse GlassFish
Description
An administrator of Eclipse GlassFish manages one or more domains, each of which can have distinct administrative credentials. By managing a domain, an administrator effectively manages various resources like server instances, server clusters, libraries etc. that are required by the enterprise Java applications.
security
Secure and administer Eclipse GlassFish applications
Description
Security is about protecting data: how to prevent unauthorized access or damage to it in storage or transit. Eclipse GlassFish has a dynamic, extensible security architecture based on the Jakarta EE standard. Built in security features include cryptography, authentication and authorization, and public key infrastructure. Eclipse GlassFish is built on the Java security model, which uses a sandbox where applications can run safely, without potential risk to systems or users.
See Also
change-admin-password
(1),
change-master-password
(1),
create-auth-realm
(1),
create-file-user
(1),
create-message-security-provider
(1),
create-password-alias
(1),
create-ssl
(1),
delete-auth-realm
(1),
delete-file-user
(1),
delete-message-security-provider
(1),
delete-password-alias
(1),
delete-ssl
(1),
list-auth-realms
(1),
list-connector-security-maps
(1),
list-file-groups
(1),
list-file-users
(1).